485BPOS
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
February 28, 2023
Voya Mutual Funds

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona 85258-2034
1-800-992-0180
Voya Global Diversified Payment Fund
Class/Ticker: A/VYGQX; C/VYGRX; I/VYGSX; R/VYGTX; R6/VYGUX; W/VYGWX
Voya Global Perspectives® Fund
Class/Ticker: A/IAPVX; C/ICPVX; I/IIPVX; R/IRPVX; W/IWPVX
  
This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) contains additional information about each fund listed above. This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus dated February 28, 2023, as supplemented or revised from time to time. Each fund’s financial statements for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2022, including the independent registered public accounting firm’s report thereon found in each fund’s most recent annual report to shareholders, are incorporated into this SAI by reference. Each fund’s Prospectus and annual or unaudited semi-annual shareholder reports may be obtained free of charge by contacting the fund at the address and phone number written above or by visiting our website at https://individuals.voya.com/product/mutual-fund/prospectuses-reports.

Table of Contents
1
2
2
40
40
42
44
55
55
58
58
60
60
60
61
64
67
69
70
73
74
80
91
A-1
B-1

INTRODUCTION AND GLOSSARY
This SAI is designed to elaborate upon information contained in each Fund’s Prospectus, including the discussion of certain securities and investment techniques. The more detailed information contained in this SAI is intended for investors who have read the Prospectus and are interested in a more detailed explanation of certain aspects of some of each Fund’s securities and investment techniques. Some investment techniques are described only in the Prospectus and are not repeated here.
Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this SAI have the same meaning as in the Prospectus and some additional terms are defined particularly for this SAI.
Following are definitions of general terms that may be used throughout this SAI:
1933 Act: Securities Act of 1933, as amended
1934 Act: Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
1940 Act: Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, including the rules and regulations thereunder, and the terms of applicable no-action relief or exemptive orders granted thereunder
Affiliated Fund: A fund within the Voya family of funds
Board: The Board of Trustees for the Trust
Business Day: Each day the NYSE opens for regular trading
CDSC: Contingent deferred sales charge
CFTC: United States Commodity Futures Trading Commission
Code: Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
Distributor: Voya Investments Distributor, LLC
Distribution Agreement: The Distribution Agreement for each Fund, as described herein
ETF: Exchange-Traded Fund
EU: European Union
Expense Limitation Agreement: The Expense Limitation Agreement(s) for each Fund, as described herein
FDIC: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FHLMC: Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
FINRA: Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.
Fiscal Year End of each Fund: October 31
Fitch: Fitch Ratings
FNMA: Federal National Mortgage Association
Fund: One or more of the investment management companies listed on the front cover of this SAI
GNMA: Government National Mortgage Association
Independent Trustees: The Trustees of the Board who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of each Fund

Investment Adviser: Voya Investments, LLC or Voya Investments
Investment Management Agreement: The Investment Management Agreement for each Fund, as described herein
IPO: Initial Public Offering
IRA: Individual Retirement Account
IRS: United States Internal Revenue Service
LIBOR: London Interbank Offered Rate
MLPs: Master Limited Partnerships
Moody’s: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
NAV: Net Asset Value
NRSRO: Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization
NYSE: New York Stock Exchange
1

OTC: Over-the-counter
Principal Underwriter: Voya Investments Distributor, LLC or the “Distributor”
Prospectus: One or more prospectuses for each Fund
REIT: Real Estate Investment Trust
REMICs: Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits
RIC: A “Regulated Investment Company,” pursuant to the Code
Rule 12b-1: Rule 12b-1 (under the 1940 Act)
Rule 12b-1 Plan: A Distribution and/or Shareholder Service Plan adopted under Rule 12b-1
S&L: Savings & Loan Association
S&P: S&P Global Ratings
SEC: United States Securities and Exchange Commission
SOFR: Secured Overnight Financing Rate
Sub-Adviser: One or more sub-advisers for each Fund, as described herein
Sub-Advisory Agreement: The Sub-Advisory Agreement(s) for each Fund, as described herein
Trust: Voya Mutual Funds
Underlying Funds: Unless otherwise stated, other mutual funds or ETFs in which each Fund may invest
Voya family of funds or the “funds”: All of the registered investment companies managed by Voya Investments
Voya IM: Voya Investment Management Co. LLC
HISTORY OF the Trust
Voya Mutual Funds, an open-end management investment company that is registered under the 1940 Act, was organized as a Delaware statutory trust in 1992. On May 1, 2014, the name of the Trust changed from “ING Mutual Funds” to “Voya Mutual Funds.”
Fund Name Changes During the Past Five Years
Fund
Former Name
Date of Change
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund II
November 8, 2019
 
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
February 28, 2019
SUPPLEMENTAL DESCRIPTION OF Fund INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
Diversification and Concentration
Diversified Investment Companies. The 1940 Act generally requires that a diversified fund may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one issuer and may not purchase more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities or investments in securities of other investment companies).
Non-Diversified Investment Companies. A non-diversified investment company under the 1940 Act means that a fund is not limited by the 1940 Act in the proportion of its assets that it may invest in the obligations of a single issuer. The investment of a large percentage of a fund’s assets in the securities of a small number of issuers may cause the fund’s share price to fluctuate more than that of a diversified investment company. When compared to a diversified fund, a non-diversified fund may invest a greater portion of its assets in a particular issuer and, therefore, has greater exposure to the risk of poor earnings or losses by an issuer.
Concentration. For purposes of the 1940 Act, concentration occurs when at least 25% of a fund’s assets are invested in any one industry or group of industries.
Each Fund is classified as a “diversified” fund as that term is defined under the 1940 Act. In addition, each Fund has a fundamental policy against concentration.
Investments, Investment Strategies, and Risks
The table on the following pages identifies various securities and investment techniques used by the Investment Adviser or Sub-Adviser in managing a Fund. A Fund may be subject to the risks described below (either directly or indirectly through investments in one or more Underlying Funds). A Fund/Underlying Fund’s transactions in a particular type of security or use of a particular technique is subject to limitations imposed by the Fund/Underlying Fund’s investment objective, policies and restrictions described in the Fund/Underlying Fund’s
2

prospectus and/or SAI, as well as the federal securities laws. In the discussion below, descriptions of investments or activities by “a Fund” and related risks refer to investments or activities by a Fund or by an Underlying Fund, as the case may be. Similarly, a reference to “the Investment Adviser” or to “the Sub-Adviser” is to the entity responsible for the investments in question, whether by a Fund or by an Underlying Fund.
There can be no assurance that a Fund will achieve its investment objective. Each Fund’s investment objective, policies, investment strategies, and practices are non-fundamental unless otherwise indicated. The descriptions of the securities and investment techniques in this section supplement the discussion of principal investment strategies contained in each Fund/Underlying Fund’s prospectus. Where a particular type of security or investment technique is not discussed in a Fund/Underlying Fund’s prospectus, that security or investment technique is not a principal investment strategy, and the Fund/Underlying Fund will not invest more than 5% of its assets in such security or investment technique.
Please refer to the fundamental and non-fundamental investment restrictions following the description of securities and investment techniques for more information on any applicable limitations.
Asset Class/Investment Technique
Voya Global
Diversified
Payment
Fund
Voya Global
Perspectives®
Fund
Equity Securities
 
 
Commodities
X
 
Common Stocks
X
X
Convertible Securities
X
X
Initial Public Offerings
X
X
Master Limited Partnerships
 
 
Other Investment Companies and Pooled Investment Vehicles
X
X
Preferred Stocks
X
X
Private Investments in Public Companies
 
 
Real Estate Securities and Real Estate Investment Trusts
X
X
Small- and Mid-Capitalization Issuers
X
X
Special Purpose Acquisition Companies
 
 
Special Situation Issuers
 
 
Trust Preferred Securities
X
X
Fixed-Income Instruments
 
 
Asset-Backed Securities
X
X
Bank Instruments
X
X
Commercial Paper
X
X
Corporate Fixed-Income Instruments
X
X
Credit-Linked Notes
X
X
Custodial Receipts and Trust Certificates
 
 
Delayed Funding Loans and Revolving Credit Facilities
 
 
Event-Linked Bonds
 
 
Floating or Variable Rate Instruments
X
X
Guaranteed Investment Contracts
X
X
High-Yield Securities
X
X
Inflation-Indexed Bonds
 
 
Inverse Floating Rate Securities
 
 
Mortgage-Related Securities
X
X
Municipal Securities
X
X
Senior and Other Bank Loans
X
X
U.S. Government Securities and Obligations
X
X
Zero-Coupon, Deferred Interest and Pay-in-Kind Bonds
X
X
Foreign Investments
 
 
Depositary Receipts
X
X
Emerging Market Investments
X
X
3

Asset Class/Investment Technique
Voya Global
Diversified
Payment
Fund
Voya Global
Perspectives®
Fund
Eurodollar and Yankee Dollar Instruments
X
X
Foreign Currencies
X
X
Sovereign Debt
X
X
Supranational Entities
X
X
Derivative Instruments
 
 
Forward Commitments
X
X
Futures Contracts
X
X
Hybrid Instruments
X
X
Options
X
X
Participatory Notes
 
 
Rights and Warrants
X
X
Swap Transactions and Options on Swap Transactions
X
X
Other Investment Techniques
 
 
Borrowing
X
X
Illiquid Securities
X
X
Participation on Creditors Committees
 
 
Repurchase Agreements
X
X
Restricted Securities
X
X
Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Roll Transactions
X
X
Securities Lending
X
X
Short Sales
X
X
To Be Announced Sale Commitments
X
X
When-Issued Securities and Delayed Delivery Transactions
X
X
EQUITY SECURITIES
Commodities: Commodities include equity securities of “hard assets companies” and derivative securities and instruments whose value is linked to the price of a commodity or a commodity index. The term “hard assets companies” includes companies that directly or indirectly (whether through supplier relationship, servicing agreements or otherwise) primarily derive their revenue or profit from exploration, development, production, distribution or facilitation of processes relating to precious metals (including gold), base and industrial metals, energy, natural resources and other commodities. Commodities values may be highly volatile, and may decline rapidly and without warning. The values of commodity issuers will typically be substantially affected by changes in the values of their underlying commodities. Securities of commodity issuers may experience greater price fluctuations than the relevant hard asset. In periods of rising hard asset prices, such securities may rise at a faster rate and, conversely, in times of falling commodity prices, such securities may suffer a greater price decline. Some hard asset issuers may be subject to the risks generally associated with extraction of natural resources, such as fire, drought, increased regulatory and environmental costs, and others. Because many commodity issuers have significant operations in many countries worldwide (including emerging markets), their securities may be more exposed than those of other issuers to unstable political, social and economic conditions, including expropriation and disruption of licenses or operations.
Common Stocks: Common stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer. A common stock may decline in value due to an actual or perceived deterioration in the prospects of the issuer, an actual or anticipated reduction in the rate at which dividends are paid, or other factors affecting the value of an investment, or due to a decline in the values of stocks generally or of stocks of issuers in a particular industry or market sector. The values of common stocks may be highly volatile. If an issuer of common stock is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of fixed-income instruments and preferred stock take precedence over the claims of those who own common stock, and as a result the common stock could become worthless.
Convertible Securities: Convertible securities are hybrid securities that combine the investment characteristics of fixed-income instruments and common stocks. Convertible securities typically consist of fixed-income instruments or preferred stock that may be converted (on a voluntary or mandatory basis) within a specified period of time (normally for the entire life of the security) into a certain amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer at a predetermined price. Convertible securities also include fixed-income instruments with warrants or common stock attached and derivatives combining the features of fixed-income instruments and equity securities. Other convertible securities with additional or different features and risks may become available in the future. Convertible securities involve risks similar to those of both fixed-income instruments and equity securities. In a corporation’s capital structure, convertible securities are senior to common stock but are usually subordinated to senior fixed-income instruments of the issuer.
4

The market value of a convertible security is a function of its “investment value” and its “conversion value.” A security’s “investment value” represents the value of the security without its conversion feature (i.e., a nonconvertible fixed-income instrument). The investment value may be determined by reference to its credit quality and the current value of its yield to maturity or probable call date. At any given time, investment value is dependent upon such factors as the general level of interest rates, the yield of similar nonconvertible securities, the financial strength of the issuer, and the seniority of the security in the issuer’s capital structure. A security’s “conversion value” is determined by multiplying the number of shares the holder is entitled to receive upon conversion or exchange by the current price of the underlying security. If the conversion value of a convertible security is significantly below its investment value, the convertible security will trade like a nonconvertible fixed-income instruments or preferred stock and its market value will not be influenced greatly by fluctuations in the market price of the underlying security. In that circumstance, the convertible security takes on the characteristics of a fixed-income instrument, and the price moves in the opposite direction from interest rates. Conversely, if the conversion value of a convertible security is near or above its investment value, the market value of the convertible security will be more heavily influenced by fluctuations in the market price of the underlying security. In that case, the convertible security’s price may be as volatile as that of common stock. Because both interest rates and market movements can influence its value, a convertible security generally is not as sensitive to interest rates as a similar fixed-income instrument, nor is it as sensitive to changes in share price as its underlying equity security. Convertible securities are often rated below investment grade or are not rated, and they are generally subject to greater levels of credit risk and liquidity risk.
Contingent Convertible Securities (“CoCos”): CoCos are a form of hybrid fixed-income instrument. They are subordinated instruments that are designed to behave like bonds or preferred equity in times of economic health for the issuer, yet absorb losses when a pre-determined trigger event affecting the issuer occurs. CoCos are either convertible into equity at a predetermined share price or written down if a pre-specified trigger event occurs. Trigger events vary by individual security and are defined by the documents governing the contingent convertible security. Such trigger events may include a decline in the issuer’s capital below a specified threshold level, an increase in the issuer’s risk-weighted assets, the share price of the issuer falling to a particular level for a certain period of time, and certain regulatory events. CoCos are subject to credit, interest rate, high-yield securities, foreign investments and market risks associated with both fixed-income instruments and equity securities. In addition, CoCos have no stated maturity and have fully discretionary coupons.  If the CoCos are converted into the issuer’s underlying equity securities following a conversion event, each holder will be subordinated due to their conversion from being the holder of a fixed-income instrument to being the holder of an equity instrument, hence worsening the holder’s standing in a bankruptcy proceeding.
Initial Public Offerings: The value of an issuer’s securities may be highly unstable at the time of its IPO and for a period thereafter due to factors such as market psychology prevailing at the time of the IPO, the absence of a prior public market, the small number of shares available, and limited availability of investor information. Securities purchased in an IPO may be held for a very short period of time. As a result, investments in IPOs may increase portfolio turnover, which increases brokerage and administrative costs and may result in taxable distributions to shareholders. Investors in IPOs can be adversely affected by substantial dilution of the value of their shares due to sales of additional shares, and by concentration of control in existing management and principal shareholders.
Investments in IPOs may have a substantial beneficial effect on investment performance. Investment returns earned during a period of substantial investment in IPOs may not be sustained during other periods of more-limited, or no, investments in IPOs. In addition, as an investment portfolio increases in size, the impact of IPOs on performance will generally decrease. Investment in securities offered in an IPO may lose money. There can be no assurance that investments in IPOs will be available or improve performance. Investments in secondary public offerings may be subject to certain of the foreign risks. A Fund will not necessarily participate in an IPO in which other mutual funds or accounts managed by the Investment Adviser or Sub-Adviser participate.
Master Limited Partnerships: MLPs typically are characterized as “publicly traded partnerships” that qualify to be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and are typically engaged in one or more aspects of the exploration, production, processing, transmission, marketing, storage or delivery of energy-related commodities, such as natural gas, natural gas liquids, coal, crude oil or refined petroleum products. Generally, an MLP is operated under the supervision of one or more managing general partners. Limited partners are not involved in the day-to-day management of the partnership.
Investments in MLPs are generally subject to many of the risks that apply to partnerships. For example, holders of the units of MLPs may have limited control and limited voting rights on matters affecting the partnership. There may be fewer corporate protections afforded investors in an MLP than investors in a corporation. Conflicts of interest may exist among unit holders, subordinated unit holders, and the general partner of an MLP, including those arising from incentive distribution payments. MLPs that concentrate in a particular industry or region are subject to risks associated with such industry or region. MLPs holding credit-related investments are subject to interest rate risk and the risk of default on payment obligations by debt issuers. Investments held by MLPs may be illiquid. MLP units may trade infrequently and in limited volume, and they may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than securities of larger or more broadly based issuers.
The manner and extent of direct and indirect investments in MLPs and limited liability companies may be limited by an intention to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code, and any such investments may adversely affect the ability of an investment company to so qualify.
Other Investment Companies and Pooled Investment Vehicles: Securities of other investment companies and pooled investment vehicles, including shares of closed-end investment companies, unit investment trusts, ETFs, open-end investment companies, and private investment funds represent interests in managed portfolios that may invest in various types of instruments. Investing in another investment company or pooled investment vehicle exposes a Fund to all the risks of that other investment company or pooled investment vehicle as well as additional expenses at the other investment company or pooled investment vehicle-level, such as a proportionate share of portfolio management
5

fees and operating expenses. Such expenses are in addition to the expenses a Fund pays in connection with its own operations. Investing in a pooled investment vehicle involves the risk that the vehicle will not perform as anticipated. The amount of assets that may be invested in another investment company or pooled investment vehicle or in other investment companies or pooled investment vehicles generally may be limited by applicable law.
The securities of other investment companies, particularly closed-end funds, may be leveraged and, therefore, will be subject to the risks of leverage. The securities of closed-end investment companies and ETFs carry the risk that the price paid or received may be higher or lower than their NAV. Closed-end investment companies and ETFs are also subject to certain additional risks, including the risks of illiquidity and of possible trading halts due to market conditions or other factors.
In making decisions on the allocation of the assets in other investment companies, the Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser are subject to several conflicts of interest when they serve as the investment adviser and sub-adviser to one or more of the other investment companies. These conflicts could arise because the Investment Adviser or Sub-Adviser or their affiliates earn higher net advisory fees (the advisory fee received less any sub-advisory fee paid and fee waivers or expense subsidies) on some of the other investment companies than others. For example, where the other investment companies have a sub-adviser that is affiliated with the Investment Adviser, the entire advisory fee is retained by a Voya company. Even where the net advisory fee is not higher for other investment companies sub-advised by an affiliate of the Investment Adviser or Sub-Adviser, the Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser may have an incentive to prefer affiliated sub-advisers for other reasons, such as increasing assets under management or supporting new investment strategies, which in turn would lead to increased income to Voya. Further, the Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser may believe that redemption from another investment company will be harmful to that investment company, the Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser or an affiliate. Therefore, the Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser may have incentives to allocate and reallocate in a fashion that would advance its own economic interests, the economic interests of an affiliate, or the interests of another investment company.
The Investment Adviser has informed the Board that its investment process may be influenced by an affiliated insurance company that issues financial products in which a Fund may be offered as an investment option. In certain of those products an affiliated insurance company may offer guaranteed lifetime income or death benefits. The Investment Adviser’s and Sub-Adviser’s investment decisions, including their allocation decisions with respect to the other investment companies, may benefit the affiliated insurance company issuing such benefits. For example, selecting and allocating assets to other investment companies which invest primarily in fixed-income instruments or in a more conservative or less volatile investment style, may reduce the regulatory capital requirements which the affiliated insurance company must satisfy to support its guarantees under its products, may help reduce the affiliated insurance company’s risk from the lifetime income or death benefits, or may make it easier for the insurance company to manage its risk through the use of various hedging techniques.
The Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser have adopted various policies and procedures that are intended to identify, monitor, and address actual or potential conflicts of interest. Nonetheless, investors bear the risk that the Investment Adviser's and Sub-Adviser’s allocation decisions may be affected by their conflicts of interest.
SEC Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act, which became effective on January 19, 2021 (with a compliance date of January 19, 2022), is designed to streamline and enhance the regulatory framework for funds of funds arrangements. Rule 12d1-4 permits acquiring funds to invest in the securities of other registered investment companies beyond certain statutory limits, subject to certain conditions. In connection with this rule, the SEC rescinded Rule 12d1-2 under the 1940 Act and most fund of funds exemptive orders, effective January 19, 2022.
Exchange-Traded Funds: ETFs are investment companies whose shares trade like a stock throughout the day. Certain ETFs use a “passive” investment strategy and will not attempt to take defensive positions in volatile or declining markets. Other ETFs are actively managed (i.e., they do not seek to replicate the performance of a particular index). The value of an ETF’s shares will change based on changes in the values of the investments it holds. The value of an ETF’s shares will also likely be affected by factors affecting trading in the market for those shares, such as illiquidity, exchange or market rules, and overall market volatility. The market price for ETF shares may be higher or lower than the ETF’s NAV. The timing and magnitude of cash flows in and out of an ETF could create cash balances that act as a drag on the ETF’s performance. An active secondary market in an ETF’s shares may not develop or be maintained and may be halted or interrupted due to actions by its listing exchange, unusual market conditions or other reasons. Substantial market or other disruptions affecting ETFs could adversely affect the liquidity and value of the shares of a Fund to the extent it invests in ETFs. There can be no assurance an ETF’s shares will continue to be listed on an active exchange.
Holding Company Depositary Receipts: Holding Company Depositary Receipts (“HOLDRs”) are securities that represent beneficial ownership in a group of common stocks of specified issuers in a particular industry. HOLDRs are typically organized as grantor trusts, and are generally not required to register as investment companies under the 1940 Act. Each HOLDR initially owns a set number of stocks, and the composition of a HOLDR does not change after issue, except in special cases like corporate mergers, acquisitions or other specified events. As a result, stocks selected for those HOLDRs with a sector focus may not remain the largest and most liquid in their industry, and may even leave the industry altogether. If this happens, HOLDRs invested may not provide the same targeted exposure to the industry that was initially expected. Because HOLDRs are not subject to concentration limits, the relative weight of an individual stock may increase substantially, causing the HOLDRs to be less diversified and creating more risk.
Private Funds: Private funds are private investment funds, pools, vehicles, or other structures, including hedge funds and private equity funds. They may be organized as corporations, partnerships, trusts, limited partnerships, limited liability companies, or any other form of business organization (collectively, “Private Funds”). Investments in Private Funds may be highly speculative and highly volatile and
6

may produce gains or losses at rates that exceed those of a Fund’s other holdings and of publicly offered investment pools. Private Funds may engage actively in short selling. Private Funds may utilize leverage without limit and, to the extent a Fund invests in Private Funds that utilize leverage, a Fund will indirectly be exposed to the risks associated with that leverage and the values of its shares may be more volatile as a result.
Many Private Funds invest significantly in issuers in the early stages of development, including issuers with little or no operating history, issuers operating at a loss or with substantial variation in operation results from period to period, issuers with the need for substantial additional capital to support expansion or to maintain a competitive position, or issuers with significant financial leverage. Such issuers may also face intense competition from others including those with greater financial resources or more extensive development, manufacturing, distribution or other attributes, over which a Fund will have no control.
Interests in a Private Fund will be subject to substantial restrictions on transfer and, in some instances, may be non-transferable for a period of years. Private Funds may participate in only a limited number of investments and, as a consequence, the return of a particular Private Fund may be substantially adversely affected by the unfavorable performance of even a single investment. Certain Private Funds may pay their investment managers a fee based on the performance of the Private Fund, which may create an incentive for the manager to make investments that are riskier or more speculative than would be the case if the manager was paid a fixed fee. Private Funds are not registered under the 1940 Act and, consequently, are not subject to the restrictions on affiliated transactions and other protections applicable to registered investment companies. The valuations of securities held by Private Funds, which are generally unlisted and illiquid, may be very difficult and will often depend on the subjective valuation of the managers of the Private Funds, which may prove to be inaccurate. Inaccurate valuations of a Private Fund’s portfolio holdings will affect the ability of a Fund to calculate its NAV accurately.
Preferred Stocks: Preferred stock represents an equity interest in an issuer that generally entitles the holder to receive, in preference to the holders of other stocks such as common stocks, dividends and a fixed share of the proceeds resulting from a liquidation of the issuer.
Preferred stocks may pay fixed or adjustable rates of return. Preferred stock dividends may be cumulative or noncumulative, fixed, participating, auction rate or other. If interest rates rise, a fixed dividend on preferred stocks may be less attractive, causing the value of preferred stocks to decline either absolutely or relative to alternative investments. Preferred stock may have mandatory sinking fund provisions, as well as provisions that allow the issuer to redeem or call the stock.
Preferred stock is subject to issuer-specific and market risks applicable generally to equity securities. In addition, because a substantial portion of the return on a preferred stock may be the dividend, its value may react similarly to that of a fixed-income instrument to changes in interest rates. An issuer’s preferred stock generally pays dividends only after the issuer makes required payments to holders of its fixed-income instruments and other debt. For this reason, the value of preferred stock will usually react more strongly than fixed-income instruments to actual or perceived changes in the issuer’s financial condition or prospects. Preferred stocks of smaller issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse developments than preferred stock of larger issuers.
Private Investments in Public Companies: In a typical private placement by a publicly-held company (“PIPE”) transaction, a buyer will acquire, directly from an issuer seeking to raise capital in a private placement pursuant to Regulation D under the 1933 Act, common stock or a security convertible into common stock, such as convertible notes or convertible preferred stock. The issuer’s common stock is usually publicly traded on a U.S. securities exchange or in the OTC market, but the securities acquired will be subject to restrictions on resale imposed by U.S. securities laws absent an effective registration statement. In recognition of the illiquid nature of the securities being acquired, the purchase price paid in a PIPE transaction (or the conversion price of the convertible securities being acquired) will typically be fixed at a discount to the prevailing market price of the issuer’s common stock at the time of the transaction. As part of a PIPE transaction, the issuer usually will be contractually obligated to seek to register within an agreed upon period of time for public resale under the U.S. securities laws the common stock or the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the convertible securities. If the issuer fails to so register the shares within that period, the buyer may be entitled to additional consideration from the issuer (e.g. warrants to acquire additional shares of common stock), but the buyer may not be able to sell its shares unless and until the registration process is successfully completed. Thus PIPE transactions present certain risks not associated with open market purchases of equities.
Among the risks associated with PIPE transactions is the risk that the issuer may be unable to register the shares for public resale in a timely manner or at all, in which case the shares may be saleable only in a privately negotiated transaction at a price less than that paid, assuming a suitable buyer can be found. Disposing of the securities may involve time-consuming negotiation and legal expenses, and selling them promptly at an acceptable price may be difficult or impossible. Even if the shares are registered for public resale, the market for the issuer’s securities may nevertheless be “thin” or illiquid, making the sale of securities at desired prices or in desired quantities difficult or impossible.
While private placements may offer attractive opportunities not otherwise available in the open market, the securities purchased are usually “restricted securities” or are “not readily marketable.” Restricted securities cannot be sold without being registered under the 1933 Act, unless they are sold pursuant to an exemption from registration (such as Rules 144 or 144A under the 1933 Act). Securities that are not readily marketable are subject to other legal or contractual restrictions on resale.
Real Estate Securities and Real Estate Investment Trusts: Investments in equity securities of issuers that are principally engaged in the real estate industry are subject to certain risks associated with the ownership of real estate and with the real estate industry in general. These risks include, among others: possible declines in the value of real estate; risks related to general and local economic conditions; possible lack of availability of mortgage funds or other limitations on access to capital; overbuilding; risks associated with leverage; market illiquidity; extended vacancies of properties; increase in competition, property taxes, capital expenditures and operating expenses; changes in zoning laws or other governmental regulation; costs resulting from the clean-up of, and liability to third parties for damages resulting from, environmental problems; tenant bankruptcies or other credit problems; casualty or condemnation losses; uninsured damages from
7

floods, earthquakes or other natural disasters; limitations on and variations in rents, including decreases in market rates for rents; investment in developments that are not completed or that are subject to delays in completion; and changes in interest rates. To the extent that assets underlying a Fund’s investments are concentrated geographically, by property type or in certain other respects, the Fund may be subject to certain of the foregoing risks to a greater extent. Investments by a Fund in securities of issuers providing mortgage servicing will be subject to the risks associated with refinancing and their impact on servicing rights.
In addition, if a Fund receives rental income or income from the disposition of real property acquired as result of a default on securities the Fund owns, the receipt of such income may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to qualify as a RIC because of certain income source requirements applicable to RICs under the Code.
REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in income-producing real estate or real estate-related loans or interests. The affairs of REITs are managed by the REIT's sponsor and, as such, the performance of the REIT is dependent on the management skills of the REIT's sponsor. REITs are not diversified, and are subject to the risks of financing projects. REITs possess certain risks which differ from an investment in common stocks. REITs are financial vehicles that pool investor’s capital to purchase or finance real estate. REITs may concentrate their investments in specific geographic areas or in specific property types, i.e., hotels, shopping malls, residential complexes and office buildings. REITs are subject to management fees and other expenses, and so a Fund that invests in REITs will bear its proportionate share of the costs of the REITs’ operations. There are three general categories of REITs: Equity REITs, Mortgage REITs and Hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest primarily in direct fee ownership or leasehold ownership of real property; they derive most of their income from rents. Mortgage REITs invest mostly in mortgages on real estate, which may secure construction, development or long-term loans; the main source of their income is mortgage interest payments. Hybrid REITs hold both ownership and mortgage interests in real estate.
Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. The market value of REIT shares and the ability of the REITs to distribute income may be adversely affected by several factors, including rising interest rates, changes in the national, state and local economic climate and real estate conditions, perceptions of prospective tenants of the safety, convenience and attractiveness of the properties, the ability of the owners to provide adequate management, maintenance and insurance, the cost of complying with the Americans with Disabilities Act, increased competition from new properties, the impact of present or future environmental legislation and compliance with environmental laws, failing to maintain their eligibility for favorable tax-treatment under the Code and for exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act, changes in real estate taxes and other operating expenses, adverse changes in governmental rules and fiscal policies, adverse changes in zoning laws and other factors beyond the control of the issuers of the REITs.
REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risk. Rising interest rates may cause REIT investors to demand a higher annual yield, which may, in turn, cause a decline in the market price of the equity securities issued by a REIT. Rising interest rates also generally increase the costs of obtaining financing, which could cause the value of investments in REITs to decline. During periods when interest rates are declining, mortgages are often refinanced. Refinancing may reduce the yield on investments in mortgage REITs. In addition, since REITs depend on payment under their mortgage loans and leases to generate cash to make distributions to their shareholders, investments in REITs may be adversely affected by defaults on such mortgage loans or leases.
Investing in certain REITs, which often have small market capitalizations, may also involve the same risks as investing in other small-capitalization issuers. REITs may have limited financial resources and their securities may trade less frequently and in limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger issuer securities. Historically, small capitalization stocks, such as REITs, have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks such as those included in the S&P 500® Index. The management of a REIT may be subject to conflicts of interest with respect to the operation of the business of the REIT and may be involved in real estate activities competitive with the REIT. REITs may own properties through joint ventures or in other circumstances in which the REIT may not have control over its investments. REITs may involve significant amounts of leverage.
Small- and Mid-Capitalization Issuers: Issuers with smaller market capitalizations, including small- and mid-capitalization issuers, may have limited product lines, markets, or financial resources, may lack the competitive strength of larger issuers, may have inexperienced managers or depend on a few key employees. In addition, their securities often are less widely held and trade less frequently and in lesser quantities, and their market prices are often more volatile, than the securities of issuers with larger market capitalizations. Issuers with smaller market capitalizations may include issuers with a limited operating history (unseasoned issuers). Investment decisions for these securities may place a greater emphasis on current or planned product lines and the reputation and experience of the issuer’s management and less emphasis on fundamental valuation factors than would be the case for more mature issuers. In addition, investments in unseasoned issuers are more speculative and entail greater risk than do investments in issuers with an established operating record. The liquidation of significant positions in small- and mid-capitalization issuers with limited trading volume, particularly in a distressed market, could be prolonged and result in investment losses.
Special Purpose Acquisition Companies: A Fund may invest in stock, rights, and warrants of special purpose acquisition companies (“SPACs”). Also known as a “blank check company,” a SPAC is a company with no commercial operations that is formed solely to raise capital from investors for the purpose of acquiring one or more existing private companies. The typical SPAC IPO involves the sale of units consisting of one share of common stock combined with one or more warrants or fractions of warrants to purchase common stock at a fixed price upon or after consummation of the acquisition. SPACs often have pre-determined time frames to make an acquisition after going public (typically two years) or the SPAC will liquidate, at which point invested funds are returned to the entity’s shareholders (less certain permitted expenses) and any rights or warrants issued by the SPAC expire worthless. Unless and until an acquisition is completed, a SPAC generally holds its assets in U.S. government securities, money market securities and cash. To the extent the SPAC holds cash or similar securities, this may impact a Fund’s ability to meet its investment objective.
8

Because SPACs have no operating history or ongoing business other than seeking acquisitions, the value of a SPAC’s securities is particularly dependent on the ability of the entity’s management to identify and complete a favorable acquisition. Some SPACs may pursue acquisitions only within certain industries or regions, which may increase the volatility of their prices. At the time a Fund invests in a SPAC, there may be little or no basis for the Fund to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the particular industry in which the SPAC may ultimately operate or the target business which the SPAC may ultimately acquire. There is no guarantee that a SPAC in which a Fund invests will complete an acquisition or that any acquisitions that are completed will be profitable.
It is possible that a significant portion of the funds raised by a SPAC for the purpose of identifying and effecting an acquisition or merger may be expended during the search for a target transaction. Attractive acquisition or merger targets may become scarce if the number of SPACs seeking to acquire operating businesses increases. Only a thinly traded market for shares of or interests in a SPAC may develop, leaving a Fund unable to sell its interest in a SPAC or able to sell its interest only at a price below what the Fund believes is the SPAC security’s value.
Special Situation Issuers: A special situation arises when, in the opinion of the manager, the securities of a particular issuer can be purchased at prices below the anticipated future value of the cash, securities or other consideration to be paid or exchanged for such securities solely by reason of a development applicable to that issuer and regardless of general business conditions or movements of the market as a whole. Developments creating special situations might include, among others: liquidations, reorganizations, recapitalizations, mergers, material litigation, technical breakthroughs, and new management or management policies. Investments in special situations often involve much greater risk than is inherent in ordinary investment securities, because of the high degree of uncertainty that can be associated with such events.
If a security is purchased in anticipation of a proposed transaction and the transaction later appears unlikely to be consummated or in fact is not consummated or is delayed, the market price of the security may decline sharply. There is typically asymmetry in the risk/reward payout of special situations strategies – the losses that can occur in the event of deal break-ups can far exceed the gains to be had if deals close successfully. The consummation of a proposed transaction can be prevented or delayed by a variety of factors, including regulatory and antitrust restrictions, political developments, industry weakness, stock specific events, failed financings, and general market declines. Certain special situation investments prevent ownership interest therein from being withdrawn until the special situation investment, or a portion thereof, is realized or deemed realized, which may negatively impact Fund performance.
Trust Preferred Securities: Trust preferred securities have the characteristics of both subordinated debt and preferred stock. Generally, trust preferred securities are issued by a trust that is wholly owned by a financial institution or other corporate entity, typically a bank holding company. The financial institution creates the trust and owns the trust’s common stocks, which may typically represent a small percentage of the trust’s capital structure. The remainder of the trust’s capital structure typically consists of trust preferred securities, which are sold to investors. The trust uses the sale proceeds of its common stocks to purchase subordinated fixed-income instruments issued by the financial institution. The financial institution uses the proceeds from the sale of the subordinated fixed-income instruments to increase its capital while the trust receives periodic interest payments from the financial institution for holding the subordinated fixed-income instruments. The interests of the holders of the trust preferred securities are senior to those of common stockholders in the event that the financial institution is liquidated, although their interests are typically subordinated to those of other holders of other fixed-income instruments issued by the financial institution. The primary advantage of this structure to the financial institution is that the trust preferred securities issued by the trust are treated by the financial institution as fixed-income instruments for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the interest on which is generally a deductible expense for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and as equity for the calculation of capital requirements.
The trust uses interest payments it receives from the financial institution to make dividend payments to the holders of the trust preferred securities. Trust preferred securities typically bear a market rate coupon comparable to interest rates available on debt of a similarly rated issuer. Typical characteristics of trust preferred securities include long-term maturities, early redemption option by the issuer, and maturities at face value. Holders of trust preferred securities have limited voting rights to control the activities of the trust and no voting rights with respect to the financial institution. The market value of trust preferred securities may be more volatile than those of conventional fixed-income instruments. Trust preferred securities may be issued in reliance on Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and subject to restrictions on resale. There can be no assurance as to the liquidity of trust preferred securities and the ability of holders to sell their holdings. The condition of the financial institution can be considered when seeking to identify the risks of trust preferred securities as the trust typically has no business operations other than to issue the trust preferred securities. If the financial institution defaults on interest payments to the trust, the trust will not be able to make dividend payments to holders of its securities.
FIXED-INCOME INSTRUMENTS
Asset-Backed Securities: Asset-backed securities are securities backed by home equity loans, installment sale contracts, credit card receivables or other assets. Asset-backed securities are “pass-through” securities, meaning that principal and interest payments – net of expenses – made by the borrower on the underlying assets (such as credit card receivables) are passed through to the investor. The value of asset-backed securities based on fixed-income instruments, like that of traditional fixed-income instruments, typically increases when interest rates fall and decreases when interest rates rise. However, these asset-backed securities differ from traditional fixed-income instruments because of their potential for prepayment. The price paid for asset-backed securities, the yield expected from such securities and the average life of the securities are based on a number of factors, including the anticipated rate of prepayment of the underlying assets. In a period of declining interest rates, borrowers may prepay the underlying assets more quickly than anticipated, thereby reducing the yield to maturity and the average life of the asset-backed security. Moreover, when the proceeds of a prepayment are reinvested in these circumstances, a rate of interest will likely be received that is lower than the rate on the security that was prepaid. To the extent that asset-backed securities are purchased at a premium, prepayments may result in a loss to the extent of the premium paid. If such securities are bought
9

at a discount, both scheduled payments and unscheduled prepayments generally will also result in the recognition of income. In a period of rising interest rates, prepayments of the underlying assets may occur at a slower than expected rate, creating maturity extension risk. This particular risk may effectively change a security that was considered short- or intermediate-term at the time of purchase into a longer term security. Since the value of longer-term asset-backed securities generally fluctuates more widely in response to changes in interest rates than the value of shorter term asset-backed securities maturity extension risk could increase volatility. When interest rates decline, the value of an asset-backed security with prepayment features may not increase as much as that of other fixed-income instruments, and as noted above, changes in market rates of interest may accelerate or retard prepayments and thus affect maturities. During periods of deteriorating economic conditions, such as recessions or periods of rising unemployment, delinquencies and losses generally increase, sometimes dramatically, with respect to securitizations involving loans, sales contracts, receivables and other obligations underlying asset-backed securities. The effects of COVID-19, and governmental responses to the effects of the pandemic may result in increased delinquencies and losses and may have other, potentially unanticipated, adverse effects on such investments and the markets for those investments.
The credit quality of asset-backed securities depends primarily on the quality of the underlying assets, the rights of recourse available against the underlying assets and/or the issuer, the level of credit enhancement, if any, provided for the securities, and the credit quality of the credit-support provider, if any. The values of asset-backed securities may be affected by other factors, such as the availability of information concerning the pool of assets and its structure, the market’s perception of the asset backing the security, the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool of assets, the originator of the underlying assets, or the entities providing the credit enhancement. The market values of asset-backed securities also can depend on the ability of their servicers to service the underlying assets and are, therefore, subject to risks associated with servicers’ performance. In some circumstances, a servicer’s or originator’s mishandling of documentation related to the underlying assets (e.g., failure to document a security interest in the underlying assets properly) may affect the rights of the security holders in and to the underlying assets. In addition, the insolvency of an entity that generated the assets underlying an asset-backed security is likely to result in a decline in the market price of that security as well as costs and delays. Asset-backed securities that do not have the benefit of a security interest in the underlying assets present certain additional risks that are not present with asset-backed securities that do have a security interest in the underlying assets. For example, many securities backed by credit card receivables are unsecured.
Collateralized Debt Obligations: Collateralized Debt Obligations (“CDOs”) are a type of asset-backed security and include collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), and other similarly structured securities. A CBO is an obligation of a trust or other special purpose vehicle backed by a pool of bonds. A CLO is an obligation of a trust or other special purpose vehicle typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include senior secured and unsecured loans and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade, or equivalent unrated loans. CDOs may incur management fees and administrative expenses.
For both CBOs and CLOs, the cash flows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, which vary in risk and yield. The riskier portions are the residual, equity, and subordinate tranches, which bear some or all of the risk of default by the fixed-income instruments or loans in the trust, and therefore protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since they are partially protected from defaults, senior tranches of a CBO trust or CLO trust typically have higher ratings and lower yields than junior tranches. Despite the protection from the riskier tranches, senior CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults (including collateral default), the total loss of the riskier tranches due to losses in the collateral, market anticipation of defaults, fraud by the trust, and the illiquidity of CBO or CLO securities.
The risks of an investment in a CDO largely depend on the type of underlying collateral securities and the tranche in which there are investments. Typically, CBOs, CLOs, and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized as illiquid. CDOs are subject to the typical risks associated with fixed-income instruments discussed elsewhere in this SAI and the Prospectus, including interest rate risk, prepayment and extension risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk. Additional risks of CDOs include: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will be insufficient to make interest or other payments; (ii) the possibility that the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default, due to factors such as the availability of any credit enhancement, the level and timing of payments and recoveries on and the characteristics of the underlying collateral, remoteness of those collateral assets from the originator or transferor, the adequacy of and ability to realize upon any related collateral, and the capability of the servicer of the securitized assets; and (iii) market and liquidity risks affecting the price of a structured finance investment, if required to be sold, at the time of sale. In addition, due to the complex nature of a CDO, an investment in a CDO may not perform as expected. An investment in a CDO also is subject to the risk that the issuer and the investors may interpret the terms of the instrument differently, giving rise to disputes.
Bank Instruments: Bank instruments include certificates of deposit (“CDs”), fixed-time deposits, and other debt and deposit-type obligations (including promissory notes that earn a specified rate of return) issued by: (i) a U.S. branch of a U.S. bank; (ii) a non-U.S. branch of a U.S. bank; (iii) a U.S. branch of a non-U.S. bank; or (iv) a non-U.S. branch of a non-U.S. bank. Bank instruments may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations.
CDs typically are interest-bearing fixed-income instruments issued by banks and have maturities ranging from a few weeks to several years. Yankee dollar certificates of deposit are negotiable CDs issued in the United States by branches and agencies of non-U.S. banks. Eurodollar certificates of deposit are CDs issued by non-U.S. banks with interest and principal paid in U.S. dollars. Eurodollar and Yankee Dollar CDs typically have maturities of less than two years and have interest rates that typically are pegged to LIBOR. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Bankers’ acceptances are a customary means of effecting payment for merchandise sold in import-export transactions and are a general source of financing. A fixed-time deposit is a bank obligation payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. There are generally no
10

contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed-time deposit to a third party, although there is generally no market for such deposits. Typically, there are penalties for early withdrawals of time deposits. Promissory notes are written commitments of the maker to pay the payee a specified sum of money either on demand or at a fixed or determinable future date, with or without interest.
Certain bank instruments, such as some CDs, are insured by the FDIC up to certain specified limits. Many other bank instruments, however, are neither guaranteed nor insured by the FDIC or the U.S. government. These bank instruments are “backed” only by the creditworthiness of the issuing bank or parent financial institution. U.S. and non-U.S. banks are subject to different governmental regulation. They are subject to the risks of investing in the particular issuing bank and of investing in the banking and financial services sector generally. Certain obligations of non-U.S. banks, including Eurodollar and Yankee dollar obligations, involve different and/or heightened investment risks than those affecting obligations of U.S. banks, including, among others, the possibilities that: (i) their liquidity could be impaired because of political or economic developments; (ii) the obligations may be less marketable than comparable obligations of U.S. banks; (iii) a non-U.S. jurisdiction might impose withholding and other taxes at high levels on interest income; (iv) non-U.S. deposits may be seized or nationalized; (v) non-U.S. governmental restrictions such as exchange controls may be imposed, which could adversely affect the payment of principal and/or interest on those obligations; (vi) there may be less publicly available information concerning non-U.S. banks issuing the obligations; and (vii) the reserve requirements and accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements applicable to non-U.S. banks may differ (including those that are less stringent) from those applicable to U.S. banks. Non-U.S. banks generally are not subject to examination by any U.S. government agency or instrumentality.
Commercial Paper: Commercial paper represents short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by banks or bank holding companies, corporations and finance companies. Commercial paper may consist of U.S. dollar- or foreign currency-denominated obligations of U.S. or non-U.S. issuers, and may be rated or unrated. The rate of return on commercial paper may be linked or indexed to the level of exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency or currencies.
Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper is commercial paper issued in reliance on the so-called “private placement” exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the 1933 Act, as amended (“Section 4(a)(2) paper”). Section 4(a)(2) paper is restricted as to disposition under the federal securities laws, and generally is sold to investors who agree that they are purchasing the paper for investment and not with a view to public distribution. Any resale by the purchaser must be in an exempt transaction. Section 4(a)(2) paper is normally resold to other investors through or with the assistance of the issuer or dealers who make a market in Section 4(a)(2) paper, thus providing liquidity.
Corporate Fixed-Income Instruments: Corporate fixed-income instruments are long and short-term fixed-income instruments typically issued by businesses to finance their operations. Corporate fixed-income instruments are issued by public or private issuers, as distinct from fixed-income instruments issued by a government or its agencies. The issuer of a corporate fixed-income instrument typically has a contractual obligation to pay interest at a stated rate on specific dates and to repay principal periodically or on a specified maturity date. The broad category of corporate fixed-income instruments includes debt issued by U.S. or non-U.S. issuers of all kinds, including those with small-, mid- and large-capitalizations. The category also includes bank loans, as well as assignments, participations and other interests in bank loans. Corporate fixed-income instruments may be rated investment grade or below investment grade and may be structured as fixed-, variable or floating-rate obligations or as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities and may be privately placed or publicly offered. They may also be senior or subordinated obligations. Because of the wide range of types and maturities of corporate fixed-income instruments, as well as the range of creditworthiness of issuers, corporate fixed-income instruments can have widely varying risk/return profiles.
Corporate fixed-income instruments carry both credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the risk that an investor could lose money if the issuer of a corporate fixed-income instrument is unable to pay interest or repay principal when it is due. Some corporate fixed-income instruments that are rated below investment grade (commonly referred to as “junk bonds”) are generally considered speculative because they present a greater risk of loss, including default, than higher rated fixed-income instruments. The credit risk of a particular issuer’s fixed-income instrument may vary based on its priority for repayment. For example, higher-ranking (senior) fixed-income instruments have a higher priority than lower ranking (subordinated) fixed-income instruments. This means that the issuer might not make payments on subordinated fixed-income instruments while continuing to make payments on senior fixed-income instruments. In addition, in the event of bankruptcy, holders of higher-ranking senior fixed-income instruments may receive amounts otherwise payable to the holders of more junior securities. The market value of corporate fixed-income instruments may be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates generally. In general, corporate fixed income instruments with longer terms tend to fall more in value when interest rates rise than corporate fixed income instruments with shorter terms. The value of a corporate fixed-income instrument may also be affected by supply and demand for similar or comparable securities in the marketplace. Fluctuations in the value of portfolio securities subsequent to their acquisition will not affect cash income from such securities but will be reflected in NAV. Corporate fixed-income instruments generally trade in the over-the-counter market and can be less liquid that other types of investments, particularly during adverse market and economic conditions.
Credit-Linked Notes: Credit-linked notes are privately negotiated obligations whose returns are linked to the returns of one or more designated securities or other instruments that are referred to as “reference securities,” such as an emerging market bond. A credit-linked note typically is issued by a special purpose trust or similar entity and is a direct obligation of the issuing entity. The entity, in turn, invests in fixed-income instruments or derivative contracts in order to provide the exposure set forth in the credit-linked note. The periodic interest payments and principal obligations payable under the terms of the note typically are conditioned upon the entity’s receipt of payments on its underlying investment. Purchasing a credit-linked note assumes the risk of the default or, in some cases, other declines in credit quality of the reference securities. There is also exposure to the issuer of the credit-linked note in the full amount of the purchase price of the note and the note is often not secured by the reference securities or other collateral.
11

The market for credit-linked notes may be or become illiquid. The number of investors with sufficient understanding to support transacting in the notes may be quite limited, and may include only the parties to the original purchase/sale transaction. Changes in liquidity may result in significant, rapid and unpredictable changes in the value for credit-linked notes. In certain cases, a market price for a credit-linked note may not be available and it may be difficult to determine a fair value of the note.
Custodial Receipts and Trust Certificates: Custodial receipts and trust certificates, which may be underwritten by securities dealers or banks, represent interests in instruments held by a custodian or trustee. The instruments so held may include U.S. government securities or other types of instruments. The custodial receipts or trust certificates may evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on the underlying instruments, or, in some cases, the payment obligation of a third party that has entered into an interest rate swap or other arrangement with the custodian or trustee. The holder of custodial receipts and trust certificates will bear its proportionate share of the fees and expenses charged to the custodial account or trust. There may also be investments in separately issued interests in custodial receipts and trust certificates. Custodial receipts may be issued in multiple tranches, representing different interests in the payment streams in the underlying instruments (including as to priority of payment).
In the event an underlying issuer fails to pay principal and/or interest when due, a holder could be required to assert its rights through the custodian bank, and assertion of those rights may be subject to delays, expenses, and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if the holder had purchased a direct obligation of the issuer. In addition, in the event that the trust or custodial account in which the underlying instruments have been deposited is determined to be an association taxable as a corporation instead of a non-taxable entity, the yield on the underlying instruments would be reduced by the amount of any taxes paid.
Certain custodial receipts and trust certificates may be synthetic or derivative instruments that pay interest at rates that reset inversely to changing short-term rates and/or have embedded interest rate floors and caps that require the issuer to pay an adjusted interest rate if market rates fall below, or rise above, a specified rate. These instruments include inverse and range floaters. Because some of these instruments represent relatively recent innovations and the trading market for these instruments is less developed than the markets for traditional types of instruments, it is uncertain how these instruments will perform under different economic and interest-rate scenarios. Also, because these instruments may be leveraged, their market values may be more volatile than other types of instruments and may present greater potential for capital gain or loss, including potentially loss of the entire principal investment. The possibility of default by an issuer or the issuer’s credit provider may be greater for these derivative instruments than for other types of instruments. In some cases, it may be difficult to determine the fair value of a derivative instrument because of a lack of reliable objective information, and an established secondary market for some instruments may not exist. In many cases, the IRS has not ruled on the tax treatment of the interest or payments received on such derivative instruments.
Delayed Funding Loans and Revolving Credit Facilities: Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are borrowing arrangements in which the lender agrees to make loans, up to a maximum amount, upon demand by the borrower during a specified term. A revolving credit facility differs from a delayed funding loan in that, as the borrower repays the loan, an amount equal to the repayment may be borrowed again during the term of the revolving credit facility (whereas, in the case of a delayed funding loan, such amounts may not be “re-borrowed”). Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities usually provide for floating or variable rates of interest. Agreeing to participate in a delayed fund loan or a revolving credit facility may have the effect of requiring an increased investment in an issuer at a time when such investment might not otherwise have been made (including at a time when the issuer’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid). To the extent that there is such a commitment to advancing additional funds, assets that are determined to be liquid by the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board will at times be segregated, in an amount sufficient to meet such commitments.
Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities may be subject to restrictions on transfer and only limited opportunities may exist to resell such instruments. As a result, such investments may not be sold at an opportune time or may have to be resold at less than fair market value.
Event-Linked Bonds: Event-linked exposure typically results in gains or losses depending on the occurrence of a specific “trigger” event, such as a hurricane, earthquake, or other physical or weather-related phenomena. Some event-linked bonds are commonly referred to as “catastrophe bonds.” They may be issued by government agencies, insurance companies, reinsurers, special purpose corporations or other on-shore or off-shore entities. If a trigger event causes losses exceeding a specific amount in the geographic region and time period specified in a bond, there may be a loss of a portion, or all, of the principal invested in the bond. If no trigger event occurs, the principal plus interest will be recovered. For some event-linked bonds, the trigger event or losses may be based on issuer-wide losses, index-portfolio losses, industry indices, or readings of scientific instruments rather than specified actual losses. Event-linked bonds often provide for extensions of maturity that are mandatory, or optional, at the discretion of the issuer, in order to process and audit loss claims in those cases where a trigger event has, or possibly has, occurred.
Floating or Variable Rate Instruments: Variable and floating rate instruments are a type of fixed-income instrument that provides for periodic adjustments in the interest rate paid on the instrument. Variable rate instruments provide for the automatic establishment of a new interest rate on set dates, while floating rate instruments provide for an automatic adjustment in the interest rate whenever a specified interest rate changes. Variable rate instruments will be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period remaining until the next readjustment of the interest rate.
There is a risk that the current interest rate on variable and floating rate instruments may not accurately reflect current market interest rates or adequately compensate the holder for the current creditworthiness of the issuer. Some variable or floating rate instruments are structured with liquidity features such as: (1) put options or tender options that permit holders (sometimes subject to conditions) to demand payment of the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest from the issuers or certain financial intermediaries; or (2) auction
12

rate features, remarketing provisions, or other maturity-shortening devices designed to enable the issuer to refinance or redeem outstanding fixed-income instruments (market-dependent liquidity features). The market-dependent liquidity features may not operate as intended as a result of the issuer’s declining creditworthiness, adverse market conditions, or other factors or the inability or unwillingness of a participating broker-dealer to make a secondary market for such instruments. As a result, variable or floating rate instruments that include market-dependent liquidity features may lose value and the holders of such instruments may be required to retain them for an extended period of time or indefinitely.
Generally, changes in interest rates will have a smaller effect on the market value of variable and floating rate instruments than on the market value of comparable fixed-income instruments. Thus, investing in variable and floating rate instruments generally allows less potential for capital appreciation and depreciation than investing in comparable fixed-income instruments.
Guaranteed Investment Contracts: Guaranteed Investment Contracts (“GICs”) are issued by insurance companies. An insurance company issuing a GIC typically agrees, in return for the purchase price of the contract, to pay interest at an agreed upon rate (which may be a fixed or variable rate) and to repay principal. GICs typically guarantee that the interest rate will not be less than a certain minimum rate. The insurance company may assess periodic charges against a GIC for expense and service costs allocable to it, and the charges will be deducted from the value of the deposit fund. A GIC is a general obligation of the issuing insurance company and not a separate account. The purchase price paid for a GIC becomes part of the general assets of the insurance company, and the contract is paid from the insurance company’s general assets. Generally, a GIC is not assignable or transferable without the permission of the issuing insurance company, and an active secondary market in GICs does not currently exist. In addition, the issuer may not be able to pay the principal amount to a Fund on seven days’ notice or less, at which time the investment may be considered illiquid securities. GICs are not backed by the U.S. government nor are they insured by the FDIC. GICs are generally guaranteed only by the insurance companies that issue them.
High-Yield Securities: High-yield securities (commonly referred to as “junk bonds”) are fixed-income instruments that are rated below investment grade. Investing in high-yield securities involves special risks in addition to the risks associated with investments in higher rated fixed-income instruments. While investments in high-yield securities generally provide greater income and increased opportunity for capital appreciation than investments in higher quality securities, investments in high-yield securities typically entail greater price volatility as well as principal and income risk. High-yield securities are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments. Analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of high-yield securities may be more complex than for issuers of higher quality fixed-income instruments.
High-yield securities may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic and competitive industry conditions than investment grade securities. The prices of high-yield securities are likely to be sensitive to adverse economic downturns or individual corporate developments. A projection of an economic downturn or of a period of rising interest rates, for example, could cause a decline in high-yield security prices because the advent of a recession could lessen the ability of a highly leveraged issuer to make principal and interest payments on its fixed-income instruments. If an issuer of high-yield securities defaults, in addition to risking payment of all or a portion of interest and principal, additional expenses to seek recovery may be incurred.
The secondary market on which high-yield securities are traded may be less liquid than the market for higher grade securities. Less liquidity in the secondary trading market could adversely affect the price at which a high-yield security could be sold, and could adversely affect daily NAV. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of high-yield securities, especially in a thinly traded market. When secondary markets for high-yield securities are less liquid than the market for higher grade securities, it may be more difficult to value lower rated securities because such valuation may require more research, and elements of judgment may play a greater role in the valuation because there is less reliable, objective data available.
Credit ratings issued by credit rating agencies are designed to evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments of rated securities. They do not, however, evaluate the market value risk of lower-quality securities and, therefore, may not fully reflect the true risks of an investment. In addition, credit rating agencies may or may not make timely changes in a rating to reflect changes in the economy or in the condition of the issuer that affect the market value of the securities. Consequently, credit ratings are used only as a preliminary indicator of investment quality. Each credit rating agency applies its own methodology in measuring creditworthiness and uses a specific rating scale to publish its ratings. For more information on credit agency ratings, please see Appendix A. Furthermore, high-yield fixed-income instruments may not be registered under the 1933 Act, and, unless so registered, a Fund will not be able to sell such high-yield fixed-income instruments except pursuant to an exemption from registration under the 1933 Act. This may further limit a Fund's ability to sell high-yield fixed-income instruments or to obtain the desired price for such securities.
Special tax considerations are associated with investing in high-yield securities structured as zero-coupon or pay-in-kind instruments. Income accrues on these instruments prior to the receipt of cash payments, which income must be distributed to shareholders when it accrues, potentially requiring the liquidation of other investments, including at times when such liquidation may not be advantageous, in order to comply with the distribution requirements applicable to RICs under the Code.
Inflation-Indexed Bonds: Inflation-indexed bonds are fixed-income instruments whose principal and/or interest value are adjusted periodically according to a rate of inflation (usually a consumer price index). Two structures are most common. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers use a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Most other issuers pay out the inflation accruals as part of a semi-annual coupon.
U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (“TIPS”) currently are issued with maturities of five, ten, or thirty years, although it is possible that bonds with other maturities will be issued in the future. The principal amount of TIPS adjusts for inflation, although the inflation-adjusted principal is not paid until maturity. Semi-annual coupon payments are determined as a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal at the time the payment is made.
13

If the rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these bonds (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. At maturity, TIPS are redeemed at the greater of their inflation-adjusted principal or at the par amount at original issue. If an inflation-indexed bond does not provide a guarantee of principal at maturity, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal.
The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. For example, if inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates would likely decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates would likely rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds.
While these bonds, if held to maturity, are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If nominal interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to an expansion of non-inflationary economic activity), investors in these bonds may not be protected to the extent that the increase in rates is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.
The inflation adjustment of TIPS is tied to the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”), which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of price changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation, and energy.
Other issuers of inflation-protected bonds include other U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities, corporations, and foreign governments. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or any foreign inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these bonds may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.
Any increase in principal for an inflation-protected bond resulting from inflation adjustments is considered to be taxable income in the year it occurs. For direct holders of inflation-protected bonds, this means that taxes must be paid on principal adjustments even though these amounts are not received until the bond matures. Similarly, with respect to inflation-protected instruments held by each Fund, both interest income and the income attributable to principal adjustments must currently be distributed to shareholders in the form of cash or reinvested shares.
Inverse Floating Rate Securities: Inverse floaters have variable interest rates that typically move in the opposite direction from movements in prevailing interest rates, most often short-term rates. Accordingly, the values of inverse floaters, or other instruments or certificates structured to have similar features, generally move in the opposite direction from interest rates. The value of an inverse floater can be considerably more volatile than the value of other fixed-income instruments of comparable maturity and quality. Inverse floaters incorporate varying degrees of leverage. Generally, greater leverage results in greater price volatility for any given change in interest rates. Inverse floaters may be subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale and therefore may be less liquid than other types of instruments.
LIBOR: The obligations of the parties under many financial arrangements, such as fixed-income instruments (including senior loans) and derivatives, may be determined based in whole or in part on LIBOR. In 2017, the United Kingdom (“UK”) Financial Conduct Authority announced its intention to cease compelling banks to provide the quotations needed to sustain LIBOR after 2021. ICE Benchmark Administration, the administrator of LIBOR, ceased publication of most LIBOR settings on a representative basis at the end of 2021 and is expected to cease publication of a majority of U.S. dollar LIBOR settings on a representative basis after June 30, 2023. In addition, global regulators have announced that, with limited exceptions, no new LIBOR-based contracts should be entered into after 2021. Actions by regulators have resulted in the establishment of alternative reference rates to LIBOR in most major currencies, including for example, SOFR for U.S. Dollar LIBOR and the Sterling Overnight Interbank Average Rate for Sterling LIBOR. SOFR is a broad measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities in the repurchase agreement market. SOFR is published in various forms including as a daily, compounded and forward-looking term rate. Discontinuance of LIBOR and adoption/implementation of alternative rates pose a number of risks, including, among others, whether any substitute rate will experience the market participation and liquidity necessary to provide a workable substitute for LIBOR; the effect on parties' existing contractual arrangements, hedging transactions, and investment strategies generally from a conversion from LIBOR to alternative rates; the effect on a Fund's existing investments, including the possibility that some of those investments may terminate or their terms may be adjusted to the disadvantage of a Fund; and the risk of general market disruption during the period of the conversion. Markets relying on new, non-LIBOR rates are developing slowly, and may offer limited liquidity. In addition, the transition process away from LIBOR may involve increased volatility or illiquidity in markets for instruments that currently rely on LIBOR. The transition may also result in a reduction in the value of certain LIBOR-based investments held by a Fund or reduce the effectiveness of related transactions such as hedges. The effect of any changes to or discontinuation of LIBOR on a Fund's existing investments and obligations will vary depending on, among other things, (1) existing fallback provisions in individual contracts and (2) whether, how, and when industry participants develop and widely adopt new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new products or instruments. The general unavailability of LIBOR and the transition away from LIBOR to other rates could have a substantial adverse impact on the performance of a Fund.
Mortgage-Related Securities: Mortgage-related securities are interests in pools of residential or commercial mortgage loans, including mortgage loans made by savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, commercial banks and others. Pools of mortgage loans are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related and private organizations. There may also be investments in fixed-income instruments which are secured with collateral consisting of mortgage-related securities (see “Collateralized Mortgage Obligations”).
14

Financial downturns (particularly an increase in delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgages, falling home prices, and unemployment) may adversely affect the market for mortgage-related securities. Many so-called sub-prime mortgage pools become distressed during periods of economic distress and may trade at significant discounts to their face value during such periods. In addition, various market and governmental actions may impair the ability to foreclose on or exercise other remedies against underlying mortgage holders, or may reduce the amount received upon foreclosure. These factors may cause certain mortgage-related securities to experience lower valuations and reduced liquidity. There is also no assurance that the U.S. government will take further action to support the mortgage-related securities industry, as it has in the past, should the economy experience another downturn. Further, legislative action and any future government actions may significantly alter the manner in which the mortgage-related securities market functions. Each of these factors could ultimately increase the risk of losses on mortgage-related securities.
Mortgage Pass-Through Securities: Interests in pools of mortgage-related securities differ from other forms of fixed-income instruments, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates. Instead, these securities provide a monthly payment which consists of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass-through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their residential or commercial mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs which may be incurred. Some mortgage-related securities (such as securities issued by GNMA) are described as “modified pass-through.” These securities entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, at the scheduled payment dates regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment.
The rate of pre-payments on underlying mortgages will affect the price and volatility of a mortgage-related security, and may have the effect of shortening or extending the effective duration of the security relative to what was anticipated at the time of purchase. To the extent that unanticipated rates of pre-payment on underlying mortgages increase the effective duration of a mortgage-related security, the volatility of such security can be expected to increase. The residential mortgage market in the United States has in the past experienced difficulties that may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain mortgage-related investments. Delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans (especially subprime and second-lien mortgage loans) generally have increased in the past and may continue to increase, and a decline in or flattening of housing values (as has occurred in the past and which may continue to be experienced in many housing markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans are more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates. Also, a number of residential mortgage loan originators have experienced serious financial difficulties or bankruptcy. Due largely to the foregoing, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities and increased investor yield requirements have caused limited liquidity in the secondary market for certain mortgage-related securities, which can adversely affect the market value of mortgage-related securities. It is possible that such limited liquidity in such secondary markets could continue or worsen.
Adjustable Rate Mortgage-Backed Securities: Adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities (“ARM MBSs”) have interest rates that reset at periodic intervals. Acquiring ARM MBSs permits participation in increases in prevailing current interest rates through periodic adjustments in the coupons of mortgages underlying the pool on which ARM MBSs are based. Such ARM MBSs generally have higher current yield and lower price fluctuations than is the case with more traditional fixed-income instruments of comparable rating and maturity. In addition, when prepayments of principal are made on the underlying mortgages during periods of rising interest rates, there can be reinvestment in the proceeds of such prepayments at rates higher than those at which they were previously invested. Mortgages underlying most ARM MBSs, however, have limits on the allowable annual or lifetime increases that can be made in the interest rate that the mortgagor pays. Therefore, if current interest rates rise above such limits over the period of the limitation, there is no benefit from further increases in interest rates. Moreover, when interest rates are in excess of coupon rates (i.e., the rates being paid by mortgagors) of the mortgages, ARM MBSs behave more like fixed-income instruments and less like adjustable rate fixed-income instruments and are subject to the risks associated with fixed-income instruments. In addition, during periods of rising interest rates, increases in the coupon rate of adjustable rate mortgages generally lag current market interest rates slightly, thereby creating the potential for capital depreciation on such securities.
Agency Mortgage-Related Securities: The principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related securities is GNMA. GNMA is a wholly owned U.S. government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. GNMA is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks and mortgage bankers) and backed by pools of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration (the “FHA”), or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (the “VA”). Government-related guarantors (i.e., not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government) include FNMA and FHLMC. FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation. FNMA purchases conventional (i.e., not insured or guaranteed by any government agency) residential mortgages from a list of approved sellers/servicers which include state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit unions and mortgage bankers. Pass-through securities issued by FNMA are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA, but are not backed by the full faith and mortgage credit for residential housing. It is a government-sponsored corporation that issues Participation Certificates (“PCs”), which are pass-through securities, each representing an undivided interest in a pool of residential mortgages. FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
On September 6, 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) placed FNMA and FHLMC into conservatorship. As the conservator, FHFA succeeded to all rights, titles, powers and privileges of FNMA and FHLMC and of any stockholder, officer or director of FNMA and FHLMC with respect to FNMA and FHLMC and the assets of FNMA and FHLMC. FHFA selected a new chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors for each of FNMA and FHLMC.
15

FNMA and FHLMC are continuing to operate as going concerns while in conservatorship and each remain liable for all of its obligations, including its guaranty obligations, associated with its mortgage-backed securities. The Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement is intended to enhance each of FNMA’s and FHLMC’s ability to meet its obligations. The FHFA has indicated that the conservatorship of each enterprise will end when the director of FHFA determines that FHFA’s plan to restore the enterprise to a safe and solvent condition has been completed.
Under the Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008 (the “Reform Act”), which was included as part of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, FHFA, as conservator or receiver, has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by FNMA or FHLMC prior to FHFA’s appointment as conservator or receiver, as applicable, if FHFA determines, in its sole discretion, that performance of the contract is burdensome and that repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of FNMA’s or FHLMC’s affairs. The Reform Act requires FHFA to exercise its right to repudiate any contract within a reasonable period of time after its appointment as conservator or receiver.
FHFA, in its capacity as conservator, has indicated that it has no intention to repudiate the guaranty obligations of FNMA or FHLMC because FHFA views repudiation as incompatible with the goals of the conservatorship. However, in the event that FHFA, as conservator or if it is later appointed as receiver for FNMA or FHLMC, were to repudiate any such guaranty obligation, the conservatorship or receivership estate, as applicable, would be liable for actual direct compensatory damages in accordance with the provisions of the Reform Act. Any such liability could be satisfied only to the extent of FNMA’s or FHLMC’s assets available therefor.
In the event of repudiation, the payments of interest to holders of FNMA or FHLMC mortgage-backed securities would be reduced if payments on the mortgage loans represented in the mortgage loan groups related to such mortgage-backed securities are not made by the borrowers or advanced by the servicer. Any actual direct compensatory damages for repudiating these guaranty obligations may not be sufficient to offset any shortfalls experienced by such mortgage-backed security holders.
Further, in its capacity as conservator or receiver, FHFA has the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of FNMA or FHLMC without any approval, assignment or consent. Although FHFA has stated that it has no present intention to do so, if FHFA, as conservator or receiver, were to transfer any such guaranty obligation to another party, holders of FNMA or FHLMC mortgage-backed securities would have to rely on that party for satisfaction of the guaranty obligation and would be exposed to the credit risk of that party.
In addition, certain rights provided to holders of mortgage-backed securities issued by FNMA and FHLMC under the operative documents related to such securities may not be enforced against FHFA, or enforcement of such rights may be delayed, during the conservatorship or any future receivership. The operative documents for FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities may provide (or with respect to securities issued prior to the date of the appointment of the conservator may have provided) that upon the occurrence of an event of default on the part of FNMA or FHLMC, in its capacity as guarantor, which includes the appointment of a conservator or receiver, holders of such mortgage-backed securities have the right to replace FNMA or FHLMC as trustee if the requisite percentage of mortgage-backed securities holders consent. The Reform Act prevents mortgage-backed security holders from enforcing such rights if the event of default arises solely because a conservator or receiver has been appointed. The Reform Act also provides that no person may exercise any right or power to terminate, accelerate or declare an event of default under certain contracts to which FNMA or FHLMC is a party, or obtain possession of or exercise control over any property of FNMA or FHLMC, or affect any contractual rights of FNMA or FHLMC, without the approval of FHFA, as conservator or receiver, for a period of 45 or 90 days following the appointment of FHFA as conservator or receiver, respectively.
To the extent third party entities involved with mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers are involved in litigation relating to the securities, actions may be taken that are adverse to the interests of holders of the mortgage-backed securities, including each Fund. For example, third parties may seek to withhold proceeds due to holders of the mortgage-related securities, including each Fund, to cover legal or related costs. Any such action could result in losses to each Fund.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations: Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”) are debt obligations of a legal entity that are collateralized by mortgages and divided into classes. Similar to a bond, interest and prepaid principal is paid, in most cases, on a monthly basis. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans or private mortgage bonds, but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA, and their income streams.
CMOs are structured into multiple classes, often referred to as “tranches,” with each class bearing a different stated maturity and entitled to a different schedule for payments of principal and interest, including pre-payments. Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the pre-payment experience of the collateral. In the case of certain CMOs (known as “sequential pay” CMOs), payments of principal received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including pre-payments, are applied to the classes of CMOs in the order of their respective final distribution dates. Thus, no payment of principal will be made to any class of sequential pay CMOs until all other classes having an earlier final distribution date have been paid in full.
As CMOs have evolved, some classes of CMO bonds have become more common. For example, there may be investments in parallel-pay and planned amortization class (“PAC”) CMOs and multi-class pass-through certificates. Parallel-pay CMOs and multi-class pass-through certificates are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final distribution date of each class, which, as with other CMO and multi-class pass-through structures, must be retired by its stated maturity date or final distribution date but may be retired earlier. PACs generally require payments of a specified amount of principal on each payment date. PACs are parallel-pay CMOs with the required principal amount on such securities having the highest priority after interest has been paid to all classes. Any CMO or multi-class pass through structure that includes PAC securities must also have support tranches—known as support bonds, companion bonds or non-PAC bonds—which lend or absorb principal cash flows to allow the PAC securities to maintain their stated maturities and final distribution dates within a
16

range of actual prepayment experience. These support tranches are subject to a higher level of maturity risk compared to other mortgage-related securities, and usually provide a higher yield to compensate investors. If principal cash flows are received in amounts outside a pre-determined range such that the support bonds cannot lend or absorb sufficient cash flows to the PAC securities as intended, the PAC securities are subject to heightened maturity risk. A manager may invest in various tranches of CMO bonds, including support bonds.
CMO Residuals: CMO residuals are mortgage securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.
The cash flow generated by the mortgage assets underlying a series of CMOs is applied first to make required payments of principal and interest on the CMOs and second to pay the related administrative expenses and any management fee of the issuer. The residual in a CMO structure generally represents the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the foregoing payments. Each payment of such excess cash flow to a holder of the related CMO residual represents income and/or a return of capital. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a CMO will depend on, among other things, the characteristics of the mortgage assets, the coupon rate of each class of CMO, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the pre-payment experience on the mortgage assets. In particular, the yield to maturity on CMO residuals is extremely sensitive to pre-payments on the related underlying mortgage assets, in the same manner as an interest-only (“IO”) class of stripped mortgage-backed securities. See “Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities” or “Mortgage-Related Securities — Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities.” In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based. As described below with respect to stripped mortgage-backed securities, in certain circumstances, the initial investment in a CMO residual may never be fully recouped.
CMO residuals are generally purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers. Transactions in CMO residuals are generally completed only after careful review of the characteristics of the securities in question. In addition, CMO residuals may, or pursuant to an exemption therefrom may not, have been registered under the 1933 Act. CMO residuals, whether or not registered under the 1933 Act, may be subject to certain restrictions on transferability.
Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities: Commercial mortgage-backed securities include securities that reflect an interest in, and are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real property. Many of the risks of investing in commercial mortgage-backed securities reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments, and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. Commercial mortgage-backed securities may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.
Reverse Mortgage-Related Securities and Other Mortgage-Related Securities: Reverse mortgage-related securities and other mortgage-related securities include securities other than those described above that directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans on real property, including mortgage dollar rolls, or stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBS”). Other mortgage-related securities may be equity or fixed-income instruments issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks, partnerships, trusts and special purpose entities of the foregoing.
Mortgage-related securities include, among other things, securities that reflect an interest in reverse mortgages. In a reverse mortgage, a lender makes a loan to a homeowner based on the homeowner’s equity in his or her home. While a homeowner must be age 62 or older to qualify for a reverse mortgage, reverse mortgages may have no income restrictions. Repayment of the interest or principal for the loan is generally not required until the homeowner dies, sells the home, or ceases to use the home as his or her primary residence.
There are three general types of reverse mortgages: (1) single-purpose reverse mortgages, which are offered by certain state and local government agencies and nonprofit organizations; (2) federally-insured reverse mortgages, which are backed by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development; and (3) proprietary reverse mortgages, which are privately offered loans. A mortgage-related security may be backed by a single type of reverse mortgage. Reverse mortgage-related securities include agency and privately issued mortgage-related securities. The principal government guarantor of reverse mortgage-related securities is GNMA.
Reverse mortgage-related securities may be subject to risks different than other types of mortgage-related securities due to the unique nature of the underlying loans. The date of repayment for such loans is uncertain and may occur sooner or later than anticipated. The timing of payments for the corresponding mortgage-related security may be uncertain. Because reverse mortgages are offered only to persons 62 and older and there may be no income restrictions, the loans may react differently than traditional home loans to market events.
Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities: SMBS are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. SMBS may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.
SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the “IO class”), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or “PO class”). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including pre-payments) on the related underlying
17

mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on a yield to maturity from these securities. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated pre-payments of principal, there may be failure to recoup some or all of the initial investment in these securities even if the security is in one of the highest rating categories.
Privately Issued Mortgage-Related Securities: Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create pass-through pools of conventional residential mortgage loans. Such issuers may be the originators and/or servicers of the underlying mortgage loans as well as the guarantors of the mortgage-related securities. Pools created by such non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related pools because there are no direct or indirect government or agency guarantees of payments in the former pools. However, timely payment of interest and principal of these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit, which may be issued by governmental entities or private insurers. Such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof will be considered in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets certain investment quality standards. There can be no assurance that insurers or guarantors can meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee arrangements. Mortgage-related securities without insurance or guarantees may be bought if, through an examination of the loan experience and practices of the originators/servicers and poolers, the Investment Adviser or Sub-Adviser determines that the securities meet certain quality standards. Securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily marketable.
Privately issued mortgage-related securities are not subject to the same underwriting requirements for the underlying mortgages that are applicable to those mortgage-related securities that have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee. As a result, the mortgage loans underlying privately issued mortgage-related securities may, and frequently do, have less favorable collateral, credit risk or other underwriting characteristics than government or government-sponsored mortgage-related securities and have wider variances in a number of terms including interest rate, term, size, purpose and borrower characteristics. Mortgage pools underlying privately issued mortgage-related securities more frequently include second mortgages, high loan-to-value ratio mortgages and manufactured housing loans, in addition to commercial mortgages and other types of mortgages where a government or government sponsored entity guarantee is not available. The coupon rates and maturities of the underlying mortgage loans in a privately-issued mortgage-related securities pool may vary to a greater extent than those included in a government guaranteed pool, and the pool may include subprime mortgage loans. Subprime loans are loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their loans. For these reasons, the loans underlying these securities have had in many cases higher default rates than those loans that meet government underwriting requirements.
The risk of non-payment is greater for mortgage-related securities that are backed by loans that were originated under weak underwriting standards, including loans made to borrowers with limited means to make repayment. A level of risk exists for all loans, although, historically, the poorest performing loans have been those classified as subprime. Other types of privately issued mortgage-related securities, such as those classified as pay-option adjustable rate or Alt-A have also performed poorly. Even loans classified as prime have experienced higher levels of delinquencies and defaults. Market factors that may adversely affect mortgage loan repayment include adverse economic conditions, unemployment, a decline in the value of real property, or an increase in interest rates.
Privately issued mortgage-related securities are not traded on an exchange and there may be a limited market for the securities, especially when there is a perceived weakness in the mortgage and real estate market sectors. Without an active trading market, mortgage-related securities may be particularly difficult to value because of the complexities involved in assessing the value of the underlying mortgage loans.
Privately issued mortgage-related securities are originated, packaged and serviced by third party entities. It is possible that these third parties could have interests that are in conflict with the holders of mortgage-related securities, and such holders could have rights against the third parties or their affiliates. For example, if a loan originator, servicer or its affiliates engaged in negligence or willful misconduct in carrying out its duties, then a holder of the mortgage-related security could seek recourse against the originator/servicer or its affiliates, as applicable. Also, as a loan originator/servicer, the originator/servicer or its affiliates may make certain representations and warranties regarding the quality of the mortgages and properties underlying a mortgage-related security. If one or more of those representations or warranties is false, then the holders of the mortgage-related securities could trigger an obligation of the originator/servicer or its affiliates, as applicable, to repurchase the mortgages from the issuing trust. Notwithstanding the foregoing, many of the third parties that are legally bound by trust and other documents have failed to perform their respective duties, as stipulated in such trust and other documents, and investors have had limited success in enforcing terms.
Mortgage-related securities that are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, are not subject to the investment restrictions related to industry concentration by virtue of the exclusion from that test available to all U.S. government securities. The assets underlying such securities may be represented by a portfolio of residential or commercial mortgages (including both whole mortgage loans and mortgage participation interests that may be senior or junior in terms of priority of repayment) or portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities issued or guaranteed by GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC. Mortgage loans underlying a mortgage-related security may in turn be insured or guaranteed by the FHA or the VA. In the case of privately issued mortgage-related securities whose underlying assets are neither U.S. government securities nor U.S. government-insured mortgages, to the extent that real properties securing such assets may be located in the same geographical region, the security may be subject to a greater risk of default than other comparable securities in the event of adverse economic, political or business developments that may affect such region and, ultimately, the ability of residential homeowners to make payments of principal and interest on the underlying mortgages.
Tiered Index Bonds: Tiered index bonds are relatively new forms of mortgage-related securities. The interest rate on a tiered index bond is tied to a specified index or market rate. So long as this index or market rate is below a predetermined “strike” rate, the interest rate on the tiered index bond remains fixed. If, however, the specified index or market rate rises above the “strike” rate, the interest rate of
18

the tiered index bond will decrease. Thus, under these circumstances, the interest rate on a tiered index bond, like an inverse floater, will move in the opposite direction of prevailing interest rates, with the result that the price of the tiered index bond may be considerably more volatile than that of a fixed-rate bond.
Municipal Securities: Municipal securities are fixed-income instruments issued by state and local governments, municipalities, territories and possessions of the United States, regional government authorities, and their agencies and instrumentalities of states, and multi-state agencies or authorities, the interest of which, in the opinion of bond counsel to the issuer at the time of issuance, is exempt from federal income tax. Municipal securities include both notes (which have maturities of less than one (1) year) and bonds (which have maturities of one (1) year or more) that bear fixed or variable rates of interest.
In general, municipal securities are issued to obtain funds for a variety of public purposes such as the construction, repair, or improvement of public facilities including airports, bridges, housing, hospitals, mass transportation, schools, streets, water and sewer works. Municipal securities may be issued to refinance outstanding obligations as well as to raise funds for general operating expenses and lending to other public institutions and facilities.
The two principal classifications of municipal securities are “general obligation” securities and “revenue” securities. General obligation securities are obligations secured by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit, and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Characteristics and methods of enforcement of general obligation bonds vary according to the law applicable to a particular issuer, and the taxes that can be levied for the payment of fixed-income instruments may be limited or unlimited as to rates or amounts of special assessments. Revenue securities are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility, a class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise tax. Revenue bonds are issued to finance a wide variety of capital projects including, among others: electric, gas, water, and sewer systems; highways, bridges, and tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; and hospitals. Conditions in those sectors may affect the overall municipal securities markets.
Some longer-term municipal bonds give the investor the right to “put” or sell the security at par (face value) to the issuer within a specified number of days following the investor’s request. This demand feature enhances a security’s liquidity by shortening its effective maturity and enables it to trade at a price equal to or very close to par. If a demand feature terminates prior to being exercised, the longer-term securities still held could experience substantially more volatility.
Insured municipal debt involves scheduled payments of interest and principal guaranteed by a private, non-governmental or governmental insurance company. The insurance does not guarantee the market value of the municipal debt or the value of the shares.
Municipal securities are subject to credit and market risk. Generally, prices of higher quality issues tend to fluctuate less with changes in market interest rates than prices of lower quality issues and prices of longer maturity issues tend to fluctuate more than prices of shorter maturity issues. The secondary market for municipal bonds typically has been less liquid than that for taxable fixed-income instruments, and this may affect a Fund’s ability to sell particular municipal bonds at then-current market prices, especially in periods when other investors are attempting to sell the same securities.
Prices and yields on municipal bonds are dependent on a variety of factors, including general money-market conditions, the financial condition of the issuer, general conditions of the municipal bond market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. A number of these factors, including the ratings of particular issues, are subject to change from time to time. Information about the financial condition of an issuer of municipal bonds may not be as extensive as that which is made available by corporations whose securities are publicly traded.
Securities, including municipal securities, are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the federal Bankruptcy Code (including special provisions related to municipalities and other public entities), and laws, if any, that may be enacted by Congress or state legislatures extending the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations. There is also the possibility that, as a result of litigation or other conditions, the power, ability or willingness of issuers to meet their obligations for the payment of interest and principal on their municipal securities may be materially affected or their obligations may be found to be invalid or unenforceable. Such litigation or conditions may from time to time have the effect of introducing uncertainties in the market for municipal securities or certain segments thereof, or of materially affecting the credit risk with respect to particular securities. Adverse economic, business, legal or political developments might affect all or a substantial portion of a Fund’s municipal securities in the same manner.
From time to time, proposals have been introduced before Congress that, if enacted, would have the effect of restricting or eliminating the federal income tax exemption for interest on fixed-income instruments issued by states and their political subdivisions. Federal tax laws limit the types and amounts of tax-exempt bonds issuable for certain purposes, especially industrial development bonds and private activity bonds. Such limits may affect the future supply and yields of these types of municipal securities. Further proposals limiting the issuance of municipal securities may well be introduced in the future.
Industrial Development and Pollution Control Bonds: Industrial development bonds and pollution control bonds, which in most cases are revenue bonds and generally are not payable from the unrestricted revenues of an issuer, are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to raise money to finance privately operated facilities for business, manufacturing, housing, sport complexes, and pollution control. The principal security for these bonds is generally the net revenues derived from a particular facility, group of facilities, or in some cases, the proceeds of a special excise tax or other specific revenue sources. Consequently, the credit quality of these securities is dependent upon the ability of the user of the facilities financed by the bonds and any guarantor to meet its financial obligations.
19

Moral Obligation Securities: Moral obligation securities are usually issued by special purpose public authorities. A moral obligation security is a type of state issued municipal bond which is backed by a moral, not a legal, obligation. If the issuer of a moral obligation security cannot fulfill its financial responsibilities from current revenues, it may draw upon a reserve fund, the restoration of which is a moral commitment, but not a legal obligation, of the state or municipality that created the issuer.
Municipal Lease Obligations and Certificates of Participation: Municipal lease obligations and participations in municipal leases are undivided interests in an obligation in the form of a lease or installment purchase or conditional sales contract which is issued by a state, local government, or a municipal financing corporation to acquire land, equipment, and/or facilities (collectively hereinafter referred to as “Lease Obligations”). Generally Lease Obligations do not constitute general obligations of the municipality for which the municipality’s taxing power is pledged. Instead, a Lease Obligation is ordinarily backed by the municipality’s covenant to budget for, appropriate, and make the payments due under the Lease Obligation. As a result of this structure, Lease Obligations are generally not subject to state constitutional debt limitations or other statutory requirements that may apply to other municipal securities.
Lease Obligations may contain “non-appropriation” clauses, which provide that the municipality has no obligation to make lease or installment purchase payments in future years unless money is appropriated for that purpose on a yearly basis. If the municipality does not appropriate in its budget enough to cover the payments on the Lease Obligation, the lessor may have the right to repossess and relet the property to another party. Depending on the property subject to the lease, the value of the property may not be sufficient to cover the debt.
In addition to the risk of “non-appropriation,” municipal lease securities may not have as highly liquid a market as conventional municipal bonds.
Short-Term Municipal Obligations: Short-term municipal securities include tax anticipation notes, revenue anticipation notes, bond anticipation notes, construction loan notes and short-term discount notes. Tax anticipation notes are used to finance working capital needs of municipalities and are issued in anticipation of various seasonal tax revenues, to be payable from these specific future taxes. They are usually general obligations of the issuer, secured by the taxing power of the municipality for the payment of principal and interest when due. Revenue anticipation notes are generally issued in expectation of receipt of other kinds of revenue, such as the revenues expected to be generated from a particular project. Bond anticipation notes normally are issued to provide interim financing until long-term financing can be arranged. The long-term bonds then provide the money for the repayment of the notes. Construction loan notes are sold to provide construction financing for specific projects. After successful completion and acceptance, many such projects may receive permanent financing through another source. Short-term Discount notes (tax-exempt commercial paper) are short-term (365 days or less) promissory notes issued by municipalities to supplement their cash flow. Revenue anticipation notes, construction loan notes, and short-term discount notes may, but will not necessarily, be general obligations of the issuer.
Senior and Other Bank Loans: Investments in variable or floating rate loans or notes (“Senior Loans”) are typically made by purchasing an assignment of a portion of a Senior Loan from a third party, either in connection with the original loan transaction (i.e., the primary market) or after the initial loan transaction (i.e., in the secondary market). A Fund may also make its investments in Senior Loans through the use of derivative instruments as long as the reference obligation for such instrument is a Senior Loan. In addition, a Fund has the ability to act as an agent in originating and administering a loan on behalf of all lenders or as one of a group of co-agents in originating loans.
Investment Quality and Credit Analysis
The Senior Loans in which a Fund may invest generally are rated below investment grade credit quality or are unrated. In acquiring a loan, the manager will consider some or all of the following factors concerning the borrower: ability to service debt from internally generated funds; adequacy of liquidity and working capital; appropriateness of capital structure; leverage consistent with industry norms; historical experience of achieving business and financial projections; the quality and experience of management; and adequacy of collateral coverage. The manager performs its own independent credit analysis of each borrower. In so doing, the manager may utilize information and credit analyses from agents that originate or administer loans, other lenders investing in a loan, and other sources. The manager also may communicate directly with management of the borrowers. These analyses continue on a periodic basis for any Senior Loan held by a Fund.
Senior Loan Characteristics
Senior Loans are loans that are typically made to business borrowers to finance leveraged buy-outs, recapitalizations, mergers, stock repurchases, and internal growth. Senior Loans generally hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a borrower and are usually secured by liens on the assets of the borrowers; including tangible assets such as cash, accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, common and/or preferred stocks of subsidiaries; and intangible assets including trademarks, copyrights, patent rights, and franchise value. They may also provide guarantees as a form of collateral. Senior Loans are typically structured to include two or more types of loans within a single credit agreement. The most common structure is to have a revolving loan and a term loan. A revolving loan is a loan that can be drawn upon, repaid fully or partially, and then the repaid portions can be drawn upon again. A term loan is a loan that is fully drawn upon immediately and once repaid it cannot be drawn upon again.
Sometimes there may be two or more term loans and they may be secured by different collateral, have different repayment schedules and maturity dates. In addition to revolving loans and term loans, Senior Loan structures can also contain facilities for the issuance of letters of credit and may contain mechanisms for lenders to pre-fund letters of credit through credit-linked deposits.
By virtue of their senior position and collateral, Senior Loans typically provide lenders with the first right to cash flows or proceeds from the sale of a borrower’s collateral if the borrower becomes insolvent (subject to the limitations of bankruptcy law, which may provide higher priority to certain claims such as employee salaries, employee pensions, and taxes). This means Senior Loans are generally repaid before unsecured bank loans, corporate bonds, subordinated debt, trade creditors, and preferred or common stockholders.
20

Senior Loans typically pay interest at least quarterly at rates, which equal a fixed percentage spread over a base rate such as the LIBOR. For example, if LIBOR were 3% and the borrower was paying a fixed spread of 2.50%, the total interest rate paid by the borrower would be 5.50%. Base rates, and therefore the total rates paid on Senior Loans, float, i.e., they change as market rates of interest change.
Although a base rate such as LIBOR can change every day, loan agreements for Senior Loans typically allow the borrower the ability to choose how often the base rate for its loan will change. A single loan may have multiple reset periods at the same time, with each reset period applicable to a designated portion of the loan. Such periods can range from one day to one year, with most borrowers choosing monthly or quarterly reset periods. During periods of rising interest rates, borrowers will tend to choose longer reset periods, and during periods of declining interest rates, borrowers will tend to choose shorter reset periods. The fixed spread over the base rate on a Senior Loan typically does not change.
Agents
Senior Loans generally are arranged through private negotiations between a borrower and several financial institutions represented by an agent who is usually one of the originating lenders. In larger transactions, it is common to have several agents; however, generally only one such agent has primary responsibility for ongoing administration of a Senior Loan. Agents are typically paid fees by the borrower for their services.
The agent is primarily responsible for negotiating the loan agreement which establishes the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan and the rights of the borrower and the lenders. An agent for a loan is required to administer and manage the loan and to service or monitor the collateral. The agent is also responsible for the collection of principal, interest, and fee payments from the borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all lenders which are parties to the loan agreement. The agent is charged with the responsibility of monitoring compliance by the borrower with the restrictive covenants in the loan agreement and of notifying the lenders of any adverse change in the borrower’s financial condition. In addition, the agent generally is responsible for determining that the lenders have obtained a perfected security interest in the collateral securing the loan.
Loan agreements may provide for the termination of the agent’s agency status in the event that it fails to act as required under the relevant loan agreement, becomes insolvent, enters FDIC receivership or, if not FDIC insured, enters into bankruptcy. Should such an agent, lender or assignor with respect to an assignment inter-positioned between a Fund and the borrower become insolvent or enter FDIC receivership or bankruptcy, any interest in the Senior Loan of such person and any loan payment held by such person for the benefit of the fund should not be included in such person’s or entity’s bankruptcy estate. If, however, any such amount were included in such person’s or entity’s bankruptcy estate, a Fund would incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment or could suffer a loss of principal or interest. In this event, a Fund could experience a decrease in the NAV.
Typically, under loan agreements, the agent is given broad discretion in enforcing the loan agreement and is obligated to use the same care it would use in the management of its own property. The borrower compensates the agent for these services. Such compensation may include special fees paid on structuring and funding the loan and other fees on a continuing basis. The precise duties and rights of an agent are defined in the loan agreement.
When a Fund is an agent it has, as a party to the loan agreement, a direct contractual relationship with the borrower and, prior to allocating portions of the loan to the lenders if any, assumes all risks associated with the loan. The agent may enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement. Agents also have voting and consent rights under the applicable loan agreement. Action subject to agent vote or consent generally requires the vote or consent of the holders of some specified percentage of the outstanding principal amount of the loan, which percentage varies depending on the relative loan agreement. Certain decisions, such as reducing the amount or increasing the time for payment of interest on or repayment of principal of a loan, or relating collateral therefor, frequently require the unanimous vote or consent of all lenders affected.
Pursuant to the terms of a loan agreement, the agent typically has sole responsibility for servicing and administering a loan on behalf of the other lenders. Each lender in a loan is generally responsible for performing its own credit analysis and its own investigation of the financial condition of the borrower. Generally, loan agreements will hold the agent liable for any action taken or omitted that amounts to gross negligence or willful misconduct. In the event of a borrower’s default on a loan, the loan agreements provide that the lenders do not have recourse against a Fund for its activities as agent. Instead, lenders will be required to look to the borrower for recourse.
At times a Fund may also negotiate with the agent regarding the agent’s exercise of credit remedies under a Senior Loan.
Additional Costs
When a Fund purchases a Senior Loan in the primary market, it may share in a fee paid to the original lender. When a Fund purchases a Senior Loan in the secondary market, it may pay a fee to, or forego a portion of the interest payments from, the lending making the assignment.
A Fund may be required to pay and receive various fees and commissions in the process of purchasing, selling, and holding loans. The fee component may include any, or a combination of, the following elements: arrangement fees, non-use fees, facility fees, letter of credit fees, and ticking fees. Arrangement fees are paid at the commencement of a loan as compensation for the initiation of the transaction. A non-use fee is paid based upon the amount committed but not used under the loan. Facility fees are on-going annual fees paid in connection with a loan. Letter of credit fees are paid if a loan involves a letter of credit. Ticking fees are paid from the initial commitment indication until loan closing or for an extended period. The amount of fees is negotiated at the time of closing.
Loan Participation and Assignments
21

A Fund’s investment in loan participations typically will result in the fund having a contractual relationship only with the lender and not with the borrower. A Fund will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest, and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by the lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing participation, a Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any right of set-off against the borrower, and a Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, a Fund may be subject to the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation. In the event of the insolvency of the lender selling the participation, a Fund may be treated as a general creditor of the lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower.
When a Fund is a purchaser of an assignment, it succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. These rights include the ability to vote along with the other lenders on such matters as enforcing the terms of the loan agreement (e.g., declaring defaults, initiating collection action, etc.). Taking such actions typically requires at least a vote of the lenders holding a majority of the investment in the loan and may require a vote by lenders holding two-thirds or more of the investment in the loan. Because a Fund usually does not hold a majority of the investment in any loan, it will not be able by itself to control decisions that require a vote by the lenders.
Because assignments are arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, the rights and obligations acquired by a Fund as the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning lender. Because there is no liquid market for such assets, a Fund anticipates that such assets could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such assets and a Fund’s ability to dispose of particular assignments or participations when necessary to meet redemption of fund shares, to meet a Fund’s liquidity needs or, in response to a specific economic event such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. The lack of a liquid secondary market for assignments and participations also may make it more difficult for a Fund to value these assets for purposes of calculating its NAV.
Additional Information on Loans
The loans in which a Fund may invest usually include restrictive covenants which must be maintained by the borrower. Such covenants, in addition to the timely payment of interest and principal, may include mandatory prepayment provisions arising from free cash flow and restrictions on dividend payments, and usually state that a borrower must maintain specific minimum financial ratios as well as establishing limits on total debt. A breach of covenant, that is not waived by the agent, is normally an event of acceleration, i.e., the agent has the right to call the loan. In addition, loan covenants may include mandatory prepayment provisions stemming from free cash flow. Free cash flow is cash that is in excess of capital expenditures plus debt service requirements of principal and interest. The free cash flow shall be applied to prepay the loan in an order of maturity described in the loan documents. Under certain interests in loans, a Fund may have an obligation to make additional loans upon demand by the borrower. A Fund generally ensures its ability to satisfy such demands by segregating sufficient assets in high quality short-term liquid investments or borrowing to cover such obligations.
A principal risk associated with acquiring loans from another lender is the credit risk associated with the borrower of the underlying loan. Additional credit risk may occur when a Fund acquires a participation in a loan from another lender because the fund must assume the risk of insolvency or bankruptcy of the other lender from which the loan was acquired.
Loans, unlike certain bonds, usually do not have call protection. This means that investments, while having a stated one to ten year term, may be prepaid, often without penalty. A Fund generally holds loans to maturity unless it becomes necessary to sell them to satisfy any shareholder repurchase offers or to adjust the fund’s portfolio in accordance with the manager’s view of current or expected economics or specific industry or borrower conditions.
Loans frequently require full or partial prepayment of a loan when there are asset sales or a securities issuance. Prepayments on loans may also be made by the borrower at its election. The rate of such prepayments may be affected by, among other things, general business and economic conditions, as well as the financial status of the borrower. Prepayment would cause the actual duration of a loan to be shorter than its stated maturity. Prepayment may be deferred by a Fund. Prepayment should, however, allow a Fund to reinvest in a new loan and would require a Fund to recognize as income any unamortized loan fees. In many cases reinvestment in a new loan will result in a new facility fee payable to a Fund.
Because interest rates paid on these loans fluctuate periodically with the market, it is expected that the prepayment and a subsequent purchase of a new loan by a Fund will not have a material adverse impact on the yield of the portfolio.
Bridge Loans
A Fund may acquire interests in loans that are designed to provide temporary or “bridge” financing to a borrower pending the sale of identified assets or the arrangement of longer-term loans or the issuance and sale of debt obligations. Bridge loans often are unrated. A Fund may also invest in loans of borrowers that have obtained bridge loans from other parties. A borrower’s use of bridge loans involves a risk that the borrower may be unable to locate permanent financing to replace the bridge loan, which may impair the borrower’s perceived creditworthiness.
Covenant-Lite Loans
Loans in which a Fund may invest or to which a Fund may gain exposure indirectly through its investments in CDOs, CLOs or other types of structured securities may be considered “covenant-lite” loans. Covenant-lite refers to loans which do not incorporate traditional performance-based financial maintenance covenants. Covenant-lite does not refer to a loan’s seniority in the borrower’s capital structure nor to a lack of the
22

benefit from a legal pledge of the borrower’s assets, and it also does not necessarily correlate to the overall credit quality of the borrower. Covenant-lite loans generally do not include terms which allow the lender to take action based on the borrower’s performance relative to its covenants. Such actions may include the ability to renegotiate and/or re-set the credit spread on the loan with the borrower, and even to declare a default or force a borrower into bankruptcy restructuring if certain criteria are breached. Covenant-lite loans typically still provide lenders with other covenants that restrict a company from incurring additional debt or engaging in certain actions. Such covenants can only be breached by an affirmative action of the borrower, rather than by a deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition. Accordingly, a Fund may have fewer rights against a borrower when it invests in or has exposure to covenant-lite loans and, accordingly, may have a greater risk of loss on such investments as compared to investments in or exposure to loans with additional or more conventional covenants.
U.S. Government Securities and Obligations: Some U.S. government securities, such as Treasury bills, notes, and bonds and mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by GNMA, are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase the agency’s obligations; still others are supported only by the credit of the issuing agency, instrumentality, or enterprise. Although U.S. government-sponsored enterprises may be chartered or sponsored by Congress, they are not funded by Congressional appropriations, and their securities are not issued by the U.S. Treasury, their obligations are not supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, and so investments in their securities or obligations issued by them involve greater risk than investments in other types of U.S. government securities. In addition, certain governmental entities have been subject to regulatory scrutiny regarding their accounting policies and practices and other concerns that may result in legislation, changes in regulatory oversight and/or other consequences that could adversely affect the credit quality, availability or investment character of securities issued or guaranteed by these entities.
The events surrounding the U.S. federal government debt ceiling and any resulting agreement could adversely affect a Fund. On August 5, 2011, S&P lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the United States. The downgrade by S&P and other future downgrades could increase volatility in both stock and bond markets, result in higher interest rates and lower Treasury prices and increase the costs of all kinds of debt. These events and similar events in other areas of the world could have significant adverse effects on the economy generally and could result in significant adverse impacts on a Fund or issuers of securities held by a Fund. The Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets or on a Fund’s portfolio. The Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser may not timely anticipate or manage existing, new or additional risks, contingencies or developments.
Government Trust Certificates: Government trust certificates represent an interest in a government trust, the property of which consists of: (i) a promissory note of a foreign government, no less than 90% of which is backed by the full faith and credit guarantee issued by the federal government of the United States pursuant to Title III of the Foreign Operations, Export, Financing and Related Borrowers Programs Appropriations Act of 1998; and (ii) a security interest in obligations of the U.S. Treasury backed by the full faith and credit of the United States sufficient to support the remaining balance (no more than 10%) of all payments of principal and interest on such promissory note; provided that such obligations shall not be rated less than AAA by S&P or less than Aaa by Moody’s or have received a comparable rating by another NRSRO.
Zero-Coupon, Deferred Interest and Pay-in-Kind Bonds: Zero-coupon and deferred interest bonds are fixed-income instruments that do not entitle the holder to any periodic payment of interest prior to maturity or a specified date when the securities begin paying current interest and therefore are issued and traded at a discount from their face amounts or par values. The values of zero-coupon and pay-in-kind bonds are more volatile in response to interest rate changes than fixed-income instruments of comparable maturities that make regular distributions of interest. Pay-in-kind bonds allow the issuer, at its option, to make current interest payments on the bonds either in cash or in additional bonds.
Zero-coupon bonds either may be issued at a discount by a corporation or government entity or may be created by a brokerage firm when it strips the coupons from a bond or note and then sells the bond or note and the coupon separately. This technique is used frequently with U.S. Treasury bonds. Zero-coupon bonds also are issued by municipalities.
Interest income from these types of securities accrues prior to the receipt of cash payments and must be distributed to shareholders when it accrues, potentially requiring the liquidation of other investments, including at times when such liquidation may not be advantageous, in order to comply with the distribution requirements applicable to RICs under the Code.
FOREIGN INVESTMENTS
Investments in non-U.S. issuers (including depositary receipts) entail risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. issuers. Similar risks may apply to instruments traded on a U.S. exchange that are issued by issuers with significant exposure to non-U.S. countries. The less developed a country’s securities market is, the greater the level of risk. In certain countries, legal remedies available to investors may be more limited than those available with regard to U.S. investments. Because non-U.S. instruments are normally denominated and traded in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the value of the assets may be affected favorably or unfavorably by currency exchange rates, exchange control regulations, and restrictions or prohibitions on the repatriation of non-U.S. currencies. Income and gains with respect to investments in certain countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes. There may be less information publicly available about a non-U.S. issuer than about a U.S. issuer, and many non-U.S. issuers are not subject to accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards, regulatory framework and practices comparable to those in the United States. The securities of some non-U.S. issuers are less liquid and at times more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. issuers. Foreign security trading, settlement, and custodial practices (including those involving securities settlement where the assets may be released prior to receipt of payment) are often less well developed than those in U.S. markets, and may result in increased risk of substantial delays in the event of a failed trade or in insolvency of, or breach of obligation by, a foreign broker-dealer, securities depository, or foreign sub-custodian. Non-U.S. transaction costs, such as brokerage
23

commissions and custody costs, may be higher than in the United States. In addition, there may be a possibility of nationalization or expropriation of assets, imposition of currency exchange controls, imposition of tariffs or other economic and trade sanctions, entering or exiting trade or other intergovernmental agreements, confiscatory taxation, political of financial instability, and diplomatic developments that could adversely affect the values of the investments in certain non-U.S. countries. In certain foreign markets an issuer’s securities are blocked from trading at the custodian or sub-custodian level for a specified number of days before and, in certain instances, after a shareholder meeting where such shares are voted. This is referred to as “share blocking.” The blocking period can last up to several weeks. Share blocking may prevent buying or selling securities during this period, because during the time shares are blocked, trades in such securities will not settle. It may be difficult or impossible to lift blocking restrictions, with the particular requirements varying widely by country. Economic or other sanctions imposed on a foreign country or issuer by the U.S., or on the U.S. by a foreign country, could impair a Fund’s ability to buy, sell, hold, receive, deliver, or otherwise transact in certain securities. Sanctions could also affect the value and/or liquidity of a foreign security. The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, which regulates auditors of U.S. public companies, is unable to inspect audit work papers in certain foreign countries. Investors in foreign countries often have limited rights and few practical remedies to pursue shareholder claims, including class actions or fraud claims, and the ability of the SEC, the U.S. Department of Justice and other authorities to bring and enforce actions against foreign issuers or foreign persons is limited.
Depositary Receipts: Depositary receipts are typically trust receipts issued by a U.S. bank or trust company that evince an indirect interest in underlying securities issued by a foreign entity, and are in the form of sponsored or unsponsored American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”).
Generally, ADRs are publicly traded on a U.S. stock exchange or in the OTC market, and are denominated in U.S. dollars, and the depositaries are usually a U.S. financial institution, such as a bank or trust company, but the underlying securities are issued by a foreign issuer.
GDRs may be traded in any public or private securities markets in U.S dollars or other currencies and generally represent securities held by institutions located anywhere in the world. For GDRs, the depositary may be a foreign or a U.S. entity, and the underlying securities may have a foreign or a U.S issuer.
EDRs are generally issued by a European bank and traded on local exchanges.
Depositary receipts may be sponsored or unsponsored. Although the two types of depositary receipt facilities are similar, there are differences regarding a holder’s rights and obligations and the practices of market participants. With sponsored facilities, the underlying issuer typically bears some of the costs of the depositary receipts (such as dividend payment fees of the depositary), although most sponsored depositary receipt holders may bear costs such as deposit and withdrawal fees. Depositaries of most sponsored depositary receipts agree to distribute notices of shareholder meetings, voting instructions, and other shareholder communications and financial information to the depositary receipt holders at the underlying issuer’s request. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs of the facility. The depositary usually charges fees upon the deposit and withdrawal of the underlying securities, the conversion of dividends into U.S. dollars or other currency, the disposition of non-cash distributions, and the performance of other services. The depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the underlying issuer or to pass through voting rights with respect to the underlying securities to depositary receipt holders.
ADRs, GDRs and EDRs are subject to many of the same risks associated with investing directly in foreign issuers. Investments in depositary receipts may be less liquid and more volatile than the underlying securities in their primary trading market. If a depositary receipt is denominated in a different currency than its underlying securities it will be subject to the currency risk of both the investment in the depositary receipt and the underlying securities. The value of depositary receipts may have limited or no rights to take action with respect to the underlying securities or to compel the issuer of the receipts to take action.
Emerging Markets Investments: Investments in emerging markets are generally subject to a greater risk of loss than investments in developed markets. This may be due to, among other things, the possibility of greater market volatility, lower trading volume and liquidity, greater risk of expropriation, nationalization, and social, political and economic instability, greater reliance on a few industries, international trade or revenue from particular commodities, less developed accounting, legal and regulatory systems, higher levels of inflation, deflation or currency devaluation, greater risk of market shut down, and more significant governmental limitations on investment activity as compared to those typically found in a developed market. In addition, issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may have less financial stability than in other countries. As a result, there will tend to be an increased risk of price volatility in investments in emerging market countries, which may be magnified by currency fluctuations relative to a base currency. Settlement and asset custody practices for transactions in emerging markets may differ from those in developed markets. Such differences may include possible delays in settlement and certain settlement practices, such as delivery of securities prior to receipt of payment, which increases the likelihood of a “failed settlement.” Failed settlements can result in losses. For these and other reasons, investments in emerging markets are often considered speculative.
Investing through Bond Connect: Chinese fixed-income instruments trade on the China Interbank Bond Market (“CIBM”) and may be purchased through a market access program that is designed to, among other things, enable foreign investment in the People’s Republic of China (“Bond Connect”). There are significant risks inherent in investing in Chinese fixed-income instruments, similar to the risks of other fixed-income instruments markets in emerging markets. The prices of fixed-income instruments traded on the CIBM may fluctuate significantly due to low trading volume and potential lack of liquidity. The rules to access fixed-income instruments that trade on the CIBM through Bond Connect are relatively new and subject to change, which may adversely affect a Fund's ability to invest in these instruments and to enforce its rights as a beneficial owner of these instruments. Trading through Bond Connect is subject to a number of restrictions that may affect a Fund’s investments and returns.
24

Investments made through Bond Connect are subject to order, clearance and settlement procedures that are relatively untested in China, which could pose risks to a Fund. CIBM does not support all trading strategies (such as short selling) and investments in Chinese fixed-income instruments that trade on the CIBM are subject to the risks of suspension of trading without cause or notice, trade failure or trade rejection and default of securities depositories and counterparties. Furthermore, Chinese fixed-income instruments purchased via Bond Connect will be held via a book entry omnibus account in the name of the Hong Kong Monetary Authority Central Money Markets Unit (“CMU”) maintained with a China-based depository (either the China Central Depository & Clearing Co. (“CDCC”) or the Shanghai Clearing House (“SCH”)). A Fund’s ownership interest in these Chinese fixed-income instruments will not be reflected directly in book entry with CSDCC or SCH and will instead only be reflected on the books of a Fund’s Hong Kong sub-custodian. Therefore, a Fund’s ability to enforce its rights as a bondholder may depend on CMU’s ability or willingness as record-holder of the bonds to enforce the Fund’s rights as a bondholder. Additionally, the omnibus manner in which Chinese fixed-income instruments are held could expose a Fund to the credit risk of the relevant securities depositories and a Fund’s Hong Kong sub-custodian. While a Fund holds a beneficial interest in the instruments it acquires through Bond Connect, the mechanisms that beneficial owners may use to enforce their rights are untested. In addition, courts in China have limited experience in applying the concept of beneficial ownership. Moreover, Chinese fixed-income instruments acquired through Bond Connect generally may not be sold, purchased or otherwise transferred other than through Bond Connect in accordance with applicable rules.
A Fund’s investments in Chinese fixed-income instruments acquired through Bond Connect are generally subject to a number of regulations and restrictions, including Chinese securities regulations and listing rules, loss recovery limitations and disclosure of interest reporting obligations. A Fund will not benefit from access to Hong Kong investor compensation funds, which are set up to protect against defaults of trades, when investing through Bond Connect. Bond Connect can only operate when both China and Hong Kong markets are open for trading and when banking services are available in both markets on the corresponding settlement days. The rules applicable to taxation of Chinese fixed-income instruments acquired through Bond Connect remain subject to further clarification. Uncertainties in the Chinese tax rules governing taxation of income and gains from investments via Bond Connect could result in unexpected tax liabilities for a Fund, which may negatively affect investment returns for shareholders.
Investing through Stock Connect: A Fund may, directly or indirectly (through, for example, participation notes or other types of equity-linked notes), purchase shares in mainland China-based companies that trade on Chinese stock exchanges such as the Shanghai Stock Exchange and the Shenzhen Stock Exchange (“China A-Shares”) through the Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect (“Stock Connect”), a mutual market access program designed to, among other things, enable foreign investment in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) via brokers in Hong Kong. There are significant risks inherent in investing in China A-Shares through Stock Connect. The underdeveloped state of PRC’s investment and banking systems subjects the settlement, clearing, and registration of China A-Shares transactions to heightened risks. Stock Connect can only operate when both PRC and Hong Kong markets are open for trading and when banking services are available in both markets on the corresponding settlement days. As such, if either or both markets are closed on a U.S. trading day, a Fund may not be able to dispose of its China A-Shares in a timely manner, which could adversely affect the Fund’s performance. PRC regulations require that a Fund that wishes to sell its China A-Shares pre-deliver the China A-Shares to a broker. If the China A-Shares are not in the broker’s possession before the market opens on the day of sale, the sell order will be rejected. This requirement could also limit a Fund’s ability to dispose of its China A-Shares purchased through Stock Connect in a timely manner. Additionally, Stock Connect is subject to daily quota limitations on purchases of China A Shares. Once the daily quota is reached, orders to purchase additional China A-Shares through Stock Connect will be rejected. A Fund’s investment in China A-Shares may only be traded through Stock Connect and is not otherwise transferable. Stock Connect utilizes an omnibus clearing structure, and the Fund’s shares will be registered in its custodian’s name on the Central Clearing and Settlement System. This may limit the ability of the Investment Adviser or Sub-Adviser to effectively manage a Fund, and may expose the Fund to the credit risk of its custodian or to greater risk of expropriation. Investment in China A-Shares through Stock Connect may be available only through a single broker that is an affiliate of the Fund’s custodian, which may affect the quality of execution provided by such broker. Stock Connect restrictions could also limit the ability of a Fund to sell its China A-Shares in a timely manner, or to sell them at all. Further, different fees, costs and taxes are imposed on foreign investors acquiring China A-Shares acquired through Stock Connect, and these fees, costs and taxes may be higher than comparable fees, costs and taxes imposed on owners of other securities providing similar investment exposure. Stock Connect trades are settled in Renminbi (“RMB”), the official currency of PRC, and investors must have timely access to a reliable supply of RMB in Hong Kong, which cannot be guaranteed.
Europe: European financial markets are vulnerable to volatility and losses arising from concerns about the potential exit of member countries from the EU and/or the European Monetary Union and, in the latter case, the reversion of those countries to their national currencies. Defaults by Economic Monetary Union member countries on sovereign debt, as well as any future discussions about exits from the European Monetary Union, may negatively affect a Fund’s investments in the defaulting or exiting country, in issuers, both private and governmental, with direct exposure to that country, and in European issuers generally. In March 2017, the UK formally notified the European Council of its intention to leave the EU and on January 31, 2020 withdrew from the EU (commonly known as “Brexit”), when the UK entered into an 11-month transition period during which the UK remained part of the EU single market and customs union, the laws of which govern the economic, trade and security relations between the UK and EU. The transition period concluded on December 31, 2020 and the UK left the EU single market and customs union under the terms of a new trade agreement. The agreement governs the new relationship between the UK and the EU with respect to trading goods and services, but critical aspects of the relationship remain unresolved and subject to further negotiation and agreement. Brexit has resulted in volatility in European and global markets and could have negative long-term impacts on financial markets in the UK and throughout Europe. There is considerable uncertainty about the potential consequences of Brexit and how the financial markets will react. As this process unfolds, markets may be further disrupted. Given the size and importance of the UK’s economy, uncertainty about its legal, political and economic relationship with the remaining member states of the EU may continue to be a source of instability.
25

Eurodollar and Yankee Dollar Instruments: Eurodollar instruments are bonds that pay interest and principal in U.S. dollars held in banks outside the United States, primarily in Europe. Eurodollar instruments are usually issued on behalf of multinational companies and foreign governments by large underwriting groups composed of banks and issuing houses from many countries. The Eurodollar market is relatively free of regulations resulting in deposits that may pay somewhat higher interest than onshore markets. Their offshore locations make them subject to political and economic risk in the country of their domicile. Yankee dollar instruments are U.S. dollar-denominated bonds issued in the United States by foreign banks and corporations. These investments involve risks that are different from investments in securities issued by U.S. issuers and may carry the same risks as investing in foreign securities.
Foreign Currencies: Investments in issuers in different countries are often denominated in foreign currencies. Changes in the values of those currencies relative to the U.S. dollar may have a positive or negative effect on the values of investments denominated in those currencies. Investments may be made in currency exchange contracts or other currency-related transactions (including derivatives transactions) to manage exposure to different currencies. Also, these contracts may reduce or eliminate some or all of the benefits of favorable currency fluctuations. The values of foreign currencies may fluctuate in response to, among other factors, interest rate changes, intervention (or failure to intervene) by national governments, central banks, or supranational entities such as the International Monetary Fund, the imposition of currency controls, and other political or regulatory developments. Currency values can decrease significantly both in the short term and over the long term in response to these and other developments. Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the Euro and the European Monetary Union (the “EMU”) has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally. Any partial or complete dissolution of the EMU, or any continued uncertainty as to its status, could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of portfolio investments. Some foreign countries have managed currencies, which do not float freely against the U.S. dollar.
Sovereign Debt: Investments in fixed-income instruments issued by governments or by government agencies and instrumentalities (so called sovereign debt) involve the risk that the governmental entities responsible for repayment may be unable or unwilling to pay interest and repay principal when due. A governmental entity’s willingness or ability to pay interest and repay principal in a timely manner may be affected by a variety of factors, including its cash flow, the size of its reserves, its access to foreign exchange, the relative size of its debt service burden to its economy as a whole, and political constraints. A governmental entity may default on its obligations or may require renegotiation or rescheduling of debt payment. Any restructuring of a sovereign debt obligation will likely have a significant adverse effect on the value of the obligation. In the event of default of sovereign debt, legal action against the sovereign issuer, or realization on collateral securing the debt, may not be possible. The sovereign debt of many non-U.S. governments, including their sub-divisions and instrumentalities, is rated below investment grade. Sovereign debt risk may be greater for fixed-income instruments issued or guaranteed by emerging and/or frontier countries.
Sovereign debt includes brady bonds, U.S. dollar-denominated bonds issued by an emerging market and collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds. Brady bonds arose from an effort in the 1980s to reduce the debt held by less-developed countries that frequently defaulted on loans. The bonds are named for Treasury Secretary Nicholas Brady, who helped international monetary organizations institute the program of debt-restructuring. Defaulted loans were converted into bonds with U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds as collateral. Because the brady bonds were backed by zero-coupon bonds, repayment of principal was insured. The brady bonds themselves are coupon-bearing bonds with a variety of rate options (fixed, variable, step, etc.) with maturities of between 10 and 30 years. Issued at par or at a discount, brady bonds often include warrants for raw material available in the country of origin or other options.
Supranational Entities: Obligations of supranational entities include securities designated or supported by governmental entities to promote economic reconstruction or development of international banking institutions and related government agencies. Examples include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the “World Bank”), the European Coal and Steel Community, the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank. There is no assurance that participating governments will be able or willing to honor any commitments they may have made to make capital contributions to a supranational entity, or that a supranational entity will otherwise have resources sufficient to meet its commitments.
DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
Derivatives are financial contracts whose values change based on changes in the values of one or more underlying assets or the difference between underlying assets. Underlying assets may include a security or other financial instrument, asset, currency, interest rate, credit rating, commodity, volatility measure, or index. Examples of derivative instruments include swap agreements, forward commitments, futures contracts, and options. Derivatives may be traded on contract markets or exchanges, or may take the form of contractual arrangements between private counterparties. Investing in derivatives involves counterparty risk, particularly with respect to contractual arrangements between private counterparties. Derivatives can be highly volatile and involve risks in addition to, and potentially greater than, the risks of the underlying asset(s). Gains or losses from derivatives can be substantially greater than the derivatives’ original cost and can sometimes be unlimited. Derivatives typically involve leverage. Derivatives can be complex instruments and can involve analysis and processing that differs from that required for other investment types. If the value of a derivative does not correlate well with the particular market or other asset class the derivative is intended to provide exposure to, the derivative may not have the effect intended. Derivatives can also reduce the opportunity for gains or result in losses by offsetting positive returns in other investments. Derivatives can be less liquid than other types of investments. Legislation and regulation of derivatives in the United States and other countries, including margin, clearing, trading, reporting, and position limits, may make derivatives more costly and/or less liquid, limit the availability of certain types of derivatives, cause changes in the use of derivatives, or otherwise adversely affect the use of derivatives.
26

Certain derivative transactions require margin or collateral to be posted to and/or exchanged with a broker, prime broker, futures commission merchant, exchange, clearing house, or other third party, whether directly or through a segregated custodial account. If an entity holding the margin or collateral becomes bankrupt or insolvent or otherwise fails to perform its obligations due to financial difficulties, there could be delays and/or losses in liquidating open positions purchased or sold through such entity and/or recovering amounts owed, including a loss of all or part of its collateral or margin deposits with such entity.
Some derivatives may be used for “hedging,” meaning that they may be used when the manager seeks to protect investments from a decline in value, which could result from changes in interest rates, market prices, currency fluctuations, and other market factors. Derivatives may also be used when the manager seeks to increase liquidity; implement a cash management strategy; invest in a particular stock, bond, or segment of the market in a more efficient or less expensive way; modify the characteristics of portfolio investments; and/or to enhance return. However, when derivatives are used, their successful use is not assured and will depend upon the manager’s ability to predict and understand relevant market movements.
Derivatives Regulation. The U.S. government has enacted legislation that provides for regulation of the derivatives market, including clearing, margin, reporting, and registration requirements. The EU, the UK, and some other countries have implemented similar requirements, which will affect derivatives transactions with a counterparty organized in, or otherwise subject to, the EU’s or other country’s derivatives regulations. Clearing rules and other new rules and regulations could, among other things, restrict a registered investment company's ability to engage in, or increase the cost of, derivatives transactions, for example, by eliminating the availability of some types of derivatives, increasing margin or capital requirements, or otherwise limiting liquidity or increasing transaction costs. While the new rules and regulations and central clearing of some derivatives transactions are designed to reduce systemic risk (i.e., the risk that the interdependence of large derivatives dealers could cause them to suffer liquidity, solvency, or other challenges simultaneously), there is no assurance that they will achieve that result, and in the meantime, central clearing and related requirements may expose investors to new kinds of costs and risks. For example, in the event of a counterparty's (or its affiliate's) insolvency, a Fund's ability to exercise remedies (such as the termination of transactions, netting of obligations and realization on collateral) could be stayed or eliminated under new special resolution regimes adopted in the United States, the EU, the UK and various other jurisdictions. Such regimes provide government authorities with broad authority to intervene when a financial institution is experiencing financial difficulty. In particular, the liabilities of counterparties who are subject to such proceedings in the EU and the UK could be reduced, eliminated, or converted to equity in such counterparties (sometimes referred to as a “bail in”).
Additionally, U.S. regulators, the EU, the UK, and certain other jurisdictions have adopted minimum margin and capital requirements for uncleared derivatives transactions. It is expected that these regulations will have a material impact on the use of uncleared derivatives. These rules impose minimum margin requirements on derivatives transactions between a registered investment company and its counterparties and may increase the amount of margin required. They impose regulatory requirements on the timing of transferring margin and the types of collateral that parties are permitted to exchange.
The SEC recently adopted Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act (“Rule 18f-4”), related to the use of derivatives, reverse repurchase agreements, and certain other transactions by registered investment companies. In connection with the adoption of Rule 18f-4, the SEC withdrew prior guidance requiring compliance with an asset segregation framework for covering certain derivative instruments and related transactions. Rule 18f-4, like the prior guidance, provides a mechanism by which a Fund is able to engage in derivatives transactions, even if the derivatives are considered to be “senior securities” for purposes of Section 18 of the 1940 Act, and it is expected that a Fund will continue to rely on that exemption, to the extent applicable. Rule 18f-4, among other things, requires a fund to apply value-at-risk (“VaR”) leverage limits to its investments in derivatives transactions and certain other transactions that create future payment and delivery obligations as well as implement a derivatives risk management program. Generally, these requirements apply unless a fund satisfies Rule 18f-4's “limited derivatives users” exception. When a fund invests in reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions, including certain tender option bonds, Rule 18f-4 requires the fund to either aggregate the amount of indebtedness associated with the reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions with the aggregate amount of any other senior securities representing indebtedness when calculating the fund’s asset coverage ratio or treat all such transactions as derivatives transactions.
Exclusions of the Investment Adviser from commodity pool operator definition. With respect to each Fund, the Investment Adviser has claimed relief from the requirement to register as a “commodity pool operator” (“CPO”) under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) and the rules thereunder and, therefore, is not subject to CFTC registration or regulation as a CPO. In addition, with respect to each Fund, the Investment Adviser is relying upon a related exclusion from the definition of “commodity trading advisor” under the CEA and the rules of the CFTC.
The terms of the CPO exclusion require each Fund, among other things, to adhere to certain limits on its investments in “commodity interests.” Commodity interests include commodity futures, commodity options, and swaps, which, in turn, include non-deliverable forward currency contracts, as further described below. Compliance with the terms of the CPO exclusion may limit the ability of the Investment Adviser to manage the investment program of each Fund in the same manner as it would in the absence of CPO exclusion requirements. Each Fund is not intended as a vehicle for trading in the commodity futures, commodity options, or swaps markets. The CFTC has neither reviewed nor approved the Investment Adviser’s reliance on these exclusions, or each Fund, its investment strategies, or this SAI.
Forward Commitments: Forward commitments are contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. A forward commitment may be disposed of prior to settlement. Such a disposition would result in the realization of short-term profits or losses.
27

Payment for the securities pursuant to one of these transactions is not required until the delivery date. However, the purchaser assumes the risks of ownership (including the risks of price and yield fluctuations) and the risk that the security will not be issued or delivered as anticipated. If a Fund makes additional investments while a delayed delivery purchase is outstanding, this may result in a form of leverage. Forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date, or if the other party fails to complete the transaction.
Forward Currency Contracts: A forward currency contract is an obligation to purchase or sell a specified currency against another currency at a future date and price as agreed upon by the parties. Forward contracts usually are entered into with banks and broker-dealers and usually are for less than one year, but may be renewed. Forward contracts may be held to maturity and make the contemplated payment and delivery, or, prior to maturity, enter into a closing transaction involving the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract. Secondary markets generally do not exist for forward currency contracts, with the result that closing transactions generally can be made for forward currency contracts only by negotiating directly with the counterparty. Thus, there can be no assurance that a Fund would be able to close out a forward currency contract at a favorable price or time prior to maturity.
Forward currency transactions may be used for hedging purposes. For example, a Fund might sell a particular currency forward if it holds bonds denominated in that currency but the Investment Adviser (or Sub-Adviser, if applicable) anticipates, and seeks to protect the Fund against, a decline in the currency against the U.S. dollar. Similarly, a Fund might purchase a currency forward to “lock in” the dollar price of securities denominated in that currency which the Investment Adviser (or Sub-Adviser, if applicable) anticipates purchasing for the Fund.
Hedging against a decline in the value of a currency does not limit fluctuations in the prices of portfolio securities or prevent losses to the extent they arise from factors other than changes in currency exchange rates. In addition, hedging transactions may limit opportunities for gain if the value of the hedged currency should rise. Moreover, it may not be possible to hedge against a devaluation that is so generally anticipated that no contracts are available to sell the currency at a price above the devaluation level it anticipates. The cost of engaging in currency exchange transactions varies with such factors as the currency involved, the length of the contract period, and prevailing market conditions. Because currency exchange transactions are usually conducted on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved.
Futures Contracts: A financial futures contract is an agreement between two parties to buy or sell in the future a specific quantity of an underlying asset at a specific price and time agreed upon when the contract is made. Futures contracts are traded in the U.S. only on commodity exchanges or boards of trade - known as “contract markets” - approved for such trading by the CFTC, and must be executed through a futures commission merchant (also referred to herein as a “broker”) which is a member of the relevant contract market. Futures are subject to the creditworthiness of the futures commission merchant(s) and clearing organizations involved in the transaction.
Certain futures contracts are physically settled (i.e., involve the making and taking of delivery of a specified amount of an underlying asset). For instance, the sale of futures contracts on foreign currencies or financial instruments creates an obligation of the seller to deliver a specified quantity of an underlying foreign currency or financial instrument called for in the contract for a stated price at a specified time. Conversely, the purchase of such futures contracts creates an obligation of the purchaser to pay for and take delivery of the underlying asset called for in the contract for a stated price at a specified time. In some cases, the specific instruments delivered or taken, respectively, on the settlement date are not determined until on or near that date. That determination is made in accordance with the rules of the exchange on which the sale or purchase was made.
Some futures contracts are cash settled (rather than physically settled), which means that the purchase price is subtracted from the current market value of the instrument and the net amount, if positive, is paid to the purchaser by the seller of the futures contract and, if negative, is paid by the purchaser to the seller of the futures contract. See, for example, “Index Futures Contracts” below.
The value of a futures contract typically fluctuates in correlation with the increase or decrease in the value of the underlying indicator. The buyer of a futures contract enters into an agreement to purchase the underlying indicator on the settlement date and is said to be “long” the contract. The seller of a futures contract enters into an agreement to sell the underlying indicator on the settlement date and is said to be “short” the contract.
The purchaser or seller of a futures contract is not required to deliver or pay for the underlying indicator unless the contract is held until the settlement date. The purchaser or seller of a futures contract is required to deposit “initial margin” with a futures commission merchant when the futures contract is entered into. Initial margin is typically calculated as a percentage of the contract's notional amount. A futures contract is valued daily at the official settlement price of the exchange on which it is traded. Each day cash is paid or received, called “variation margin,” equal to the daily change in value of the futures contract. The minimum margin required for a futures contract is set by the exchange on which the contract is traded and may be modified during the term of the contract.
The risk of loss in trading futures contracts can be substantial, because of the low margin required, the extremely high degree of leverage involved in futures pricing, and the potential high volatility of the futures markets. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a futures position may result in immediate and substantial loss (or gain) to the investor. Thus, a purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in unlimited losses. In the event of adverse price movements, an investor would continue to be required to make daily cash payments to maintain its required margin. In addition, on the settlement date, an investor may be required to make delivery of the indicators underlying the futures positions it holds.
Futures can be held until their delivery dates, or can be closed out by offsetting purchases or sales of futures contracts before then if a liquid market is available. It may not be possible to liquidate or close out a futures contract at any particular time or at an acceptable price and an investor would remain obligated to meet margin requirements until the position is closed. Moreover, most futures exchanges
28

limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day's settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movement during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses, because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. Futures contract prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of future positions and potentially resulting in substantial losses. The inability to close futures positions could require maintaining a futures positions under circumstances where the manager would not otherwise have done so, resulting in losses.
If a Fund buys or sells a futures contract as a hedge to protect against a decline in the value of a portfolio investment, changes in the value of the futures position may not correlate as expected with changes in the value of the portfolio investment. As a result, it is possible that the futures position will not provide the desired hedging protection, or that money will be lost on both the futures position and the portfolio investment.
Index Futures Contracts: An index futures contract is a contract to buy or sell specified units of an index at a specified future date at a price agreed upon when the contract is made. The value of a unit is based on the current value of the index. Under such contracts no delivery of the actual securities or other assets making up the index takes place. Rather, upon expiration of the contract, settlement is made by exchanging cash in an amount equal to the difference between the contract price and the closing price of the index at expiration, net of variation margin previously paid.
Interest Rate Futures Contracts: An interest rate futures contract is an agreement to take or make delivery of either: (i) an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of a particular index of fixed-income instruments at the beginning and at the end of the contract period; or (ii) a specified amount of a particular fixed-income instrument at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract. Interest rate futures contracts may be bought or sold in an attempt to protect against the effects of interest rate changes on current or intended investments in fixed-income instruments or generally to adjust the duration and interest rate sensitivity of an investment portfolio. For example, if a Fund owned long-term bonds and interest rates were expected to increase, the Fund might enter into interest rate futures contracts for the sale of fixed-income instruments. Such a sale would have much the same effect as selling some of the long-term bonds in a Fund’s portfolio. If interest rates did increase, the value of the fixed-income instruments in the portfolio would decline, but the value of the interest rate futures contracts would be expected to increase, subject to the correlation risks described below, thereby keeping the NAV of a Fund from declining as much as it otherwise would have.
Similarly, if interest rates were expected to decline, interest rate futures contracts may be purchased to hedge in anticipation of subsequent purchases of long-term bonds at higher prices. Since the fluctuations in the value of the interest rate futures contracts should be similar to that of long-term bonds, an interest rate futures contract may protect against the effects of the anticipated rise in the value of long-term bonds until the necessary cash becomes available or the market stabilizes. At that time, the interest rate futures contracts could be liquidated and cash could then be used to buy long-term bonds on the cash market. Similar results could be achieved by selling bonds with long maturities and investing in bonds with short maturities when interest rates are expected to increase. However, the futures market may be more liquid than the cash market in certain cases or at certain times.
Gold Futures Contracts: A gold futures contract is a standardized contract which is traded on a regulated commodity futures exchange, and which provides for the future delivery of a specified amount of gold at a specified date, time, and price. If a Fund purchases a gold futures contract, it becomes obligated to take delivery and pay for the gold from the seller in accordance with the terms of the contract. If a Fund sells a gold futures contract, it becomes obligated to make delivery of the gold to the purchaser in accordance with the terms of the contract.
Foreign Currency Futures: Currency futures contracts are similar to deliverable currency forward contracts (described above), except that they are traded on exchanges (and have margin requirements) and are standardized as to contract size and delivery date. Most currency futures call for payment of delivery in U.S. dollars. A foreign currency futures contract is a standardized exchange-traded contract for the future delivery of a specified amount of a foreign currency at a price set at the time of the contract. Foreign currency futures contracts traded in the U.S. are designed by and traded on exchanges regulated by the CFTC, such as the New York Mercantile Exchange, and have margin requirements.
At the maturity of a futures contract, a Fund either may accept or make delivery of the currency specified in the contract, or at or prior to maturity enter into a closing transaction involving the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract. Closing transactions with respect to futures contracts may be effected only on a commodities exchange or board of trade which provides a secondary market in such contracts. There is no assurance that a secondary market on an exchange or board of trade will exist for any particular contract or at any particular time. In such event, it may not be possible to close a futures position and, in the event of adverse price movements, a Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.
Margin Payments: If a Fund purchases or sells a futures contract, it is required to deposit with a futures commission merchant an amount of cash, U.S. Treasury bills, or other permissible collateral equal to a small percentage of the amount of the futures contract. This amount is known as “initial margin.” The nature of initial margin is different from that of margin in security transactions in that it does not involve borrowing money to finance transactions. Rather, initial margin is similar to a performance bond or good faith deposit that is returned to a Fund upon termination of the contract, assuming the Fund satisfies its contractual obligations.
Subsequent payments to and from the broker occur on a daily basis in a process known as “marking to market.” These payments are called “variation margin” and are made as the value of the underlying futures contract fluctuates. For example, when a Fund sells a futures contract and the price of the underlying asset rises above the delivery price, the Fund’s position declines in value. A Fund then
29

pays the broker a variation margin payment generally equal to the difference between the delivery price of the futures contract and the market price of the underlying asset. Conversely, if the price of the underlying asset falls below the delivery price of the contract, a Fund’s futures position increases in value. The broker then must make a variation margin payment generally equal to the difference between the delivery price of the futures contract and the market price of the underlying asset. If an exchange raises margin rates, a Fund would have to provide additional capital to cover the higher margin rates which could require closing out other positions earlier than anticipated.
If a Fund terminates a position in a futures contract, a final determination of variation margin would be made, additional cash would be paid by or to the Fund, and the Fund would realize a loss or a gain. Such closing transactions involve additional commission costs.
Options on Futures Contracts: Options on futures contracts generally operate in the same manner as options purchased or written directly on the underlying assets. A futures option gives the holder, in return for the premium paid, the right, but not the obligation, to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of the option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account which represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract, at exercise, exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures. If an option is exercised on the last trading day prior to its expiration date, the settlement will be made entirely in cash. Purchasers of options who fail to exercise their options prior to the exercise date suffer a loss of the premium paid.
Like the buyer or seller of a futures contract, the holder or writer of an option has the right to terminate its position prior to the scheduled expiration of the option by selling or purchasing an option of the same series, at which time the person entering into the closing purchase transaction will realize a gain or loss. There is no guarantee that such closing purchase transactions can be effected.
A Fund would be required to deposit initial margin and maintenance margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it pursuant to brokers’ requirements similar to those described above in connection with the discussion on futures contracts. See “Margin Payments” above.
Risks of transactions in futures contracts and related options: Successful use of futures contracts is subject to the ability of the Investment Adviser (or Sub-Adviser, if applicable) to predict movements in various factors affecting financial markets. Compared to the purchase or sale of futures contracts, the purchase of call or put options on futures contracts involves less potential risk to a Fund because the maximum amount at risk is the premium paid for the options (plus transaction costs). However, there may be circumstances when the purchase of a call or put option on a futures contract would result in a loss when the purchase or sale of a futures contract would not result in a loss, such as when there is no movement in the prices of the underlying futures contracts. The writing of an option on a futures contract involves risks similar to those risks relating to the sale of futures contracts.
The use of futures and related options involves the risk of imperfect correlation among movements in the prices of the securities underlying the futures and options, of the options and futures contracts themselves, and, in the case of hedging transactions, of the underlying assets which are the subject of a hedge. The successful use of these strategies further depends on the ability of the Investment Adviser (or Sub-Adviser, if applicable) to forecast interest rates and market movements correctly. It is possible that, where a Fund has purchased puts on futures contracts to hedge its portfolio against a decline in the market, the securities or index on which the puts are purchased may increase in value and the value of securities held in the portfolio may decline. If this occurred, a Fund would lose money on the puts and also experience a decline in value in its portfolio securities. In addition, the prices of futures, for a number of reasons, may not correlate perfectly with movements in the underlying asset due to certain market distortions. For example, all participants in the futures market are subject to margin deposit requirements. Such requirements may cause investors to close futures contracts through offsetting transactions, which could distort the normal relationship between the underlying asset and futures markets. The margin requirements in the futures markets are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities markets in general, and as a result the futures markets may attract more speculators than the securities markets do. Increased participation by speculators in the futures markets may also cause temporary price distortions.
There is no assurance that higher than anticipated trading activity or other unforeseen events might not, at times, render certain market clearing facilities inadequate, and thereby result in the institution by exchanges of special procedures which may interfere with the timely execution of customer orders.
The ability to establish and close out positions will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid secondary market. It is not certain that this market will develop or continue to exist for a particular futures contract or option. A Fund’s futures commission merchant may limit a Fund’s ability to invest in certain futures contracts. Such restrictions may adversely affect a Fund’s performance and its ability to achieve its investment objective.
The CFTC and U.S. futures exchanges have established (and continue to evaluate and monitor) speculative position limits, referred to as “position limits,” on the maximum net long or net short positions which any person may hold or control in particular options and futures contracts. In addition, starting January 1, 2023, federal position limits apply to swaps that are economically equivalent to futures contracts that are subject to CFTC set speculative limits. All positions owned or controlled by the same person or entity, even if in different accounts, must be aggregated for purposes of complying with these speculative limits. Thus, even if a Fund’s holding does not exceed applicable position limits, it is possible that some or all of the client accounts managed by the Investment Adviser (or Sub-Adviser, if applicable) and its affiliates may be aggregated for this purpose. It is possible that the trading decisions of the Investment Adviser (or Sub-Adviser, if applicable) may be affected by the sizes of such aggregate positions. The modification of investment decisions or the elimination of open positions, if it occurs, may adversely affect the performance of a Fund. A violation of position limits could also lead to regulatory action materially adverse to a Fund’s investment strategy.
30

Hybrid Instruments: A hybrid instrument may be a fixed-income instrument, preferred stock, depositary share, trust certificate, warrant, convertible security, certificate of deposit or other evidence of indebtedness on which a portion of or all interest payments, and/or the principal or stated amount payable at maturity, redemption or retirement, is determined by reference to prices, changes in prices, or differences between prices, of securities, currencies, intangibles, goods, commodities, indexes, economic factors or other measures, including interest rates, currency exchange rates, or commodities or securities indices, or other indicators. Thus, hybrid instruments may take a variety of forms, including, but not limited to, fixed-income instruments with interest or principal payments or redemption terms determined by reference to the value of a currency or commodity or securities index at a future point in time, preferred stocks with dividend rates determined by reference to the value of a currency, or convertible securities with the conversion terms related to a particular commodity.
Hybrid instruments can be an efficient means of creating exposure to a particular market, or segment of a market, with the objective of enhancing total return. For example, a Fund may wish to take advantage of expected declines in interest rates in several European countries, but avoid the transaction costs associated with buying and currency-hedging the foreign bond positions. One solution would be to purchase a U.S. dollar-denominated hybrid instrument whose redemption price is linked to the average three-year interest rate in a designated group of countries. The redemption price formula would provide for payoffs of greater than par if the average interest rate was lower than a specified level and payoffs of less than par if rates were above the specified level. Furthermore, a Fund could limit the downside risk of the security by establishing a minimum redemption price so that the principal paid at maturity could not be below a predetermined minimum level if interest rates were to rise significantly. The purpose of this arrangement, known as a structured security with an embedded put option, would be to give a Fund the desired European bond exposure while avoiding currency risk, limiting downside market risk, and lowering transactions costs. Of course, there is no guarantee that the strategy would be successful, and a Fund could lose money if, for example, interest rates do not move as anticipated or credit problems develop with the issuer of the hybrid instrument.
Risks of Investing in Hybrid Instruments: The risks of investing in hybrid instruments reflect a combination of the risks of investing in securities, swaps, options, futures and currencies. An investment in a hybrid instrument may entail significant risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional fixed-income instrument. The risks of a particular hybrid instrument will depend upon the terms of the instrument, but may include the possibility of significant changes in the benchmark(s) or the prices of the underlying assets to which the instrument is linked. Such risks generally depend upon factors unrelated to the operations or credit quality of the issuer of the hybrid instrument, which may not be foreseen by the purchaser, such as economic and political events, the supply and demand profiles of the underlying assets and interest rate movements. Hybrid instruments may be highly volatile.
The return on a hybrid instrument will be reduced by the costs of the swaps, options, or other instruments embedded in the instrument.
Hybrid instruments are potentially more volatile and carry greater market risks than traditional fixed-income instruments. Depending on the structure of the particular hybrid instrument, changes in an underlying asset may be magnified by the terms of the hybrid instrument and have an even more dramatic and substantial effect upon the value of the hybrid instrument. Also, the prices of the hybrid instrument and the underlying asset may not move in the same direction or at the same time.
Hybrid instruments may bear interest or pay preferred dividends at below market (or even nominal) rates. Alternatively, hybrid instruments may bear interest at above market rates but bear an increased risk of principal loss (or gain). Leverage risk occurs when the hybrid instrument is structured so that a given change in an underlying asset is multiplied to produce a greater value change in the hybrid instrument, thereby magnifying the risk of loss as well as the potential for gain.
If a hybrid instrument is used as a hedge against, or as a substitute for, a portfolio investment, the hybrid instrument may not correlate as expected with the portfolio investment, resulting in losses. While hedging strategies involving hybrid instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other investments.
Hybrid instruments may also carry liquidity risk since the instruments are often “customized” to meet the portfolio needs of a particular investor. A Fund may be prohibited from transferring a hybrid instrument, or the number of possible purchasers may be limited by applicable law or because few investors have an interest in purchasing such a customized product. Because hybrid instruments are typically privately negotiated contracts between two parties, the value of a hybrid instrument will depend on the willingness and ability of the issuer of the instrument to meet its obligations. Hybrid instruments also may not be subject to regulation by the CFTC, which generally regulates the trading of commodity futures, options, and swaps.
Synthetic Convertible Securities: Synthetic convertible securities are derivative positions composed of two or more different securities whose investment characteristics, taken together, resemble those of convertible securities. For example, a Fund may purchase a non-convertible fixed-income instrument and a warrant or option, which enables the Fund to have a convertible-like position with respect to a company, group of companies, or stock index. Synthetic convertible securities are typically offered by financial institutions and investment banks in private placement transactions. Upon conversion, a Fund generally receives an amount in cash equal to the difference between the conversion price and the then-current value of the underlying security. Unlike a true convertible security, a synthetic convertible security comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the market value of a synthetic convertible security is the sum of the values of its fixed-income component and its convertible component. For this reason, the value of a synthetic convertible security and a true convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations.
Options: An option gives the holder the right, but not the obligation, to purchase (in the case of a call option) or sell (in the case of a put option) a specific amount or value of a particular underlying asset at a specific price (called the “exercise” or “strike” price) at one or more specific times before the option expires. The underlying asset of an option contract can be a security, currency, index, future, swap, commodity, or other type of financial instrument. The seller of an option is called an option writer. The purchase price of an option is called the premium. The potential loss to an option purchaser is limited to the amount of the premium plus transaction costs. This will be the case, for example, if the option is held and not exercised prior to its expiration date.
31

Options can be traded either through established exchanges (“exchange-traded options”) or privately negotiated transactions OTC options. Exchange-traded options are standardized with respect to, among other things, the underlying asset, expiration date, contract size and strike price. The terms of OTC options are generally negotiated by the parties to the option contract which allows the parties greater flexibility in customizing the agreement, but OTC options are generally less liquid than exchange-traded options.
All option contracts involve credit risk if the counterparty to the option contract (e.g., the clearing house or OTC counterparty) or the third party effecting the transaction in the case of cleared options (e.g., futures commission merchant or broker/dealer) fails to perform. The value of an OTC option that is not cleared is dependent on the credit worthiness of the individual counterparty to the contract and may be greater than the credit risk associated with cleared options.
The purchaser of a put option obtains the right (but not the obligation) to sell a specific amount or value of a particular asset to the option writer at a fixed strike price. In return for this right, the purchaser pays the option premium. The purchaser of a typical put option can expect to realize a gain if the price of the underlying asset falls. However, if the underlying asset’s price does not fall enough to offset the cost of purchasing the option, the purchaser of a put option can expect to suffer a loss (limited to the amount of the premium, plus related transaction costs).
The purchaser of a call option obtains the right (but not the obligation) to purchase a specified amount or value of an underlying asset from the option writer at a fixed strike price. In return for this right, the purchaser pays the option premium. The purchaser of a typical call option can expect to realize a gain if the price of the underlying asset rises. However, if the underlying asset’s price does not rise enough to offset the cost of purchasing the option, the buyer of a call option can expect to suffer a loss (limited to the amount of the premium, plus related transaction costs).
The purchaser of a call or put option may terminate its position by allowing the option to expire, exercising the option or closing out its position by entering into an offsetting option transaction if a liquid market is available. If the option is allowed to expire, the purchaser will lose the entire premium. If the option is exercised, the purchaser would complete the purchase or sale, as applicable, of the underlying asset to the option writer at the strike price.
The writer of a put or call option takes the opposite side of the transaction from the option’s purchaser. In return for receipt of the premium, the writer assumes the obligation to buy or sell (depending on whether the option is a put or a call) a specified amount or value of a particular asset at the strike price if the purchaser of the option chooses to exercise it. A call option written on a security or other instrument held by the Fund (commonly known as “writing a covered call option”) limits the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the underlying asset above the exercise price of the option. A call option written on securities that are not currently held by the Fund is commonly known as “writing a naked call option.” During periods of declining securities prices or when prices are stable, writing these types of call options can be a profitable strategy to increase income with minimal capital risk. However, when securities prices increase, a Fund would be exposed to an increased risk of loss, because if the price of the underlying asset or instrument exceeds the option’s exercise price, the Fund would suffer a loss equal to the amount by which the market price exceeds the exercise price at the time the call option is exercised, minus the premium received. Calls written on securities that a Fund does not own are riskier than calls written on securities owned by the Fund because there is no underlying asset held by the Fund that can act as a partial hedge. When such a call is exercised, a Fund must purchase the underlying asset to meet its call obligation or make a payment equal to the value of its obligation in order to close out the option. Calls written on securities that a Fund does not own have speculative characteristics and the potential for loss is theoretically unlimited. There is also a risk, especially with less liquid preferred and fixed-income instruments, that the asset may not be available for purchase.
Generally, an option writer sells options with the goal of obtaining the premium paid by the option purchaser. If an option sold by an option writer expires without being exercised, the writer retains the full amount of the premium. The option writer’s potential loss is equal to the amount the option is “in-the-money” when the option is exercised offset by the premium received when the option was written. A call option is in-the-money if the value of the underlying asset exceeds the strike price of the option, and so the call option writer’s loss is theoretically unlimited. A put option is in-the-money if the strike price of the option exceeds the value of the underlying asset, and so the put option writer’s loss is limited to the strike price. Generally, any profit realized by an option purchaser represents a loss for the option writer. The writer of an option may seek to terminate a position in the option before exercise by closing out its position by entering into an offsetting option transaction if a liquid market is available. If the market is not liquid for an offsetting option, however, the writer must continue to be prepared to sell or purchase the underlying asset at the strike price while the option is outstanding, regardless of price changes.
If a Fund is the writer of a cleared option, the Fund is required to deposit initial margin. Additional variation margin may also be required. If a Fund is the writer of an uncleared option, the Fund may be required to deposit initial margin and additional variation margin.
A physical delivery option gives its owner the right to receive physical delivery (if it is a call), or to make physical delivery (if it is a put) of the underlying asset when the option is exercised. A cash-settled option gives its owner the right to receive a cash payment based on the difference between a determined value of the underlying asset at the time the option is exercised and the fixed exercise price of the option. In the case of physically settled options, it may not be possible to terminate the position at any particular time or at an acceptable price. A cash-settled call conveys the right to receive a cash payment if the determined value of the underlying asset at exercise exceeds the exercise price of the option, and a cash-settled put conveys the right to receive a cash payment if the determined value of the underlying asset at exercise is less than the exercise price of the option.
Combination option positions are positions in more than one option at the same time. A spread involves being both the buyer and writer of the same type of option on the same underlying asset but different exercise prices and/or expiration dates. A straddle consists of purchasing or writing both a put and a call on the same underlying asset with the same exercise price and expiration date.
32

The principal factors affecting the market value of a put or call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying asset in relation to the exercise price of the option, the volatility of the underlying asset and the remaining period to the expiration date.
If a trading market in particular options were illiquid, investors in those options would be unable to close out their positions until trading resumes, and option writers may be faced with substantial losses if the value of the underlying asset moves adversely during that time. There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist for any particular options product at any specific time. Lack of investor interest, changes in volatility, or other factors or conditions might adversely affect the liquidity, efficiency, continuity, or even the orderliness of the market for particular options. Exchanges or other facilities on which options are traded may establish limitations on options trading, may order the liquidation of positions in excess of these limitations, or may impose other sanctions that could adversely affect parties to an options transaction.
Many options, in particular OTC options, are complex and often valued based on subjective factors. Improper valuations can result in increased cash payment requirements to counterparties or a loss of value to a Fund.
Foreign Currency Options: Put and call options on foreign currencies may be bought or sold either on exchanges or in the OTC market. A put option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell a foreign currency at the exercise price until the option expires. A call option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to purchase the currency at the exercise price until the option expires. Currency options traded on U.S. or other exchanges may be subject to position limits which may limit the ability of a Fund to reduce foreign currency risk using such options.
Index Options: An index option is a put or call option on a securities index or other (typically securities-related) index. In contrast to an option on a security, the holder of an index option has the right to receive a cash settlement amount upon exercise of the option. This settlement amount is equal to: (i) the amount, if any, by which the fixed exercise price of the option exceeds (in the case of a call) or is below (in the case of a put) the closing value of the underlying index on the date of exercise, multiplied; by (ii) a fixed “index multiplier.” The index underlying an index option may be a “broad-based” index, such as the S&P 500® Index or the NYSE Composite Index, the changes in value of which ordinarily will reflect movements in the stock market in general. In contrast, certain options may be based on narrower market indices, such as the S&P 100 Index, or on indices of securities of particular industry groups, such as those of oil and gas or technology issuers. A stock index assigns relative values to the stocks included in the index, and the index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the stocks so included. The composition of the index is changed periodically. The risks of purchasing and selling index options are generally similar to the risks of purchasing and selling options on securities.
Participatory Notes: Participatory notes are a type of derivative instrument used by foreign investors to access local markets and to gain exposure to, primarily, equity securities of issuers listed on a local exchange. Rather than purchasing securities directly, a Fund may purchase a participatory note from a broker-dealer, which holds the securities on behalf of the noteholders.
Participatory notes are similar to depositary receipts except that: (1) brokers, not U.S. banks, are depositories for the securities; and (2) noteholders may remain anonymous to market regulators.
The value of the participatory notes will be directly related to the value of the underlying securities. Any dividends or capital gains collected from the underlying securities are remitted to the noteholder.
The risks of investing in participatory notes include derivatives risk and foreign investments risk. The foreign investments risk associated with participatory notes is similar to those of investing in depositary receipts. However, unlike depositary receipts, participatory notes are subject to counterparty risk based on the uncertainty of the counterparty’s (i.e., the broker’s) ability to meet its obligations.
Rights and Warrants: Warrants and rights are types of securities that give a holder a right to purchase shares of common stock. Warrants usually are issued in conjunction with a bond or preferred stock and entitle a holder to purchase a specified amount of common stock at a specified price typically for a period of years. Rights are instruments, frequently distributed to an issuer’s shareholders as a dividend, that usually entitle the holder to purchase a specified amount of common stock at a specified price on a specific date or during a specific period of time (typically for a period of only weeks). The exercise price on a right is normally at a discount from the market value of the common stock at the time of distribution.
Warrants may be used to enhance the marketability of a bond or preferred stock. Rights are frequently used outside of the United States as a means of raising additional capital from an issuer’s current shareholders.
Warrants and rights do not carry with them the right to dividends or to vote, do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuer and may or may not be transferable. Investments in warrants and rights may be considered more speculative than certain other types of investments. In addition, the value of a warrant or right does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities, and expires worthless if it is not exercised on or prior to its expiration date, if any.
Bonds issued with warrants attached to purchase equity securities have many characteristics of convertible bonds and their prices may, to some degree, reflect the performance of the underlying stock. Bonds also may be issued with warrants attached to purchase additional fixed-income instruments.
Equity-linked warrants are purchased from a broker, who in turn is expected to purchase shares in the local market. If a Fund exercises its warrant, the shares are expected to be sold and the warrant redeemed with the proceeds. Typically, each warrant represents one share of the underlying stock. Therefore, the price and performance of the warrant are directly linked to the underlying stock, less transaction costs. In addition to the market risk related to the underlying holdings, a Fund bears counterparty risk with respect to the issuing broker. There is currently no active trading market for equity-linked warrants, and they may be highly illiquid.
33

Index-linked warrants are put and call warrants where the value varies depending on the change in the value of one or more specified securities indices. Index-linked warrants are generally issued by banks or other financial institutions and give the holder the right, at any time during the term of the warrant, to receive upon exercise of the warrant a cash payment from the issuer based on the value of the underlying index at the time of exercise. In general, if the value of the underlying index rises above the exercise price of the index-linked warrant, the holder of a call warrant will be entitled to receive a cash payment from the issuer upon exercise based on the difference between the value of the index and the exercise price of the warrant; if the value of the underlying index falls, the holder of a put warrant will be entitled to receive a cash payment from the issuer upon exercise based on the difference between the exercise price of the warrant and the value of the index. The holder of a warrant would not be entitled to any payments from the issuer at any time when, in the case of a call warrant, the exercise price is greater than the value of the underlying index, or, in the case of a put warrant, the exercise price is less than the value of the underlying index. If a Fund were not to exercise an index-linked warrant prior to its expiration, then the Fund would lose the amount of the purchase price paid by it for the warrant.
Index-linked warrants are normally used in a manner similar to its use of options on securities indices. The risks of index-linked warrants are generally similar to those relating to its use of index options. Unlike most index options, however, index-linked warrants are issued in limited amounts and are not obligations of a regulated clearing agency, but are backed only by the credit of the bank or other institution that issues the warrant. Also, index-linked warrants may have longer terms than index options. Index-linked warrants are not likely to be as liquid as certain index options backed by a recognized clearing agency. In addition, the terms of index-linked warrants may limit a Fund’s ability to exercise the warrants at such time, or in such quantities, as the Fund would otherwise wish to do.
Indirect investment in foreign equity securities may be made through international warrants, local access products, participation notes, or low exercise price warrants. International warrants are financial instruments issued by banks or other financial institutions, which may or may not be traded on a foreign exchange. International warrants are a form of derivative security that may give holders the right to buy or sell an underlying security or a basket of securities from or to the issuer for a particular price or may entitle holders to receive a cash payment relating to the value of the underlying security or basket of securities. International warrants are similar to options in that they are exercisable by the holder for an underlying security or the value of that security, but are generally exercisable over a longer term than typical options. These types of instruments may be American style exercise, which means that they can be exercised at any time on or before the expiration date of the international warrant, or European style exercise, which means that they may be exercised only on the expiration date. International warrants have an exercise price, which is typically fixed when the warrants are issued.
Low exercise price warrants are warrants with an exercise price that is very low relative to the market price of the underlying instrument at the time of issue (e.g., one cent or less). The buyer of a low exercise price warrant effectively pays the full value of the underlying common stock at the outset. In the case of any exercise of warrants, there may be a time delay between the time a holder of warrants gives instructions to exercise and the time the price of the common stock relating to exercise or the settlement date is determined, during which time the price of the underlying security could change significantly. These warrants entail substantial credit risk, since the issuer of the warrant holds the purchase price of the warrant (approximately equal to the value of the underlying investment at the time of the warrant’s issue) for the life of the warrant.
The exercise or settlement date of the warrants and other instruments described above may be affected by certain market disruption events, such as difficulties relating to the exchange of a local currency into U.S. dollars, the imposition of capital controls by a local jurisdiction or changes in the laws relating to foreign investments. These events could lead to a change in the exercise date or settlement currency of the instruments, or postponement of the settlement date. In some cases, if the market disruption events continue for a certain period of time, the warrants may become worthless, resulting in a total loss of the purchase price of the warrants.
Investments in these instruments involve the risk that the issuer of the instrument may default on its obligation to deliver the underlying security or cash in lieu thereof. These instruments may also be subject to liquidity risk because there may be a limited secondary market for trading the warrants. They are also subject, like other investments in foreign securities, to foreign risk and currency risk.
Swap Transactions and Options on Swap Transactions: Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined underlying assets, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” (i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index). When a Fund enters into an interest rate swap, it typically agrees to make payments to its counterparty based on a specified long- or short-term interest rate, and will receive payments from its counterparty based on another interest rate. Other forms of swap agreements include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a specified payment stream, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or “cap”; interest rate floors, under which, in return for a specified payment stream, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or “floor”; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. A Fund may enter into an interest rate swap in order, for example, to hedge against the effect of interest rate changes on the value of specific securities in its portfolio, or to adjust the interest rate sensitivity (duration) or the credit exposure of its portfolio overall, or otherwise as a substitute for a direct investment in fixed-income instruments.
In a total return swap, one party typically agrees to pay to the other a short-term interest rate in return for a payment at one or more times in the future based on the increase in the value of an underlying asset; if the underlying asset declines in value, the party that pays the short-term interest rate must also pay to its counterparty a payment based on the amount of the decline. A swap may create a long or short position in the underlying asset. A total return swap may be used to hedge against an exposure in an investment portfolio (including
34

to adjust the duration or credit quality of a bond portfolio) or generally to put cash to work efficiently in the markets in anticipation of, or as a replacement for, cash investments. A total return swap may also be used to gain exposure to securities or markets which may not be accessed directly (in so-called market access transactions).
In a credit default swap, one party provides what is in effect insurance against a default or other adverse credit event affecting an issuer of fixed-income instruments (typically referred to as a “reference entity”). In general, the protection “buyer” in a credit default swap is obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront amount or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the swap. If a “credit event” occurs, the buyer has the right to deliver to the seller bonds or other obligations of the reference entity (with a value up to the full notional value of the swap), and to receive a payment equal to the par value of the bonds or other obligations. Rather than exchange the bonds for the par value, a single cash payment may be due from the seller representing the difference between the par value of the bonds and the current market value of the bonds (which may be determined through an auction). Credit events that would trigger a request that the seller make payment are specific to each credit default swap agreement, but generally include bankruptcy, failure to pay, restructuring, obligation acceleration, obligation default, or repudiation/moratorium. If a Fund buys protection, it may or may not own securities of the reference entity. If it does own securities of the reference entity, the swap serves as a hedge against a decline in the value of the securities due to the occurrence of a credit event involving the issuer of the securities. If a Fund does not own securities of the reference entity, the credit default swap may be seen to create a short position in the reference entity. If a Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund will typically recover nothing under the swap, but will have had to pay the required upfront payment or stream of continuing payments under the swap. If a Fund sells protection under a credit default swap, the position may have the effect of creating leverage in the Fund’s portfolio through the Fund’s indirect long exposure to the issuer or securities on which the swap is written. If a Fund sells protection, it may do so either to earn additional income or to create such a “synthetic” long position. Credit default swaps involve general market risks, illiquidity risk, counterparty risk, and credit risk.
A cross-currency swap is a contract between two counterparties to exchange interest and principal payments in different currencies. A cross-currency swap normally has an exchange of principal at maturity (the final exchange); an exchange of principal at the start of the swap (the initial exchange) is optional. An initial exchange of notional principal amounts at the spot exchange rate serves the same function as a spot transaction in the foreign exchange market (for an immediate exchange of foreign exchange risk). An exchange at maturity of notional principal amounts at the spot exchange rate serves the same function as a forward transaction in the foreign exchange market (for a future transfer of foreign exchange risk). The currency swap market convention is to use the spot rate rather than the forward rate for the exchange at maturity. The economic difference is realized through the coupon exchanges over the life of the swap. In contrast to single currency interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps involve both interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk.
A portfolio may enter into swap transactions for any legal purpose consistent with its investment objective and policies, such as for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other markets, to protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique, to protect against any increase in the price of securities the portfolio anticipates purchasing at a later date, or to gain exposure to certain markets in a more economical way.
An interest rate cap is a right to receive periodic cash payments over the life of the cap equal to the difference between any higher actual level of interest rates in the future and a specified strike (or “cap”) level. The cap buyer purchases protection for a floating rate move above the strike. An interest rate floor is the right to receive periodic cash payments over the life of the floor equal to the difference between any lower actual level of interest rates in the future and a specified strike (or “floor”) level. The floor buyer purchases protection for a floating rate move below the strike. The strikes are based on a reference rate chosen by the parties and are typically measured quarterly. Rights arising pursuant to both caps and floors are typically exercised automatically if the strike is in the money. Caps and floors can eliminate the risk that the buyer fails to exercise an in-the-money option.
The swap market has grown over the years, with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and agents utilizing standard swap documentation, which has contributed to greater liquidity in certain areas of the swap market under normal market conditions.
An option on swap agreement (“swaption”) is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel, or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. Depending on the terms of the particular swaption, generally a greater degree of risk is incurred when writing a swaption than when purchasing a swaption. If a Fund purchases a swaption, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, if a Fund writes a swaption, upon exercise of the option the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.
The successful use of swap agreements or swaptions depends on the manager’s ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Moreover, a Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty.
Swaps are highly specialized instruments that require investment techniques and risk analyses different from those associated with traditional investments. The use of a swap requires an understanding not only of the referenced asset, reference rate, or index but also of the swap itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the swap under all possible market conditions. Because they are two-party contracts that may be subject to contractual restrictions on transferability and termination and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. To the extent that a swap is not liquid, it may not be possible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses.
35

Like most other investments, swap agreements are subject to the risk that the market value of the instrument will change in a way detrimental to a Fund’s interest. A Fund bears the risk that its manager will not accurately forecast future market trends or the values of assets, reference rates, indices, or other economic factors in establishing swap positions for the Fund. If the manager attempts to use a swap as a hedge against, or as a substitute for, a portfolio investment, a Fund would be exposed to the risk that the swap will have or will develop imperfect or no correlation with the portfolio investment. This could cause substantial losses for a Fund. While hedging strategies involving swap instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other Fund investments. Many swaps are complex and often valued subjectively.
Counterparty risk with respect to derivatives has been and may continue to be affected by new rules and regulations concerning the derivatives market. Some interest rate swaps and credit default index swaps are required to be centrally cleared, and a party to a cleared derivatives transaction is subject to the credit risk of the clearing house and the clearing member through which it holds the position. Credit risk of market participants with respect to derivatives that are centrally cleared is concentrated in a few clearing houses and clearing members, and it is not clear how an insolvency proceeding of a clearing house or clearing member would be conducted, what effect the insolvency proceeding would have on any recovery by a Fund, and what impact an insolvency of a clearing house or clearing member would have on the financial system more generally. In some ways, cleared derivative arrangements are less favorable to a Fund than bilateral arrangements, for example, by requiring that a Fund provide more margin for its cleared derivatives positions. Also, as a general matter, in contrast to a bilateral derivatives position, following a period of notice to a Fund, the clearing house or the clearing member through which it holds its position at any time can require termination of an existing cleared derivatives position or an increase in the margin required at the outset of a transaction. Any increase in margin requirements or termination of existing cleared derivatives positions by the clearing member or the clearing house could interfere with the ability of a Fund to pursue its investment strategy.
Also, in the event of a counterparty's (or its affiliate's) insolvency, the possibility exists that a Fund's ability to exercise remedies, such as the termination of transactions, netting of obligations and realization on collateral, could be stayed or eliminated under new special resolution regimes adopted in the U.S., the EU, the UK, and various other jurisdictions. Such regimes provide government authorities with broad authority to intervene when a financial institution is experiencing financial difficulty. In particular, the regulatory authorities could reduce, eliminate, or convert to equity the liabilities to a Fund of a counterparty who is subject to such proceedings in the EU and the UK (sometimes referred to as a “bail in”).
The U.S. government, the EU, and the UK have also adopted mandatory minimum margin requirements for bilateral derivatives. Such requirements could increase the amount of margin required to be provided by a Fund in connection with its derivatives transactions and, therefore, make derivatives transactions more expensive.
The U.S. Congress, various exchanges and regulatory and self-regulatory authorities have undertaken reviews of derivatives trading in recent periods. Among the actions that have been taken or proposed to be taken are new position limits and reporting requirements, and new or more stringent daily price fluctuation limits for futures and options transactions. Additional measures are under active consideration and as a result there may be further actions that adversely affect the regulation of instruments in which a Fund may invest. It is possible that these or similar measures could potentially limit or completely restrict the ability of a Fund to use these instruments as a part of its investment strategy. Limits or restrictions applicable to the counterparties with which a Fund may engage in derivative transactions could also prevent the Fund from using these instruments.
Foreign Currency Warrants: Foreign currency warrants such as Currency Exchange WarrantsSM (“CEWsSM”) are warrants that entitle the holder to receive from their issuer an amount of cash (generally, for warrants issued in the U.S., in U.S. dollars) which is calculated pursuant to a predetermined formula and based on the exchange rate between a specified foreign currency and the U.S. dollar as of the exercise date of the warrant. Foreign currency warrants generally are exercisable upon their issuance and expire as of a specified date and time. The formula used to determine the amount payable upon exercise of a foreign currency warrant may make the warrant worthless unless the applicable foreign currency exchange rate moves in a particular direction (e.g., unless the U.S. dollar appreciates or depreciates against the particular foreign currency to which the warrant is linked or indexed).
OTHER INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES
Borrowing: Borrowing will result in leveraging of a Fund’s assets. This borrowing may be secured or unsecured. Borrowing, like other forms of leverage, will tend to exaggerate the effect on NAV of any increase or decrease in the market value of a Fund’s portfolio. Money borrowed will be subject to interest costs which may or may not be recovered by appreciation of the securities purchased, if any. A Fund also may be required to maintain minimum average balances in connection with such borrowing or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit; either of these requirements would increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate. Provisions of the 1940 Act require a Fund to maintain continuous asset coverage (that is, total assets including borrowings, less liabilities exclusive of borrowings) of 300% of the amount borrowed, with an exception for borrowings not in excess of 5% of the Fund’s total assets made for temporary administrative purposes. Any borrowings for temporary administrative purposes in excess of 5% of total assets must maintain continuous asset coverage. If the 300% asset coverage should decline as a result of market fluctuations or other reasons, a Fund may be required to sell some of its portfolio holdings within three days to reduce the debt and restore the 300% asset coverage, even though it may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint to sell holdings at that time.
From time to time, a Fund may enter into, and make borrowings for temporary purposes related to the redemption of shares under, a credit agreement with third-party lenders. Borrowings made under such credit agreements will be allocated pursuant to guidelines approved by the Board.
36

A Fund may engage in other transactions that may have the effect of creating leverage in the Fund’s portfolio, including, by way of example, reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, and derivatives transactions. A Fund will generally not treat such transactions as borrowings of money.
Illiquid Securities: Illiquid investment means any investment that a Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. A Fund may not invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments. With the exception of money market funds, Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act requires a Fund to adopt a liquidity risk management program to assess and manage its liquidity risk. Under its program, a Fund is required to classify its investments into specific liquidity categories and monitor compliance with limits on investments in illiquid securities. While the liquidity risk management program attempts to assess and manage liquidity risk, there is no guarantee it will be effective in its operations and it may not reduce the liquidity risk inherent in a Fund’s investments.
Participation on Creditor Committees: A Fund may from time to time participate on committees formed by creditors to negotiate with the management of financially troubled issuers of securities held by a Fund. Such participation may incur additional expenses such as legal fees and may make a Fund an “insider” of the issuer for purposes of the federal securities laws, which may restrict such Fund’s ability to trade in or acquire additional positions in a particular security when it might otherwise desire to do so. Participation on such committees may also expose a Fund to potential liabilities under the federal bankruptcy laws or other laws governing the rights of creditors and debtors.
Repurchase Agreements: A repurchase agreement is a contract under which a Fund acquires a security for a relatively short period (usually not more than one week) subject to the obligation of the seller to repurchase and the Fund to resell such security at a fixed time and price. Repurchase agreements may be viewed as loans which are collateralized by the securities subject to repurchase. The value of the underlying securities in such transactions will be at least equal at all times to the total amount of the repurchase obligation, including the interest factor. If the seller defaults, a Fund could realize a loss on the sale of the underlying security to the extent that the proceeds of sale including accrued interest are less than the resale price provided in the agreement including interest. In addition, if the seller should be involved in bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, a Fund may incur delay and costs in selling the underlying security or may suffer a loss of principal and interest if the Fund is treated as an unsecured creditor and required to return the underlying collateral to the seller’s estate. To the extent that a Fund has invested a substantial portion of its assets in repurchase agreements, the investment return on such assets, and potentially the ability to achieve the investment objectives, will depend on the counterparties’ willingness and ability to perform their obligations under the repurchase agreements.
Restricted Securities: A Fund may invest in securities that are legally restricted as to resale (such as those issued in private placements). These investments may include securities governed by Rule 144A under the 1933 Act (“Rule 144A”) and securities that are offered in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the 1933 Act and restricted as to their resale. A Fund may incur additional expenses when disposing of restricted securities, including costs to register the sale of the securities. The Board has delegated to Fund management the responsibility for monitoring and determining the liquidity of restricted securities, subject to the Board’s oversight.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Roll Transactions: Reverse repurchase agreements involve sales of portfolio securities to another party and an agreement by a Fund to repurchase the same securities at a later date at a fixed price. During the reverse repurchase agreement period, a Fund continues to receive principal and interest payments on the securities and also has the opportunity to earn a return on the collateral furnished by the counterparty to secure its obligation to redeliver the securities.
Dollar rolls involve selling securities (e.g., mortgage-backed securities or U.S. Treasury securities) and simultaneously entering into a commitment to purchase those or similar securities on a specified future date and price from the same party. Mortgage-dollar rolls and U.S. Treasury rolls are types of dollar rolls. During the roll period, principal and interest paid on the securities is not received but proceeds from the sale can be invested.
Reverse repurchase agreement and dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities to be repurchased under the agreement may decline below the repurchase price. If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement or dollar rolls files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such a buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce the obligation to repurchase the securities and use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision. Additionally, reverse repurchase agreements entail many of the same risks as OTC derivatives. These include the risk that the counterparty to the reverse repurchase agreement may not be able to fulfill its obligations, that the parties may disagree as to the meaning or application of contractual terms, or that the instrument may not perform as expected.
Securities Lending: Securities lending involves lending of portfolio securities to qualified broker/dealers, banks or other financial institutions who may need to borrow securities in order to complete certain transactions, such as covering short sales, avoiding failure to deliver securities, or completing arbitrage operations. Securities are loaned pursuant to a securities lending agreement approved by the Board and under the terms, structure and the aggregate amount of such loans consistent with the 1940 Act. Lending portfolio securities increases the lender’s income by receiving a fixed fee or a percentage of the collateral, in addition to receiving the interest or dividend on the securities loaned. As collateral for the loaned securities, the borrower gives the lender collateral equal to at least 100% of the value of the loaned securities. The collateral may consist of cash (including U.S. dollars and foreign currency), securities issued by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities, or such other collateral as may be approved by the Board. The borrower must also agree to increase the collateral if the value of the loaned securities increases but may request some of the collateral be returned if the market value of the loaned securities goes down.
During the existence of the loan, the lender will receive from the borrower amounts equivalent to any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities, as well as interest on such amounts. Loans are subject to termination by the lender or a borrower at any time. A Fund may choose to terminate a loan in order to vote in a proxy solicitation.
37

During the time a security is on loan and the issuer of the security makes an interest or dividend payment, the borrower pays the lender a substitute payment equal to any interest or dividends the lender would have received directly from the issuer of the security if the lender had not loaned the security. When a lender receives dividends directly from domestic or certain foreign corporations, a portion of the dividends paid by the lender itself to its shareholders and attributable to those dividends (but not the portion attributable to substitute payments) may be eligible for (i) treatment as “qualified dividend income” in the hands of individuals or (ii) the federal dividends received deduction in the hands of corporate shareholders. The Investment Adviser expects generally to follow the practice of causing a Fund to terminate a securities loan – and forego any income on the loan after the termination – in anticipation of a dividend payment. By doing so, a lender would receive the dividend directly from the issuer of the securities, rather than a substitute payment from the borrower of the securities, and thereby preserve the possibility of those tax benefits for certain shareholders. A lender’s shares may be held by affiliates of the Investment Adviser, and the Investment Adviser’s termination of securities loans under these circumstances (resulting in the lender’s foregoing income from the loans after the termination) may provide an economic benefit to those affiliates.
Securities lending involves counterparty risk, including the risk that a borrower may not provide additional collateral when required or return the loaned securities in a timely manner. Counterparty risk also includes a potential loss of rights in the collateral if the borrower or the Lending Agent defaults or fails financially. This risk is increased if loans are concentrated with a single borrower or limited number of borrowers. There are no limits on the number of borrowers that may be used and securities may be loaned to only one or a small group of borrowers. Participation in securities lending also incurs the risk of loss in connection with investments of cash collateral received from the borrowers. Cash collateral is invested in accordance with investment guidelines contained in the Securities Lending Agreement and approved by the Board. Some or all of the cash collateral received in connection with the securities lending program may be invested in one or more pooled investment vehicles, including, among other vehicles, money market funds managed by the Lending Agent (or its affiliates). The Lending Agent shares in any income resulting from the investment of such cash collateral, and an affiliate of the Lending Agent may receive asset-based fees for the management of such pooled investment vehicles, which may create a conflict of interest between the Lending Agent (or its affiliates) and a Fund with respect to the management of such cash collateral. To the extent that the value or return on investments of the cash collateral declines below the amount owed to a borrower, a Fund may incur losses that exceed the amount it earned on lending the security. The Lending Agent will indemnify a Fund from losses resulting from a borrower’s failure to return a loaned security when due, but such indemnification does not extend to losses associated with declines in the value of cash collateral investments. The Investment Adviser is not responsible for any loss incurred by a Fund in connection with the securities lending program.
Short Sales: Short sales can be made “against the box” or not “against the box.” A short sale that is not made “against the box” is a transaction in which a party sells a security it does not own, in anticipation of a decline in the market value of that security. To complete such a transaction, the seller must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer. To borrow the security, the seller also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. The seller then is obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at the time of replacement. It may not be possible to liquidate or close out the short sale at any particular time or at an acceptable price. The price at such a time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the seller. The seller will incur a loss if the price of the security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the seller replaced the borrowed security. Such loss may be unlimited. The seller will realize a gain if the security declines in price between those dates. The amount of any gain will decrease, and the amount of a loss will increase, by the amount of the premium, dividends or interest the seller may be required to pay in connection with a short sale. The proceeds of the short sale will be retained by the broker, to the extent necessary to meet the margin requirements, until the short position is closed out. Short sales of forward commitments and derivatives do not involve borrowing a security. These types of short sales may include futures, options, contracts for differences, forward contracts on financial instruments and options such as contracts, credit-linked instruments, and swap contracts.
The seller may also make short sales “against the box.” A short sale “against the box” is a transaction in which a security identical to one owned by the seller is borrowed and sold short. If the seller enters into a short sale against the box, it is required to hold securities equivalent in-kind and in amount to the securities sold short (or securities convertible or exchangeable into such securities) while the short sale is outstanding. The seller will incur transaction costs, including interest, in connection with opening, maintaining, and closing short sales against the box and will forgo an opportunity for capital appreciation in the security.
Selling short “against the box” typically limits the amount of effective leverage. Short sales “against the box” may be used to hedge against market risks when the manager believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security or a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security. In such case, any future losses in the long position would be reduced by a gain in the short position. The extent to which such gains or losses in the long position are reduced will depend upon the amount of securities sold short relative to the amount of the securities owned, either directly or indirectly, and, in the case of convertible securities, changes in the investment values or conversion premiums of such securities.
In response to market events, the SEC and regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions may adopt (and in certain cases, have adopted) bans on, and/or reporting requirements for, short sales of certain securities, including short positions on such securities acquired through swaps.
To Be Announced Sale Commitments: To be announced commitments represent an agreement to purchase or sell securities on a delayed delivery or forward commitment basis through the “to-be announced” (“TBA”) market. With TBA transactions, a commitment is made to either purchase or sell securities for a fixed price, without payment, and delivery at a scheduled future dated beyond the customary
38

settlement period for securities. In addition, with TBA transactions, the particular securities to be delivered or received are not identified at the trade date; however, securities delivered to a purchaser must meet specified criteria (such as yield, duration, and credit quality) and contain similar characteristics. TBA securities may be sold to hedge positions or to dispose of securities under delayed delivery arrangements.
Although the particular TBA securities must meet industry-accepted “good delivery” standards, there can be no assurance that a security purchased on a forward commitment basis will ultimately be issued or delivered by the counterparty. During the settlement period, the purchaser will still bear the risk of any decline in the value of the security to be delivered. Because these transactions do not require the purchase and sale of identical securities, the characteristics of the security delivered to the purchaser may be less favorable than the security delivered to the dealer. The purchaser of TBA securities generally is subject to increased market risk and interest rate risk because the delivered securities may be less favorable than anticipated by the purchaser. TBA securities have the effect of creating leverage.
Recently proposed FINRA rules include mandatory margin requirements for the TBA market with limited exceptions. TBAs historically have not been required to be collateralized. The collateralization of TBA trades is intended to mitigate counterparty credit risk between trade and settlement, but could increase the cost of TBA transactions and impose added operational complexity.
When-Issued Securities and Delayed Delivery Transactions: When-issued securities and delayed delivery transactions involve the purchase or sale of securities at a predetermined price or yield with payment and delivery taking place in the future after the customary settlement period for that type of security. Upon the purchase of the securities, liquid assets with an amount equal to or greater than the purchase price of the security will be set aside to cover the purchase of that security. The value of these securities is reflected in the net assets value as of the purchase date; however, no income accrues from the securities prior to their delivery.
There can be no assurance that a security purchased on a when-issued basis will be issued or that a security purchased or sold on a delayed delivery basis will be delivered. When a Fund engages in when-issued or delayed delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the trade. Failure of such party to do so may result in a Fund’s incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a price considered to be advantageous.
The purchase of securities in this type of transaction increases an overall investment exposure and involves a risk of loss if the value of the securities declines prior to settlement. If deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy, the securities may be disposed of or the transaction renegotiated after it has been entered into, and the securities sold before those securities are delivered on the settlement date.
OTHER RISKS
Cyber Security Issues: The Voya family of funds, and their service providers, may be prone to operational and information security risks resulting from cyber-attacks. Cyber-attacks include, among other behaviors, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized release of confidential information or various other forms of cyber security breaches. Cyber-attacks affecting a Fund or its service providers may adversely impact a Fund. For instance, cyber-attacks may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact a Fund’s ability to calculate its NAV, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential business information, impede trading, subject a Fund to regulatory fines or financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. A Fund may also incur additional costs for cyber security risk management purposes. Similar types of cyber security risks are also present for issuers of securities in which a Fund may invest, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers and may cause a Fund’s investment in such companies to lose value. In addition, substantial costs may be incurred in order to prevent any cyber-attacks in the future. While each Fund has established a business continuity plan in the event of, and risk management systems to prevent, such cyber-attacks, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified. Furthermore, a Fund cannot control the cyber security plans and systems put in place by service providers to a Fund, and such third party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Investment Adviser or a Fund, each of whom could be negatively impacted as a result. A Fund and its shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result. Similar types of operational and technology risks are also present for issuers of securities or other instruments in which a Fund invests, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers, and may cause a Fund's investments to lose value. In addition, cyber-attacks involving a Fund’s counterparty could affect such counterparty's ability to meet its obligations to a Fund, which may result in losses to a Fund and its shareholders. Furthermore, as a result of cyber-attacks, disruptions or failures, an exchange or market may close or issue trading halts on specific securities or the entire market, which may result in a Fund being, among other things, unable to buy or sell certain securities or unable to accurately price its investments.
Qualified Financial Contracts: A Fund’s investments may involve qualified financial contracts (“QFCs”). QFCs include, but are not limited to, securities contracts, commodities contracts, forward contracts, repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements and swaps agreements, as well as related master agreements, security agreements, credit enhancements, and reimbursement obligations. Under regulations adopted by federal banking regulators pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, certain QFCs with counterparties that are part of U.S. or foreign global systemically important banking organizations are required to include contractual restrictions on close-out and cross-default rights. If a covered counterparty of a Fund or certain of the covered counterparty's affiliates were to become subject to certain insolvency proceedings, a Fund may be temporarily, or in some cases permanently, unable to exercise certain default rights, and the QFC may be transferred to another entity. These requirements may impact a Fund’s credit and counterparty risks.
39

TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE STRATEGIES
When the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser to a Fund or an Underlying Fund anticipates unusual market, economic, political, or other conditions, the Fund or Underlying Fund may temporarily depart from its principal investment strategies as a defensive measure. In such circumstances, a Fund or Underlying Fund may invest in securities believed to present less risk, such as cash, cash equivalents, money market fund shares and other money market instruments, fixed-income instruments that are high quality or higher quality than normal, more liquid securities, or others. While a Fund or Underlying Fund invests defensively, it may not achieve its investment objective. A Fund's or Underlying Fund's defensive investment position may not be effective in protecting its value. It is impossible to predict accurately how long such alternative strategies may be utilized.
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
A change in securities held in a Fund’s portfolio is known as portfolio turnover and may involve the payment by a Fund of dealer mark-ups or brokerage or underwriting commissions and other transaction costs associated with the purchase or sale of securities.
Each Fund may sell a portfolio investment soon after its acquisition if the Investment Adviser or Sub-Adviser believes that such a disposition is consistent with the Fund’s investment objective. Portfolio investments may be sold for a variety of reasons, such as a more favorable investment opportunity or other circumstances bearing on the desirability of continuing to hold such investments. Portfolio turnover rate for a fiscal year is the percentage determined by dividing (i) the lesser of the cost of purchases or sales of portfolio securities by (ii) the monthly average of the value of portfolio securities owned by the Fund during the fiscal year. Securities with maturities at acquisition of one year or less are excluded from this calculation. A Fund cannot accurately predict its turnover rate; however, the rate will be higher when the Fund finds it necessary or desirable to significantly change its portfolio to adopt a temporary defensive position or respond to economic or market events.
A portfolio turnover rate of 100% or more is considered high, although the rate of portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor in making portfolio decisions. A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater brokerage commission expenses and transaction costs which are ultimately borne by a Fund’s shareholders. High portfolio turnover may result in the realization of substantial capital gains.
Each Fund’s historical turnover rates are included in the Financial Highlights table(s) in the Prospectus.
Each Fund invests in Underlying Funds which in turn invest directly in securities. However, each Fund may invest directly in securities.
To the extent each Fund invests in affiliated Underlying Funds, the discussion above relating to investment decisions made by the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser with respect to each Fund also includes investment decisions made by the Investment Adviser or a sub-adviser with respect to those Underlying Funds.
FUNDAMENTAL AND NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
Unless otherwise noted, whenever an investment policy or limitation states a maximum percentage of a Fund’s assets that may be invested in any security or other asset, or sets forth a policy regarding quality standards, such percentage limitation or standard will be determined immediately after and as a result of the Fund’s acquisition of such security or other asset, except in the case of borrowing (or other activities that may be deemed to result in the issuance of a “senior security” under the 1940 Act). Accordingly, any subsequent change in value, net assets or other circumstances will not be considered when determining whether the investment complies with a Fund’s investment policies and limitations.
Unless otherwise stated, if a Fund’s holdings of illiquid securities exceeds 15% of its net assets because of changes in the value of the Fund’s investments, the Fund will take action to reduce its holdings of illiquid securities within a time frame deemed to be in the best interest of the Fund.
Illiquid investment means any investment that a Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. Such securities include, but are not limited to, fixed time deposits and repurchase agreements with maturities longer than seven days. Securities that may be resold under Rule 144A, securities offered pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the 1933 Act, or securities otherwise subject to restrictions on resale under the 1933 Act (“Restricted Securities”) shall not be deemed illiquid solely by reason of being unregistered.
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
Each Fund has adopted the following investment restrictions as fundamental policies, which means they cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a “majority” of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. The term “majority” is defined in the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (i) 67% or more of the Fund’s voting securities present at a meeting of shareholders at which the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund are present in person or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities.
Voya Global Diversified Payment Fund
As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund may not:
40

1.
purchase securities of any issuer if, as a result, with respect to 75% of the Fund’s total assets, more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer or the Fund’s ownership would be more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer, provided that this restriction does not limit the Fund’s investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, or investments in securities of other registered management investment companies;
2.
purchase any securities which would cause 25% or more of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase to be invested in securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that: (i) there is no limitation with respect to obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, any state or territory of the United States, or tax exempt securities issued by any of their agencies, instrumentalities, or political subdivisions; and (ii) notwithstanding this limitation or any other fundamental investment limitation, assets may be invested in the securities of one or more registered management investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund;
3.
make loans, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations, interpretations thereunder, and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund;
4.
issue senior securities except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund;
5.
purchase or sell real estate, except that the Fund may: (i) acquire or lease office space for its own use; (ii) invest in securities of issuers that invest in real estate or interests therein; (iii) invest in mortgage-related securities and other securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein; or (iv) hold and sell real estate acquired by the Fund as a result of the ownership of securities;
6.
purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options and futures contracts, or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities). This limitation does not apply to foreign currency transactions including, without limitation, forward currency contracts;
7.
borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations, interpretations thereunder, and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund; or
8.
underwrite any issue of securities within the meaning of the 1933 Act except when it might technically be deemed to be an underwriter either: (i) in connection with the disposition of a portfolio security; or (ii) in connection with the purchase of securities directly from the issuer thereof in accordance with its investment objective. This restriction shall not limit the Fund’s ability to invest in securities issued by other registered management investment companies.
Voya Global Perspectives® Fund
As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund may not:
1.
purchase any securities which would cause 25% or more of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase to be invested in securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that: (i) there is no limitation with respect to obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, or tax exempt securities issued by any state or territory of the United States, or any of their agencies, instrumentalities, or political subdivisions; and (ii) notwithstanding this limitation or any other fundamental investment limitation, assets may be invested in the securities of one or more management investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund;
2.
purchase securities of any issuer if as a result, with respect to 75% of the Fund’s total assets, more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer or the Fund’s ownership would be more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer, provided that this restriction does not limit the Fund’s investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, or investments in securities of other investment companies;
3.
borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations, interpretations thereunder, and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund;
4.
make loans, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations, interpretations, and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund. For the purposes of this limitation, entering into repurchase agreements, lending securities, and acquiring debt securities are not deemed to be making of loans;
5.
underwrite any issue of securities within the meaning of the 1933 Act except when it might technically be deemed to be an underwriter either: (i) in connection with the disposition of a portfolio security; or (ii) in connection with the purchase of securities directly from the issuer thereof in accordance with its investment objective. This restriction shall not limit the Fund’s ability to invest in securities issued by other registered management investment companies.
6.
purchase or sell real estate, except that the Fund may: (i) acquire or lease office space for its own use; (ii) invest in securities of issuers that invest in real estate or interests therein; (iii) invest in mortgage-related securities and other securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein; or (iv) hold and sell real estate acquired by the Fund as a result of the ownership of securities;
41

7.
issue senior securities except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund; or
8.
purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options and futures contracts or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities). This limitation does not apply to foreign currency transactions, including, without limitation, forward currency contracts.
DISCLOSURE OF each Fund’s PORTFOLIO SECURITIES
Each Fund is required to file its complete portfolio holdings schedule with the SEC on a quarterly basis. This schedule is filed with each Fund’s annual and semi-annual shareholder reports on Form N-CSR for the second and fourth fiscal quarters and on Form NPORT-P for the first and third fiscal quarters. Each Fund’s NPORT-P is available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and may be obtained, free of charge, by contacting a Fund at the address and phone number on the cover of this SAI or by visiting our website at www.voyainvestments.com.
Each Fund posts its portfolio holdings schedule on Voya’s website on a monthly basis and makes it available on the 10th calendar day following the end of the previous calendar month, or as soon thereafter as practicable. The portfolio holdings schedule is as of the last day of the previous calendar month.
Each Fund may also post its complete or partial portfolio holdings on its website as of a specified date. Each Fund may also file information on portfolio holdings with the SEC or other regulatory authority as required by applicable law.
Investors (both individual and institutional), financial intermediaries that distribute each Fund’s shares, and most third parties may receive each Fund’s annual or semi-annual shareholder reports, or view them on Voya’s website, along with each Fund’s portfolio holdings schedule.
The Top Ten list is also provided in quarterly Fund descriptions that are included in the offering materials of variable life insurance products, variable annuity contracts and other retirement plans.
Other than in regulatory filings or on Voya’s website, each Fund may provide its complete portfolio holdings to certain unaffiliated third parties and affiliates when a Fund has a legitimate business purpose for doing so. Unless otherwise noted below, each Fund’s disclosure of its portfolio holdings will be on an as-needed basis, with no lag time between the date of which the information is requested and the date the information is provided. Specifically, a Fund’s disclosure of its portfolio holdings may include disclosure:
to a Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, named herein, for use in providing audit opinions, as well as to the independent registered public accounting firm of an entity affiliated with the Investment Adviser if the Fund is consolidated into the financial results of the affiliated entity;
to financial printers for the purpose of preparing Fund regulatory filings;
for the purpose of due diligence regarding a merger or acquisition involving a Fund;
to a new adviser or sub-adviser or a transition manager prior to the commencement of its management of a Fund;
to rating and ranking agencies such as Bloomberg L.P., Morningstar, Inc., Lipper Leaders Rating System, and S&P (such agencies may receive more raw data from a Fund than is posted on a Fund’s website);
to consultants for use in providing asset allocation advice in connection with investments by affiliated funds-of-funds in a Fund;
to service providers, on a daily basis, in connection with their providing services benefiting a Fund including, but not limited to, the provision of custodial and transfer agency services, the provision of analytics for securities lending oversight and reporting, compliance oversight, and proxy voting or class action service providers;
to a third party for purposes of effecting in-kind redemptions of securities to facilitate orderly redemption of portfolio assets and minimal impact on remaining Fund shareholders;
to certain wrap fee programs, on a weekly basis, on the first Business Day following the previous calendar week;
to a third party who acts as a “consultant” and supplies the consultant’s analysis of holdings (but not actual holdings) to the consultant’s clients (including sponsors of retirement plans or their consultants) or who provides regular analysis of Fund portfolios. The types, frequency and timing of disclosure to such parties vary depending upon information requested; or
to legal counsel to a Fund and the Trustees.
In all instances of such disclosure, the receiving party is subject to a duty or obligation of confidentiality, including a duty not to trade on such information.
In addition, the Sub-Adviser may provide portfolio holdings information to third-party service providers in connection with the Sub-Adviser carrying out its duties pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement in place between the Sub-Adviser and the Investment Adviser, provided however that the Sub-Adviser is responsible for such third-party’s confidential treatment of such data pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement. This portfolio holdings information may be provided on an as-needed basis, with no lag time between the date of which the information is requested and the date the information is provided. The Sub-Adviser is also obligated, pursuant to its fiduciary duty to the relevant Fund, to ensure that any third-party service provider has a duty not to trade on any portfolio holdings information it receives other than on behalf of a Fund until public disclosure by the Fund.
42

In addition to the situations discussed above, disclosure of a Fund's complete portfolio holdings on a more frequent basis to any unaffiliated third party or affiliates may be permitted if approved by the Chief Legal Officer of the Investment Adviser or the Chief Compliance Officer of the Funds (each an “Authorized Party”) pursuant to the Board's procedures. In each such case, the Authorized Party would determine whether the proposed disclosure of a Fund's complete portfolio holdings is for a legitimate business interest; whether such disclosure is in the best interest of Fund shareholders; whether such disclosure will create any conflicts between the interests of a Fund's shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Fund's Investment Adviser, Principal Underwriter or any affiliated person of a Fund, its Investment Adviser, or its Principal Underwriter, on the other; and the third party must execute an agreement setting forth its duty of confidentiality with regards to the portfolio holdings, including a duty not to trade on such information. An Authorized Party would report to the Board regarding the implementation of these procedures.
The Board has authorized the senior officers of the Investment Adviser or its affiliates to authorize the release of a Fund’s portfolio holdings, as necessary, in conformity with the foregoing principles and to monitor for compliance with these policies and procedures. The Investment Adviser or its affiliates report quarterly to the Board regarding the implementation of these policies and procedures.
43

MANAGEMENT OF the Trust
The business and affairs of the Trust are managed under the direction of the Trust’s Board according to the applicable laws of the State of Delaware.
The Board governs each Fund and is responsible for protecting the interests of shareholders. The Trustees are experienced executives who oversee each Fund’s activities, review contractual arrangements with companies that provide services to each Fund, and review each Fund’s performance.
Set forth in the table below is information about each Trustee of each Fund.
Name, Address and
Year of Birth
Position(s)
Held
with the Trust
Term of Office
and Length
of Time
Served1
Principal Occupation(s)
During the Past 5 Years
Number
of Funds
in the
Fund Complex
Overseen by
Trustees2
Other Board
Positions Held
by Trustees
Independent Trustees
Colleen D. Baldwin

(1960)

7337 East
Doubletree Ranch
Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258-2034
Chairperson
Trustee
January 2020 –
Present
November 2007 –
Present
President, Glantuam Partners,
LLC, a business consulting firm
(January 2009 – Present).
138
RSR Partners, Inc. (2016 –
Present).
John V. Boyer

(1953)

7337 East
Doubletree Ranch
Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258-2034
Trustee
January 2005 –
Present
Retired. Formerly, President and
Chief Executive Officer, Bechtler
Arts Foundation, an arts and
education foundation (January
2008 – December 2019).
138
None.
Patricia W. Chadwick

(1948)

7337 East
Doubletree Ranch
Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258-2034
Trustee
January 2006 –
Present
Consultant and President,
Ravengate Partners LLC, a
consulting firm that provides
advice regarding financial
markets and the global economy
(January 2000 – Present).
138
The Royce Funds (22 funds)
(December 2009 – Present); and
AMICA Mutual Insurance
Company (1992 – Present).
Martin J. Gavin

(1950)

7337 East
Doubletree Ranch
Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258-2034
Trustee
August 2015 –
Present
Retired.
138
None.
44

Name, Address and
Year of Birth
Position(s)
Held
with the Trust
Term of Office
and Length
of Time
Served1
Principal Occupation(s)
During the Past 5 Years
Number
of Funds
in the
Fund Complex
Overseen by
Trustees2
Other Board
Positions Held
by Trustees
Joseph E. Obermeyer

(1957)

7337 East
Doubletree Ranch
Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258-2034
Trustee
May 2013 – Present
President, Obermeyer &
Associates, Inc., a provider of
financial and economic
consulting services (November
1999 – Present).
138
None.
Sheryl K. Pressler

(1950)

7337 East
Doubletree Ranch
Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258-2034
Trustee
January 2006 –
Present
Consultant (May 2001 –
Present).
138
Centerra Gold Inc. (May 2008 –
Present).
Christopher P.
Sullivan

(1954)

7337 East
Doubletree Ranch
Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258-2034
Trustee
October 2015 –
Present
Retired.
138
None.
1
Trustees serve until their successors are duly elected and qualified. The tenure of each Trustee who is not an “interested person” as defined in the 1940 Act, of each Fund (as defined below, “Independent Trustee”) is subject to the Board’s retirement policy, which states that each duly elected or appointed Independent Trustee shall retire from and cease to be a member of the Board of Trustees at the close of business on December 31 of the calendar year in which the Independent Trustee attains the age of 75. A majority vote of the Board’s other Independent Trustees may extend the retirement date of an Independent Trustee if the retirement would trigger a requirement to hold a meeting of shareholders of the Trust under applicable law, whether for the purposes of appointing a successor to the Independent Trustee or otherwise complying under applicable law, in which case the extension would apply until such time as the shareholder meeting can be held or is no longer required (as determined by a vote of a majority of the other Independent Trustees).
2
For the purposes of this table, “Fund Complex” includes the following investment companies: Voya Asia Pacific High Dividend Equity Income Fund; Voya Balanced Portfolio, Inc.; Voya Credit Income Fund; Voya Emerging Markets High Dividend Equity Fund; Voya Equity Trust; Voya Funds Trust; Voya Global Advantage and Premium Opportunity Fund; Voya Global Equity Dividend and Premium Opportunity Fund; Voya Government Money Market Portfolio; Voya Infrastructure, Industrials and Materials Fund; Voya Intermediate Bond Portfolio; Voya Investors Trust; Voya Mutual Funds; Voya Partners, Inc.; Voya Separate Portfolios Trust; Voya Strategic Allocation Portfolios, Inc.; Voya Variable Funds; Voya Variable Insurance Trust; Voya Variable Portfolios, Inc.; and Voya Variable Products Trust. The number of funds in the Fund Complex is as of January 31, 2023.
Information Regarding Officers of the Trust
Set forth in the table below is information for each Officer of the Trust.
45

Name, Address and Year of
Birth
Position(s) Held with
the Trust
Term of Office and Length
of Time Served1
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Andy Simonoff

(1973)

5780 Powers Ferry Rd. NW
Atlanta, GA 30327
President and Chief
Executive Officer
January 2023 – Present
Director, President, and Chief Executive Officer, Voya Funds Services, LLC, Voya Capital,
LLC, and Voya Investments, LLC (January 2023 – Present); Managing Director, Chief
Strategy and Transformation Officer, Voya Investment Management (January 2020 –
Present). Formerly, Managing Director, Head of Business Management, Voya Investment
Management (March 2019 – January 2020); Managing Director, Head of Business
Management, Fixed Income, Voya Investment Management (November 2015 – March
2019).
Jonathan Nash

(1967)

230 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10169
Executive Vice
President
Chief Investment
Risk Officer
March 2020 – Present
Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Risk Officer, Voya Investments, LLC (March
2020 – Present); Senior Vice President, Investment Risk Management, Voya Investment
Management (March 2017 – Present). Formerly, Vice President, Voya Investments, LLC
(September 2018 – March 2020); Consultant, DA Capital LLC (January 2016 – March
2017).
James M. Fink

(1958)

5780 Powers Ferry Rd. NW
Atlanta, GA 30327
Executive Vice
President
March 2018 – Present
Senior Vice President, Voya Investments Distributor, LLC (April 2018 – Present); Managing
Director, Voya Investments, LLC, Voya Capital, LLC, and Voya Funds Services, LLC (March
2018 – Present); Chief Administrative Officer, Voya Investment Management (September
2017 – Present). Formerly, Managing Director, Operations, Voya Investment Management
(March 1999 – September 2017).
Steven Hartstein

(1963)

230 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10169
Chief Compliance
Officer
December 2022 – Present
Senior Vice President, Voya Investment Management (December 2022 – Present).
Formerly, Head of Funds Compliance, Brighthouse Financial, Inc.; and Chief Compliance
Officer, Brighthouse Funds and Brighthouse Investment Advisers, LLC (March 2017 –
December 2022).
Todd Modic

(1967)

7337 East Doubletree
Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258-2034
Senior Vice
President,
Chief/Principal
Financial Officer and
Assistant Secretary
March 2005 – Present
Director and Senior Vice President, Voya Capital, LLC and Voya Funds Services, LLC
(September 2022 – Present); Director, Voya Investments, LLC (September 2022 –
Present); Senior Vice President, Voya Investments, LLC (April 2005 – Present). Formerly,
President, Voya Funds Services, LLC (March 2018 – September 2022).
Kimberly A. Anderson

(1964)

7337 East Doubletree
Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258-2034
Senior Vice
President
November 2003 – Present
Senior Vice President, Voya Investments, LLC (September 2003 – Present).
Sara M. Donaldson

(1959)

7337 East Doubletree
Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258-2034
Senior Vice
President
September 2014 – Present
Senior Vice President, Voya Investments, LLC (February 2022 – Present); Senior Vice
President, Head of Active Ownership, Voya Investment Management (September 2021 –
Present). Formerly, Vice President, Voya Investments, LLC (October 2015 – February
2022); Vice President, Head of Proxy Voting, Voya Investment Management (October 2015
– August 2021).
Andrew K. Schlueter

(1976)

7337 East Doubletree
Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258-2034
Senior Vice
President
March 2018 – Present
Senior Vice President, Head of Mutual Fund Operations, Voya Investment Management
(March 2022 – Present); Vice President, Voya Investments Distributor, LLC (April 2018 –
Present); Vice President, Voya Investments, LLC and Voya Funds Services, LLC (March
2018 – Present). Formerly, Vice President, Head of Mutual Fund Operations, Voya
Investment Management (February 2018 – February 2022); Vice President, Voya
Investment Management (March 2014 – February 2018).
46

Name, Address and Year of
Birth
Position(s) Held with
the Trust
Term of Office and Length
of Time Served1
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Robert Terris

(1970)

5780 Powers Ferry Rd. NW
Atlanta, GA 30327
Senior Vice
President
May 2006 – Present
Senior Vice President, Voya Investments Distributor, LLC (April 2018 – Present); Senior
Vice President, Head of Investment Services, Voya Investments, LLC (April 2018 –
Present); Senior Vice President, Head of Investment Services, Voya Funds Services, LLC
(March 2006 – Present). Formerly, Senior Vice President, Head of Division Operations,
Voya Investments, LLC (October 2015 – April 2018).
Joanne F. Osberg

(1982)

7337 East Doubletree
Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258-2034
Vice President
Secretary
September 2020 – Present
September 2020 – Present
Vice President and Senior Counsel, Voya Investment Management – Mutual Fund Legal
Department (September 2020 – Present). Formerly, Vice President and Counsel, Voya
Investment Management – Mutual Fund Legal Department (January 2013 – September
2020).
Fred Bedoya

(1973)

7337 East Doubletree
Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258-2034
Vice President,
Principal Accounting
Officer and Treasurer
September 2012 – Present
Vice President, Voya Investments, LLC (October 2015 – Present); Vice President,
Voya Funds Services, LLC (July 2012 – Present).
Robyn L. Ichilov

(1967)

7337 East Doubletree
Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258-2034
Vice President
May 1999 – Present
Vice President Voya Investments, LLC (August 1997 – Present); and Vice President,
Voya Funds Services, LLC (November 1995 – Present).
Jason Kadavy

(1976)

7337 East Doubletree
Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258-2034
Vice President
September 2012 – Present
Vice President, Voya Investments, LLC (October 2015 – Present); Vice President,
Voya Funds Services, LLC (July 2007 – Present).
Erica McKenna

(1972)

7337 East Doubletree
Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258-2034
Vice President
June 2022 – Present
Vice President, Head of Mutual Fund Compliance and Chief Compliance Officer, Voya
Investments, LLC (May 2022 – Present). Formerly, Vice President, Fund Compliance
Manager, Voya Investments, LLC (March 2021 – May 2022); Assistant Vice President,
Fund Compliance Manager, Voya Investments, LLC (December 2016 – March 2021).
Craig Wheeler

(1969)

7337 East Doubletree
Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258-2034
Vice President
May 2013 – Present
Vice President – Director of Tax, Voya Investments, LLC (October 2015 – Present).
47

Name, Address and Year of
Birth
Position(s) Held with
the Trust
Term of Office and Length
of Time Served1
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Nicholas C.D. Ward

(1993)

7337 East Doubletree
Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258-2034
Assistant Vice
President and
Assistant Secretary
June 2022 – Present
Counsel, Voya Investment Management – Mutual Fund Legal Department (November 2021
– Present). Formerly, Associate, Dechert LLP (October 2018 – November 2021).
Gizachew Wubishet

(1976)

7337 East Doubletree
Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258-2034
Assistant Vice
President and
Assistant Secretary
June 2022 – Present
Assistant Vice President and Counsel, Voya Investment Management – Mutual Fund Legal
Department (May 2019 – Present). Formerly, Attorney, Ropes & Gray LLP (October 2011 –
April 2019).
Monia Piacenti

(1976)

One Orange Way
Windsor, CT 06095
Anti-Money
Laundering Officer
June 2018 – Present
Compliance Consultant, Voya Financial, Inc. (January 2019 – Present); Anti-Money
Laundering Officer, Voya Investments Distributor, LLC, Voya Investment Management, and
Voya Investment Management Trust Co. (June 2018 – Present). Formerly, Senior
Compliance Officer, Voya Investment Management (December 2009 – December 2018).
1
The Officers hold office until the next annual meeting of the Board of Trustees and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified.
48

The Board of Trustees
The Trust and each Fund are governed by the Board, which oversees the Trust’s business and affairs. The Board delegates the day-to-day management of the Trust and each Fund to the Trust’s Officers and to various service providers that have been contractually retained to provide such day-to-day services. The Voya entities that render services to the Trust and each Fund do so pursuant to contracts that have been approved by the Board. The Trustees are experienced executives who, among other duties, oversee the Trust’s activities, review contractual arrangements with companies that provide services to each Fund, and review each Fund’s investment performance.
The Board Leadership Structure and Related Matters
The Board is comprised of seven (7) members, all of whom are independent or disinterested persons, which means that they are not “interested persons” of each Fund as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act (the “Independent Trustees”).
The Trust is one of 20 registered investment companies (with a total of approximately 138 separate series) in the Voya family of funds and all of the Trustees serve as members of, as applicable, each investment company’s Board of Directors or Board of Trustees. The Board employs substantially the same leadership structure with respect to each of these investment companies.
One of the Independent Trustees, currently Colleen D. Baldwin, serves as the Chairperson of the Board of the Trust. The responsibilities of the Chairperson of the Board include: coordinating with management in the preparation of agendas for Board meetings; presiding at Board meetings; between Board meetings, serving as a primary liaison with other Trustees, officers of the Trust, management personnel, and legal counsel to the Independent Trustees; and such other duties as the Board periodically may determine. Ms. Baldwin does not hold a position with any firm that is a sponsor of the Trust. The designation of an individual as the Chairperson does not impose on such Independent Trustee any duties, obligations or liabilities greater than the duties, obligations or liabilities imposed on such person as a member of the Board, generally.
The Board performs many of its oversight and other activities through the committee structure described below in the “Board Committees” section. Each Committee operates pursuant to a written charter approved by the Board. The Board currently conducts regular meetings eight (8) times a year. Seven (7) of these regular meetings consist of sessions held over a two- or three-day period, and one (1) of these meetings consists of a one-day session. In addition, during the course of a year, the Board and many of its Committees typically hold special meetings by telephone or in person to discuss specific matters that require action prior to the next regular meeting. The Independent Trustees have engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities.
The Board believes that its committee structure is an effective means of empowering the Trustees to perform their fiduciary and other duties. For example, the Board’s committee structure facilitates, as appropriate, the ability of individual Board members to receive detailed presentations on topics under their review and to develop increased familiarity with respect to such topics and with key personnel at relevant service providers. At least annually, with guidance from its Nominating and Governance Committee, the Board analyzes whether there are potential means to enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of the Board’s operations.
Board Committees
Audit Committee. The Board has established an Audit Committee whose functions include, among other things: (i) meeting with the independent registered public accounting firm of the Trust to review the scope of the Trust’s audit, the Trust’s financial statements and accounting controls; (ii) meeting with management concerning these matters, internal audit activities, reports under the Trust’s whistleblower procedures, the services rendered by various service providers, and other matters; and (iii) overseeing the implementation of the Voya funds’ valuation procedures and the fair value determinations made with respect to securities held by the Voya funds for which market value quotations are not readily available. The Audit Committee currently consists of three (3) Independent Trustees. The following Trustees currently serve as members of the Audit Committee: Ms. Baldwin and Messrs. Gavin and Obermeyer. Mr. Gavin currently serves as the Chairperson of the Audit Committee. All Committee members have been designated as Audit Committee Financial Experts under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Audit Committee typically meets five (5) times per year, and may hold special meetings by telephone or in person to discuss specific matters that may require action prior to the next regular meeting. The Audit Committee held five (5) meetings during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2022.
Compliance Committee. The Board has established a Compliance Committee for the purpose of, among other things: (i) providing oversight with respect to compliance by the funds in the Voya family of funds and their service providers with applicable laws, regulations, and internal policies and procedures affecting the operations of the funds; (ii) receiving reports of evidence of possible material violations of applicable U.S. federal or state securities laws and breaches of fiduciary duty arising under U.S. federal or state laws; (iii) coordinating activities between the Board and the Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) of the funds; (iv) facilitating information flow among Board members and the CCO between Board meetings; (v) working with the CCO and management to identify the types of reports to be submitted by the CCO to the Compliance Committee and the Board; (vi) making recommendations regarding the role, performance, compensation, and oversight of the CCO; (vii) overseeing the cybersecurity practices of the funds and their key service providers; (viii) overseeing management’s administration of proxy voting; (ix) overseeing the effectiveness of brokerage usage by the Trust’s advisers or sub-advisers, as applicable, and compliance with regulations regarding the allocation of brokerage for services; and (x) overseeing the implementation of the funds’ liquidity risk management program.
The Compliance Committee currently consists of four (4) Independent Trustees: Mses. Chadwick and Pressler and Messrs. Boyer and Sullivan. Mr. Boyer currently serves as the Chairperson of the Compliance Committee. The Compliance Committee typically meets four (4) times per year, and may hold special meetings by telephone or in person to discuss specific matters that may require action prior to the next regular meeting. The Compliance Committee held seven (7) meetings during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2022.
49

Contracts Committee. The Board has established a Contracts Committee for the purpose of overseeing the annual renewal process relating to investment advisory and sub-advisory agreements, distribution agreements, and Rule 12b-1 Plans and, at the discretion of the Board, other service agreements or plans involving the Voya funds (including each Fund). The responsibilities of the Contracts Committee include, among other things: (i) identifying the scope and format of information to be provided by service providers in connection with applicable contract approvals or renewals; (ii) providing guidance to independent legal counsel regarding specific information requests to be made by such counsel on behalf of the Trustees; (iii) evaluating regulatory and other developments that might have an impact on applicable approval and renewal processes; (iv) reporting to the Trustees its recommendations and decisions regarding the foregoing matters; (v) assisting in the preparation of a written record of the factors considered by Trustees relating to the approval and renewal of advisory and sub-advisory agreements; (vi) recommending to the Board specific steps to be taken by it regarding the contracts approval and renewal process, including, for example, proposed schedules of certain actions to be taken; and (vii) otherwise providing assistance in connection with Board decisions to renew, reject, or modify agreements or plans.
The Contracts Committee currently consists of all seven (7) of the Independent Trustees of the Board. Ms. Pressler currently serves as the Chairperson of the Contracts Committee. The Contracts Committee typically meets five (5) times per year and may hold special meetings by telephone or in person to discuss specific matters that may require action prior to the next regular meeting. The Contracts Committee held five (5) meetings during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2022.
Investment Review Committees. The Board has established, for all of the funds under its direction, the following two Investment Review Committees (each an “IRC” and together the “IRCs”): (i) the Investment Review Committee E (“IRC E”); and (ii) the Investment Review Committee F (“IRC F”). The funds are allocated among IRCs periodically by the Board as the Board deems appropriate to balance the workloads of the IRCs and to have similar types of funds or funds with the same investment sub-adviser or the same portfolio management team assigned to the same IRC. Each IRC performs the following functions, among other things: (i) monitoring the investment performance of the funds in the Voya family of funds that are assigned to that Committee; (ii) making recommendations to the Board with respect to investment management activities performed by the investment advisers and/or sub-advisers on behalf of such Voya funds, and reviewing and making recommendations regarding proposals by management to retain new or additional sub-advisers for these Voya funds; and (iii) making recommendations to the Board regarding the role, performance, compensation, and oversight of the Chief Investment Risk Officer. Each Fund is monitored by the IRCs, as indicated below. Each committee is described below.
Fund
IRC E
IRC F
Voya Global Diversified Payment Fund
 
X
Voya Global Perspectives® Fund
X
 
The IRC E currently consists of three (3) Independent Trustees. The following Trustees serve as members of the IRC E: Ms. Chadwick and Messrs. Boyer and Obermeyer. Ms. Chadwick currently serves as the Chairperson of the IRC E. The IRC E typically meets five (5) times per year and on an as-needed basis. The IRC E held five (5) meetings during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2022.
The IRC F currently consists of four (4) Independent Trustees. The following Trustees serve as members of the IRC F: Mses. Baldwin and Pressler and Messrs. Gavin and Sullivan. Mr. Sullivan currently serves as the Chairperson of the IRC F. The IRC F typically meets five (5) times per year and on an as-needed basis. The IRC F held five (5) meetings during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2022.
Nominating and Governance Committee. The Board has established a Nominating and Governance Committee for the purpose of, among other things: (i) identifying and recommending to the Board candidates it proposes for nomination to fill Independent Trustee vacancies on the Board; (ii) reviewing workload and capabilities of Independent Trustees and recommending changes to the size or composition of the Board, as necessary; (iii) monitoring regulatory developments and recommending modifications to the Committee’s responsibilities; (iv) considering and, if appropriate, recommending the creation of additional committees or changes to Trustee policies and procedures based on rule changes and “best practices” in corporate governance; (v) conducting an annual review of the membership and chairpersons of all Board committees and of practices relating to such membership and chairpersons; (vi) undertaking a periodic study of compensation paid to independent board members of investment companies and making recommendations for any compensation changes for the Independent Trustees; (vii) overseeing the Board’s annual self-evaluation process; (viii) developing (with assistance from management) an annual meeting calendar for the Board and its committees; (ix) overseeing actions to facilitate attendance by Independent Trustees at relevant educational seminars and similar programs; and (x) overseeing insurance arrangements for the funds.
In evaluating potential candidates to fill Independent Trustee vacancies on the Board, the Nominating and Governance Committee will consider a variety of factors. Specific qualifications of candidates for Board membership will be based on the needs of the Board at the time of nomination. The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider nominations received from shareholders and shall assess shareholder nominees in the same manner as it reviews nominees that it identifies as potential candidates. A shareholder nominee for Trustee should be submitted in writing to the Trust’s Secretary at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258-2034. Any such shareholder nomination should include at least the following information as to each individual proposed for nomination as Trustee: such person’s written consent to be named in a proxy statement as a nominee (if nominated) and to serve as a Trustee (if elected), and all information relating to such individual that is required to be disclosed in the solicitation of proxies for election of Trustees, or is otherwise required, in each case under applicable federal securities laws, rules, and regulations, including such information as the Board may reasonably deem necessary to satisfy its oversight and due diligence duties.
50

The Secretary shall submit all nominations received in a timely manner to the Nominating and Governance Committee. To be timely in connection with a shareholder meeting to elect Trustees, any such submission must be delivered to the Trust’s Secretary not earlier than the 90th day prior to such meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day prior to such meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the meeting is first made, by either the disclosure in a press release or in a document publicly filed by the Trust with the SEC.
The Nominating and Governance Committee currently consists of all seven (7) of the Independent Trustees of the Board. Mr. Obermeyer currently serves as the Chairperson of the Nominating and Governance Committee. The Nominating and Governance Committee conducts meetings as needed or appropriate.The Nominating and Governance Committee held three (3) meetings during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2022.
The Board’s Risk Oversight Role
The day-to-day management of various risks relating to the administration and operation of the Trust is the responsibility of management and other service providers retained by the Board or by management, most of whom employ professional personnel who have risk management responsibilities. The Board oversees this risk management function consistent with and as part of its oversight duties. The Board performs this risk management oversight function directly and, with respect to various matters, through its committees. The following description provides an overview of many, but not all, aspects of the Board’s oversight of risk management for each Fund. In this connection, the Board has been advised that it is not practicable to identify all of the risks that may impact each Fund or to develop procedures or controls that are designed to eliminate all such risk exposures, and that applicable securities law regulations do not contemplate that all such risks be identified and addressed.
The Board, working with management personnel and other service providers, has endeavored to identify the primary risks that confront each Fund. In general, these risks include, among others: (i) investment risks; (ii) credit risks; (iii) liquidity risks; (iv) valuation risks; (v) operational risks; (vi) reputational risks; (vii) regulatory risks; (viii) risks related to potential legislative changes; (ix) the risk of conflicts of interest affecting Voya affiliates in managing each Fund; and (x) cybersecurity risks. The Board has adopted and periodically reviews various policies and procedures that are designed to address these and other risks confronting each Fund. In addition, many service providers to each Fund have adopted their own policies, procedures, and controls designed to address particular risks to each Fund. The Board and persons retained to render advice and service to the Board periodically review and/or monitor changes to, and developments relating to, the effectiveness of these policies and procedures.
The Board oversees risk management activities in part through receipt and review by the Board or its committees of regular and special reports, presentations and other information from Officers of the Trust, including the CCOs for the Trust and the Investment Adviser and the Trust’s Chief Investment Risk Officer (“CIRO”), and from other service providers. For example, management personnel and the other persons make regular reports and presentations to: (i) the Compliance Committee regarding compliance with regulatory requirements and oversight of cybersecurity practices by each Fund and key service providers; (ii) the IRCs regarding investment activities and strategies that may pose particular risks; (iii) the Audit Committee with respect to financial reporting controls and internal audit activities; (iv) the Nominating and Governance Committee regarding corporate governance and best practice developments; and (v) the Contracts Committee regarding regulatory and related developments that might impact the retention of service providers to the Trust. The CIRO oversees an Investment Risk Department (“IRD”) that provides an additional source of analysis and research for Board members in connection with their oversight of the investment process and performance of portfolio managers. Among its other duties, the IRD seeks to identify and, where practicable, measure the investment risks being taken by each Fund’s portfolio managers. Although the IRD works closely with management of the Trust in performing its duties, the CIRO is directly accountable to, and maintains an ongoing dialogue with, the Independent Trustees.
Qualifications of the Trustees
The Board believes that each of its Trustees is qualified to serve as a Trustee of the Trust based on its review of the experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills of each Trustee. The Board bases this conclusion on its consideration of various criteria, no one of which is controlling. Among others, the Board has considered the following factors with respect to each Trustee: strong character and high integrity; an ability to review, evaluate, analyze, and discuss information provided; the ability to exercise effective business judgment in protecting shareholder interests while taking into account different points of views; a background in financial, investment, accounting, business, regulatory, or other skills that would be relevant to the performance of a Trustee's duties; the ability and willingness to commit the time necessary to perform his or her duties; and the ability to work in a collegial manner with other Board members. Each Trustee's ability to perform his or her duties effectively is evidenced by his or her: experience in the investment management business; related consulting experience; other professional experience; experience serving on the boards of directors/trustees of other public companies; educational background and professional training; prior experience serving on the Board, as well as the boards of other investment companies in the Voya family of funds and/or of other investment companies; and experience as attendees or participants in conferences and seminars that are focused on investment company matters and/or duties that are specific to board members of registered investment companies.
Information indicating certain of the specific experience and qualifications of each Trustee relevant to the Board’s belief that the Trustee should serve in this capacity is provided in the table above that provides information about each Trustee. That table includes, for each Trustee, positions held with the Trust, the length of such service, principal occupations during the past five (5) years, the number of series within the Voya family of funds for which the Trustee serves as a Board member, and certain directorships held during the past five (5) years. Set forth below are certain additional specific experiences, qualifications, attributes, or skills that the Board believes support a conclusion that each Trustee should serve as a Board member in light of the Trust’s business and structure.
Independent Trustees
51

Colleen D. Baldwin has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the Voya family of funds since 2007. She also has served as the Chairperson of the Trust’s Board of Trustees since January 1, 2020 and, prior to that, as the Chairperson of the Trust’s IRC E from 2014 through 2019. Prior to that, she served as the Chairperson of the Trust’s Nominating and Governance Committee from 2009 through 2014. Ms. Baldwin has been an Advisory Board member of RSR Partners, Inc. since 2016 and President of Glantuam Partners, LLC, a business consulting firm, since 2009. Prior to that, she served in senior positions at the following financial services firms: Chief Operating Officer for Ivy Asset Management, Inc. (2002-2004), a hedge fund manager; Chief Operating Officer and Head of Global Business and Product Development for AIG Global Investment Group (1995-2002), a global investment management firm; Senior Vice President at Bankers Trust Company (1994-1995); and Senior Managing Director at J.P. Morgan & Company (1987-1994). Ms. Baldwin began her career in 1981 at AT&T/Bell Labs as a systems analyst. Ms. Baldwin holds a B.S. from Fordham University and an M.B.A. from Pace University.
John V. Boyer has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the Voya family of funds since 1997. He also has served as the Chairperson of the Trust’s Compliance Committee since January 1, 2020 and, prior to that, as the Chairperson of the Trust’s Board of Trustees from 2014 through 2019. Prior to that, he served as the Chairperson of the Trust’s IRC F since 2006 and as the Chairperson of the Compliance Committee for other funds in the Voya family of funds. Mr. Boyer was the President and CEO of the Bechtler Arts Foundation from 2008 until 2019 for which, among his other duties, Mr. Boyer oversaw all fiduciary aspects of the Foundation and assisted in the oversight of the Foundation’s endowment fund. Previously, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Franklin and Eleanor Roosevelt Institute (2006-2007) and as Executive Director of The Mark Twain House & Museum (1989-2006) where he was responsible for overseeing business operations, including endowment funds. He also served as a board member of certain predecessor mutual funds of the Voya family of funds (1997-2005). Mr. Boyer holds a B.A. from the University of California, Santa Barbara and an M.F.A. from Princeton University.
Patricia W. Chadwick has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the Voya family of funds since 2006. She also has served as the Chairperson of the Trust’s IRC E since January 1, 2020 and, prior to that, as the Chairperson of the Trust’s former Joint IRC from 2018 through 2019. Prior to that, she served as the Chairperson of the Trust’s IRC F since January 23, 2014. Since 2000, Ms. Chadwick has been the Founder and President of Ravengate Partners LLC, a consulting firm that provides advice regarding financial markets and the global economy. She also is a director of The Royce Funds (since 2009) and AMICA Mutual Insurance Company (since 1992). Previously, she served in senior roles at several major financial services firms where her duties included the management of corporate pension funds, endowments, and foundations, as well as management responsibilities for an asset management business. Ms. Chadwick holds a B.A. from Boston University and is a Chartered Financial Analyst.
Martin J. Gavin has been a Trustee of the Trust since August 1, 2015. He also has served as the Chairperson of the Trust’s Audit Committee since January 1, 2018. Mr. Gavin previously served as a Trustee of the Trust from May 21, 2013 until September 12, 2013, and as a board member of other investment companies in the Voya family of funds from 2009 until 2010 and from 2011 until September 12, 2013.Mr. Gavin was the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Connecticut Children’s Medical Center from 2006 to 2015. Prior to his position at Connecticut Children’s Medical Center, Mr. Gavin worked in the insurance and investment industries for more than 27 years. Mr. Gavin served in several senior executive positions with The Phoenix Companies during a 16 year period, including as President of Phoenix Trust Operations, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Phoenix Duff & Phelps, a publicly-traded investment management company, and Senior Vice President of Investment Operations at Phoenix Home Life. Mr. Gavin holds a B.A. from the University of Connecticut.
Joseph E. Obermeyer has been a Trustee of the Trust since May 21, 2013, and a board member of other investment companies in the Voya family of funds since 2003. He also has served as the Chairperson of the Trust’s Nominating and Governance Committee since January 1, 2018 and, prior to that, as the Chairperson of the Trust’s former Joint IRC from 2014 through 2017. Mr. Obermeyer is the founder and President of Obermeyer & Associates, Inc., a provider of financial and economic consulting services since 1999. Prior to founding Obermeyer & Associates, Mr. Obermeyer had more than 15 years of experience in accounting, including serving as a Senior Manager at Arthur Andersen LLP from 1995 until 1999. Previously, Mr. Obermeyer served as a Senior Manager at Coopers & Lybrand LLP from 1993 until 1995, as a Manager at Price Waterhouse from 1988 until 1993, Second Vice President from 1985 until 1988 at Smith Barney, and as a consultant with Arthur Andersen & Co. from 1984 until 1985. Mr. Obermeyer holds a B.A. in Business Administration from the University of Cincinnati, an M.B.A. from Indiana University, and post graduate certificates from the University of Tilburg and INSEAD.
Sheryl K. Pressler has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the Voya family of funds since 2006. She also has served as the Chairperson of the Trust’s Contracts Committee since 2007. Ms. Pressler has served on the Board of Centerra Gold since May 2008. Ms. Pressler has served as a consultant on financial matters since 2001. Previously, she held various senior positions involving financial services, including as Chief Executive Officer (2000-2001) of Lend Lease Real Estate Investments, Inc. (real estate investment management and mortgage servicing firm), Chief Investment Officer (1994-2000) of California Public Employees’ Retirement System (state pension fund), Director of Stillwater Mining Company (May 2002 – May 2013), and Director of Retirement Funds Management (1981-1994) of McDonnell Douglas Corporation (aircraft manufacturer). Ms. Pressler holds a B.A. from Webster University and an M.B.A. from Washington University.
Christopher P. Sullivan has been a Trustee of the Trust since October 1, 2015. He also has served as the Chairperson of the Trust’s IRC F since January 1, 2018. He retired from Fidelity Management & Research in October 2012, following three years as first the President of the Bond Group and then the Head of Institutional Fixed Income. Previously, Mr. Sullivan served as Managing Director and Co-Head of U.S. Fixed Income at Goldman Sachs Asset Management (2001-2009) and prior to that, Senior Vice President at PIMCO (1997-2001). He currently serves as a Director of Rimrock Funds (since 2013), a fixed-income hedge fund. He is also a Senior Advisor to Asset Grade
52

(since 2013), a private wealth management firm, and serves as a Trustee of the Overlook Foundation, a foundation that supports Overlook Hospital in Summit, New Jersey. In addition to his undergraduate degree from the University of Chicago, Mr. Sullivan holds an M.A. degree from the University of California at Los Angeles and is a Chartered Financial Analyst.
Trustee Ownership of Securities
In order to further align the interests of the Independent Trustees with shareholders, it is the policy of the Board for Independent Trustees to own, beneficially, shares of one or more funds in the Voya family of funds at all times (“Ownership Policy”). For this purpose, beneficial ownership of shares of a Voya fund includes, in addition to direct ownership of Voya fund shares, ownership of a variable contract whose proceeds are invested in a Voya fund within the Voya family of funds, as well as deferred compensation payments under the Board’s deferred compensation arrangements pursuant to which the future value of such payments is based on the notional value of designated funds within the Voya family of funds.
The Ownership Policy requires the initial value of investments in the Voya family of funds that are directly or indirectly owned by the Trustees to equal or exceed the annual retainer fee for Board services (excluding any annual retainers for service as chairpersons of the Board or its committees or as members of committees), as such retainer shall be adjusted from time to time.
The Ownership Policy provides that existing Trustees shall have a reasonable amount of time from the date of any recent or future increase in the minimum ownership requirements in order to satisfy the minimum share ownership requirements. In addition, the Ownership Policy provides that a new Trustee shall satisfy the minimum share ownership requirements within a reasonable amount of time of becoming a Trustee. For purposes of the Ownership Policy, a reasonable period of time will be deemed to be, as applicable, no more than three years after a Trustee has assumed that position with the Voya family of funds or no more than one year after an increase in the minimum share ownership requirement due to changes in annual Board retainer fees. A decline in value of any fund investments will not cause a Trustee to have to make any additional investments under this Policy.
Investment in mutual funds of the Voya family of funds by the Trustees pursuant to this Ownership Policy is subject to: (i) policies, applied by the mutual funds of the Voya family of funds to other similar investors, that are designed to prevent inappropriate market timing trading practices; and (ii) any provisions of the Code of Ethics for the Voya family of funds that otherwise apply to the Trustees.
Trustees' Fund Equity Ownership Positions
The following table sets forth information regarding each Trustee's beneficial ownership of equity securities of each Fund and the aggregate holdings of shares of equity securities of all the funds in the Voya family of funds for the calendar year ended December 31, 2022.
Fund
Dollar Range of Equity Securities in each Fund as of December 31, 2022
Colleen D. Baldwin
John V. Boyer
Patricia W. Chadwick
Martin J. Gavin
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
None
None
None
None
Voya Global Perspectives®
Fund
None
None
None
None
Aggregate Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in All
Registered Investment
Companies Overseen by
Trustee in the Voya family of
funds
Over $100,0001
Over $100,0001
Over $100,000
Over $100,0001
Fund
Dollar Range of Equity Securities in each Fund as of December 31, 2022
Joseph E. Obermeyer
Sheryl K. Pressler
Christopher P. Sullivan
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
None
None
None
Voya Global Perspectives®
Fund
None
None
None
Aggregate Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in All
Registered Investment
Companies Overseen by
Trustee in the Voya family of
funds
Over $100,0001
Over $100,0001
Over $100,000
1
Includes the value of shares in which a Trustee has an indirect interest through a deferred compensation plan and/or a 401(K) plan.
Independent Trustee Ownership of Securities of the Investment Adviser, Principal Underwriter, and their Affiliates
The following table sets forth information regarding each Independent Trustee's (and his/her immediate family members) share ownership, beneficially or of record, in securities of each Fund’s Investment Adviser or Principal Underwriter, and the ownership of securities in an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Investment Adviser or Principal Underwriter of each Fund (not including registered investment companies) as of December 31, 2022.
53

Name of Trustee
Name of Owners
and Relationship to
Trustee
Company
Title of Class
Value of Securities
Percentage of Class
Colleen D. Baldwin
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
John V. Boyer
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Patricia W. Chadwick
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Martin J. Gavin
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Joseph E. Obermeyer
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Sheryl K. Pressler
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Christopher P. Sullivan
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Trustee Compensation
Each Trustee is reimbursed for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with each meeting of the Board or any of its Committee meetings attended. Each Independent Trustee is compensated for his or her services, on a quarterly basis, according to a fee schedule adopted by the Board. The Board may from time to time designate other meetings as subject to compensation.
Effective January 1, 2023, each Fund pays each Trustee who is not an interested person of the Fund his or her pro rata share, as described below, of: (i) an annual retainer of $270,000; (ii) Ms. Baldwin, as the Chairperson of the Board, receives an additional annual retainer of $100,000; (iii) Mses. Chadwick and Pressler and Messrs. Boyer, Gavin, Obermeyer, and Sullivan, as the Chairpersons of Committees of the Board, each receives an additional annual retainer of $30,000, $65,000, $30,000, $30,000, $30,000 and $30,000, respectively; (iv) $10,000 per attendance at any of the regularly scheduled meetings (four (4) quarterly meetings, two (2) auxiliary meetings, and two (2) annual contract review meetings); and (v) out-of-pocket expenses. The Board at its discretion may from time to time designate other special meetings as subject to compensation in such amounts as the Board may reasonably determine on a case-by-case basis.
Prior to January 1, 2023, each Fund paid each Trustee who is not an interested person of the Fund his or her pro rata share, as described below, of: (i) an annual retainer of $250,000; (ii) Ms. Baldwin, as the Chairperson of the Board, received an additional annual retainer of $100,000; (iii) Mses. Chadwick and Pressler and Messrs. Boyer, Gavin, Obermeyer, and Sullivan, as the Chairpersons of Committees of the Board, each received an additional annual retainer of $30,000, $65,000, $30,000, $30,000, $30,000 and $30,000, respectively; (iv) $10,000 per attendance at any of the regularly scheduled meetings (four (4) quarterly meetings, two (2) auxiliary meetings, and two (2) annual contract review meetings); and (v) out-of-pocket expenses. The Board at its discretion may from time to time have designated other special meetings as subject to an attendance fee in the amount of $5,000 for in-person meetings and $2,500 for special telephonic meetings.
The pro rata share paid by each Fund is based on each Fund’s average net assets as a percentage of the average net assets of all the funds managed by the Investment Adviser or its affiliate for which the Trustees serve in common as Trustees.
Future Compensation Payment
Certain future payment arrangements apply to certain Trustees. More particularly, each non-interested Trustee who will have served as a non-interested Trustee for five or more years for one or more funds in the Voya family of funds is entitled to a future payment (“Future Payment”), if such Trustee:  (i) retires in accordance with the Board’s retirement policy; (ii) dies; or (iii) becomes disabled.  The Future Payment shall be made promptly to, as applicable, the Trustee or the Trustee’s estate, in an amount equal to two (2) times the annual compensation payable to such Trustee, as in effect at the time of his or her retirement, death or disability if the Trustee had served as Trustee for at least five years as of May 9, 2007, or in a lesser amount calculated based on the proportion of time served by such Trustee (as compared to five years) as of May 9, 2007.  The annual compensation determination shall be based upon the annual Board membership retainer fee in effect at the time of that Trustee’s retirement, death or disability (but not any separate annual retainer fees for chairpersons of committees and of the Board), provided that the annual compensation used for this purpose shall not exceed the annual retainer fees as of May 9, 2007.  This amount shall be paid by the Voya fund or Voya funds on whose Board the Trustee was serving at the time of his or her retirement, death, or disability.  Each applicable Trustee may elect to receive payment of his or her benefit in a lump sum or in three substantially equal payments.
Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information provided by each Fund’s Investment Adviser regarding compensation of Trustees by each Fund and other funds managed by the Investment Adviser and its affiliates for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2022. Officers of the Trust and Trustees who are interested persons of the Trust do not receive any compensation from the Trust or any other funds managed by the Investment Adviser or its affiliates.
Fund
Aggregate Compensation
Colleen D. Baldwin
John V. Boyer
Patricia W. Chadwick
Martin J. Gavin
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
$1,537.90
$1,287.58
$1,287.58
$1,287.58
Voya Global Perspectives®
Fund
$570.69
$477.69
$477.69
$477.69
54

Fund
Aggregate Compensation
Colleen D. Baldwin
John V. Boyer
Patricia W. Chadwick
Martin J. Gavin
Pension or Retirement
Benefits Accrued as Part of
Fund Expenses2
N/A
$0
$0
N/A
Estimated Annual Benefits
Upon Retirement3
N/A
$400,000.00
$113,333.00
N/A
Total Compensation from the
Fund and the Voya family of
funds Paid to Trustees
$430,000.00
$360,000.00
$360,000.00
$360,000.00
Fund
Aggregate Compensation
Joseph E. Obermeyer
Sheryl K. Pressler
Christopher P. Sullivan
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
$1,287.58
$1,412.74
$1,287.58
Voya Global Perspectives®
Fund
$477.69
$524.19
$477.69
Pension or Retirement
Benefits Accrued as Part of
Fund Expenses2
N/A
$0.00
N/A
Estimated Annual Benefits
Upon Retirement3
N/A
$113,333.00
N/A
Total Compensation from the
Fund and the Voya family of
funds Paid to Trustees
$360,000.001
$395,000.001
$360,000.00
1
During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2022, Mr. Obermeyer and Ms. Pressler deferred $36,000 and $70,000, respectively, of their compensation from the Voya family of funds.
2
Future Compensation Payment amounts are accrued pro rata to all Voya funds in the same year that the Trustee retires.
3
As discussed in the section entitled “Future Compensation Payment” above, this is not an annual benefit. Rather each applicable Trustee may elect to receive payment of his or her benefit in a lump sum or in three substantially equal payments. Future Compensation Payments included in this table represent the total payment allocated pro rata to all Voya funds.
CODE OF ETHICS
Each Fund, the Investment Adviser, the Sub-Adviser, and the Distributor have adopted a code of ethics (the “Code of Ethics”) pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act governing personal trading activities of all Trustees, Officers of the Trust and persons who, in connection with their regular functions, play a role in the recommendation of or obtain information pertaining to any purchase or sale of a security by each Fund. The Code of Ethics is intended to prohibit fraud against each Fund that may arise from the personal trading of securities that may be purchased or held by that Fund or of the Fund’s shares. The Code of Ethics prohibits short-term trading of each Fund’s shares by persons subject to the Code of Ethics. Personal trading is permitted by such persons subject to certain restrictions; however, such persons are generally required to pre-clear all security transactions with the Investment Adviser or its affiliates and to report all transactions on a regular basis.
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS AND CONTROL PERSONS
Control is defined by the 1940 Act as the beneficial ownership, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, of more than 25% of the voting securities of a company. A control person may have a significant impact on matters submitted to a shareholder vote.
The following may be deemed control persons of certain Funds:
Voya Institutional Trust Company, a Connecticut corporation, is an indirect subsidiary of Voya Financial, Inc.
Trustee and Officer Holdings
As of February 3, 2023, the Trustees and officers of the Trust as a group owned less than 1% of any class of each Fund’s outstanding shares.
Principal Shareholders
As of February 3, 2023, to the best knowledge of management, no person owned beneficially or of-record 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of a Fund or 5% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund addressed herein, except as set forth in the table below. The Trust has no knowledge as to whether all or any portion of shares owned of-record are also owned beneficially.
Name of Fund
Class
Name and Address
Percentage
of Class
Percentage
of Fund
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class A
National Financial Services LLC
For Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers
499 Washington Blvd Fl 5
Jersey City, NJ 07310-2010
12.20%
8.96%
55

Name of Fund
Class
Name and Address
Percentage
of Class
Percentage
of Fund
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class A
Pershing LLC
1 Pershing Plaza
Jersey City, NJ 07399-0001
6.97%
11.93%
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class A
Morgan Stanley
For Exclusive Benefit of its Customers
1 New York Plaza Fl 12
New York, NY 10004-1901
8.70%
15.55%
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class A
Wells Fargo Clearing SVCS LLC
2801 Markets Street
Saint Louis, MO 63103
7.59%
11.99%
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class A
RBC Capital Markets LLC
Mutual Fund Omnibus Processing
Attn: Mutual Fund OPS Manager
250 Nicollet Mall Suite 1400
Minneapolis, MN 55401-1931
5.25%
4.24%
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class A
Voya Institutional Trust Company
1 Orange Way
Windsor, CT 06095-4773
9.64%
5.62%
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class A
Raymond James
Omnibus for Mutual Funds House Account
Attn: Courtney Waller
880 Carillon Parkway
St. Petersburg, FL 33716
29.34%
20.85%
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class A
LPL Financial
Omnibus Custome Account
Attn Lindsay Otoole
4707 Executive Drive
San Diego, CA 92121
6.00%
6.32%
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class C
Pershing LLC
1 Pershing Plaza
Jersey City, NJ 07399-0001
13.23%
11.93%
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class C
Morgan Stanley
For Exclusive Benefit of its Customers
1 New York Plaza Fl 12
New York, NY 10004-1901
8.57%
15.55%
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class C
Wells Fargo Clearing SVCS LLC
2801 Market St.
Saint Louis, MO 63103
34.67%
11.99%
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class C
Raymond James
Omnibus for Mutual Funds House Account
Attn: Courtney Waller
880 Carillon Parkway
St. Petersburg, FL 33716
12.70%
20.85%
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class C
LPL Financial
Omnibus Customer Account
Attn: Lindsay O'Toole
4707 Executive Dr.
San Diego, CA 92121
11.30%
6.32%
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class I
National Financial Services LLC
FBO Our Customers
Attn: Mutual Funds Department 4th Fl.
499 Washington Blvd.
Jersey City, NJ 07310
5.61%
8.96%
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class I
UBS WM USA
SPEC CDY A/C EXL BEN Customers of UBSFSI
1000 Harbor Blvd
Weehawken, NJ 07086
10.63%
3.52%
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class I
Morgan Stanley
For Exclusive Benefit of its Customers
1 New York Plaza Fl 12
New York, NY 10004-1901
39.95%
15.55%
56

Name of Fund
Class
Name and Address
Percentage
of Class
Percentage
of Fund
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class I
Wells Fargo Clearing SVCS LLC
2801 Market St.
Saint Louis, MO 63103
13.30%
11.99%
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class I
Raymond James
Omnibus for Mutual Funds House Account
Attn: Courtney Waller
880 Carillon Parkway
St. Petersburg, FL 33716
11.18%
20.85%
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class I
LPL Financial
Omnibus Customer Account
Attn: Lindsay O'Toole
4707 Executive Drive
San Diego, CA 92121
5.90%
6.32%
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class R
UBS WM USA
SPEC CDY A/C EXL BEN Customers of UBSFSI
1000 Harbor Blvd
Weehawken, NJ 07086
40.42%
3.52%
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class R
Raymond James
Omnibus for Mutual Funds House Account
Attn: Courtney Waller
880 Carillon Parkway
St. Petersburg, FL 33716
59.58%
20.85%
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class R6
Charles Schwab & CO. Inc.
Special Custody Acct FBO Customers
Attn: Mutual Funds
101 Montgomery Street
San Francisco, CA 94104-4122
98.17%
1.84%
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class W
Pershing LLC
1 Pershing Plaza
Jersey City, NJ 07399-0001
74.25%
11.93%
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Class W
Charles Schwab & CO. Inc.
Special Custody Acct FBO Customers
Attn: Mutual Funds
211 Main Street
San Francisco, CA 94105
5.50%
1.84%
Voya Global Perspectives®
Fund
Class A
Voya Institutional Trust Company
1 Orange Way
Windsor, CT 06095-4773
89.48%
83.94%
Voya Global Perspectives®
Fund
Class C
Doering Equipment Co. Inc.
PO Box 31
135 Douglas Turnpike
Harrisville, RI 02830-1603
10.94%
0.21%
Voya Global Perspectives®
Fund
Class C
Pershing LLC
1 Pershing Plaza
Jersey City, NJ 07399-00001
35.56%
3.90%
Voya Global Perspectives®
Fund
Class C
American Enterprise Investment SVC
707 2nd Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55402-2405
14.97%
1.28%
Voya Global Perspectives®
Fund
Class C
LPL Financial
Omnibus Customer Account
Attn: Lindsay O'Toole
4707 Executive Dr.
San Diego, CA 92121
13.41%
3.97%
Voya Global Perspectives®
Fund
Class I
RBC Capital Markets LLC
Mutual Fund Omnibus Processing
Attn: Mutual Fund OPS Manager
250 Nicollet Mall Suite 1400
Minneapolis, MN 55401-1931
27.61%
0.98%
Voya Global Perspectives®
Fund
Class I
American Enterprise Investment SVC
707 2nd Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55402-2405
7.79%
1.28%
57

Name of Fund
Class
Name and Address
Percentage
of Class
Percentage
of Fund
Voya Global Perspectives®
Fund
Class I
LPL Financial
Omnibus Customer Account
Attn: Lindsay O'Toole
4707 Executive Dr.
San Diego, CA 92121
48.19%
3.97%
Voya Global Perspectives®
Fund
Class R
Voya Institutional Trust Company
1 Orange Way
Windsor, CT 06095-4773
99.97%
83.94%
Voya Global Perspectives®
Fund
Class W
Pershing LLC
1 Pershing Plaza
Jersey City, NJ 07399-00001
13.73%
3.90%
Voya Global Perspectives®
Fund
Class W
Voya Institutional Trust Company
1 Orange Way
Windsor, CT 06095-4773
69.28%
83.94%
Voya Global Perspectives®
Fund
Class W
LPL Financial
Omnibus Customer Account
Attn: Lindsay O'Toole
4707 Executive Dr.
San Diego, CA 92121
14.86%
3.97%
PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES
The Board has adopted proxy voting procedures and guidelines to govern the voting of proxies relating to each Fund’s portfolio securities. The procedures and guidelines provide that, under most circumstances, each Fund will “echo” vote its interest in Underlying Funds. This means that, if a Fund must vote on a proposal with respect to an Underlying Fund, the Fund will vote its interest in that Underlying Fund in the same proportion that all other shareholders in the Underlying Fund voted their interests. The effect of echo voting may be that a small number of shareholders may determine the outcome of a vote. The proxy voting procedures and guidelines delegate to the Investment Adviser the authority to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities, and provide a method for responding to potential conflicts of interest. In delegating voting authority to the Investment Adviser, the Board has also approved the Investment Adviser’s proxy voting procedures, which require the Investment Adviser to vote proxies in accordance with each Fund’s proxy voting procedures and guidelines. An independent proxy voting service has been retained to assist in the voting of Fund proxies through the provision of vote analysis, implementation and recordkeeping and disclosure services. In addition, the Compliance Committee oversees the implementation of each Fund’s proxy voting procedures and guidelines. A copy of the proxy voting procedures and guidelines of each Fund, including procedures of the Investment
Adviser, is attached hereto as Appendix B. No later than August 31st of each year, information regarding how each Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities for the one-year period ending June 30th is available online without charge at www.voyainvestments.com or by accessing the SEC’s EDGAR database at www.sec.gov.
INVESTMENT ADVISER
Voya Investments, an Arizona limited liability company, is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser. Voya Investments serves as the investment adviser to, and has overall responsibility for the management of, each Fund. Voya Investments oversees all investment advisory and portfolio management services, and assists in managing and supervising all aspects of the general day-to-day business activities and operations of each Fund, including, but not limited to, the following: custodial, transfer agency, dividend disbursing, accounting, auditing, compliance, and related services.
Voya Investments began business as an investment adviser in 1994 and currently serves as investment adviser to certain registered investment companies, consisting of open- and closed-end registered investment companies and collateralized loan obligations. Voya Investments is an indirect subsidiary of Voya Financial, Inc. Voya Financial, Inc. is a U.S.-based financial institution whose subsidiaries operate in the retirement, investment, and insurance industries.
Investment Management Agreement
The Investment Adviser serves pursuant to an Investment Management Agreement between the Investment Adviser and the Trust on behalf of each Fund. Under the Investment Management Agreement, the Investment Adviser oversees, subject to the authority of the Board, the provision of all investment advisory and portfolio management services for each Fund. In addition, the Investment Adviser provides administrative services reasonably necessary for the ordinary operation of each Fund. The Investment Adviser has delegated certain management responsibilities to one or more Sub-Advisers.
Investment Management Services
Among other things, the Investment Adviser: (i) provides general investment advice and guidance with respect to each Fund and provides advice and guidance to each Fund’s Board; (ii) provides the Board with any periodic or special reviews or reporting it requests, including any reports regarding the Sub-Adviser and its investment performance; (iii) oversees management of each Fund’s investments and portfolio composition including supervising any Sub-Adviser with respect to the services that such Sub-Adviser provides; (iv) makes available its officers and employees to the Board and officers of the Trust; (v) designates and compensates from its own resources such personnel
58

as the Investment Adviser may consider necessary or appropriate to the performance of its services hereunder; (vi) periodically monitors and evaluates the performance of any Sub-Adviser with respect to the investment objectives and policies of each Fund and performs periodic detailed analysis and review of the Sub-Adviser’s investment performance; (vii) reviews, considers and reports on any changes in the personnel of the Sub-Adviser responsible for performing the Sub-Adviser’s obligations or any changes in the ownership or senior management of the Sub-Adviser; (viii) performs periodic in-person or telephonic diligence meetings with the Sub-Adviser; (ix) assists the Board and management of each Fund in developing and reviewing information with respect to the initial and subsequent annual approval of the Sub-Advisory Agreement(s); (x) monitors the Sub-Adviser for compliance with the investment objective(s), policies and restrictions of each Fund, the 1940 Act, Subchapter M of the Code, and, if applicable, regulations under these provisions, and other applicable law; (xi) if appropriate, analyzes and recommends for consideration by the Board termination of a contract with the Sub-Adviser; (xii) identifies potential successors to or replacements of the Sub-Adviser or potential additional sub-adviser(s), performs appropriate due diligence, and develops and presents recommendations to the Board; and (xiii) is authorized to exercise full investment discretion and make all determinations with respect to the day-to-day investment of each Fund’s assets and the purchase and sale of portfolio securities for one or more Funds in the event that at any time no sub-adviser is engaged to manage the assets of such Fund.
In addition, the Investment Adviser assists in managing and supervising all aspects of the general day-to-day business activities and operations of each Fund, including custodial, transfer agency, dividend disbursing, accounting, auditing, compliance, and related services. The Investment Adviser also reviews each Fund for compliance with applicable legal requirements and monitors the Sub-Adviser for compliance with requirements under applicable law and with the investment policies and restrictions of each Fund.
Limitation of Liability
The Investment Adviser is not subject to liability to each Fund for any act or omission in the course of, or in connection with, rendering services under the Investment Management Agreement, except by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Investment Management Agreement.
Continuation and Termination of the Investment Management Agreement
After an initial term of two years, the Investment Management Agreement continues in effect from year to year with respect to each Fund so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by: (i) the Board of Trustees; or (ii) the vote of a “majority” of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities (as defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act); and provided that such continuance is also approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Independent Trustees who are not parties to the agreement by a vote cast either in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, or in reliance on exemptive relief from the SEC that has permitted such approval at virtual meetings held by video or telephone conference since the commencement of the COVID-19 pandemic.
The Investment Management Agreement may be terminated as to a particular Fund at any time without penalty by: (i) the vote of the Board; (ii) the vote of a majority of each Fund’s outstanding voting securities (as defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act) of that Fund; or (iii) the Investment Adviser, on sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the other party. The notice provided for herein may be waived by either party, as a single class, or upon notice given by the Investment Adviser. The Investment Management Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its “assignment” (as defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the 1940 Act).
Management Fees
The Investment Adviser pays all of its expenses arising from the performance of its obligations under the Investment Management Agreement, including executive salaries and expenses of the Trustees and officers of the Trust who are employees of the Investment Adviser or its affiliates, except the CCO. The Investment Adviser pays the fees of the Sub-Adviser.
As compensation for its services, each Fund pays the Investment Adviser, expressed as an annual rate, a fee equal to the following as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets. The fee is accrued daily and paid monthly.
Fund
Annual Management Fee
Voya Global Diversified Payment
Fund
If the Fund invests in Underlying Funds: 0.18% of the Fund’s average daily net assets;
and if the Fund invests in Direct Investments: 0.40% of the Fund’s average daily net
assets.
Voya Global Perspectives® Fund
If the Fund invests in Underlying Funds: 0.20% of the Fund’s average daily net assets;
and if the Fund invests in Direct Investments: 0.40% of the Fund’s average daily net
assets.
Voya Global Diversified Payment Fund
Underlying Funds” shall mean open-end investment companies registered under the 1940 Act within the Voya family of funds. The term “family of funds” shall have the same meaning as “fund complex” as defined in Item 17 of Form N-1A, as it was in effect on the date of the Investment Management Agreement.
Direct Investments” include but are not limited to a security issued by an investment company that is not a part of the Voya family of funds, including exchange-traded funds, a security issued by a non-mutual fund issuer, such as an operating company, and derivative instruments other than call options written by the Fund’s sub-adviser.
Voya Global Perspectives® Fund
59

Underlying Funds” shall mean open-end investment companies registered under the 1940 Act within the Voya family of funds. The term “family of funds” shall have the same meaning as “fund complex” as defined in Item 17 of Form N-1A, as it was in effect on the date of the Investment Management Agreement.
“Direct Investments” shall mean assets which are not Underlying Funds.
Total Investment Management Fees Paid by each Fund
During the past three fiscal years, each Fund paid the following investment management fees to the Investment Adviser or its affiliates.
Fund
October 31,
 
2022
2021
2020
Voya Global Diversified Payment Fund
$1,005,314
$1,028,837.00
$863,033.00
Voya Global Perspectives® Fund
$292,870
$289,660.00
$192,866.00
EXPENSES
Each Fund’s assets may decrease or increase during its fiscal year and each Fund’s operating expense ratios may correspondingly increase or decrease.
In addition to the management fee and other fees described previously, each Fund pays other expenses, such as legal, audit, transfer agency and custodian out-of-pocket fees, proxy solicitation costs, and the compensation of Trustees who are not affiliated with the Investment Adviser.
Certain expenses of each Fund are generally allocated to each Fund, and each class of each Fund, in proportion to its pro rata average net assets, provided that expenses that are specific to a class of a Fund may be charged directly to that class in accordance with the Trust’s Multiple Class Plan(s) pursuant to Rule 18f-3. However, any Rule 12b-1 Plan fees for each class of shares are charged proportionately only to the outstanding shares of that class.
Certain operating expenses shared by several Funds are generally allocated amongst those Funds based on average net assets.
In addition to payments made to the Investment Adviser, Distributor, and other service providers (including the custodian, independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, and transfer agent and dividend paying agent), each Fund may pay service fees to intermediaries such as brokers, financial planners or advisers, banks, and insurance companies, including affiliates of the Investment Adviser, for administration, recordkeeping, and other shareholder services associated with investors whose shares are held of record in omnibus accounts. These financial intermediaries may (though they will not necessarily) provide services including, among other things: processing and mailing trade confirmations; capturing and processing tax data; issuing and mailing dividend checks to shareholders who have selected cash distributions; preparing record date shareholder lists for proxy solicitations; collecting and posting distributions to shareholder accounts; and establishing and maintaining systematic withdrawals and automated investment plans and shareholder account registrations. These additional fees paid by each Fund to intermediaries may take two forms: (i) basis point payments on net assets; and/or (ii) fixed dollar amount payments per shareholder account. These may include payments for 401(K) sub-accounting services, networking fees, and omnibus account servicing fees.
EXPENSE LIMITATIONS
As described in the Prospectus, the Investment Adviser, Distributor, and/or Sub-Adviser may have entered into one or more expense limitation agreements with each Fund pursuant to which they have agreed to waive or limit their fees. In connection with such an agreement, the Investment Adviser, Distributor, or Sub-Adviser, as applicable, will assume expenses (excluding certain expenses as discussed below) so that the total annual ordinary operating expenses of a Fund do not exceed the amount specified in the Fund’s Prospectus.
Exclusions
Expense limitations do not extend to interest, taxes, other investment-related costs, leverage expenses (as defined below), extraordinary expenses such as litigation and expenses of the CCO and CIRO, other expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of each Fund’s business, and expenses of any counsel or other persons or services retained by the Independent Trustees. Leverage expenses shall mean fees, costs, and expenses incurred in connection with a Fund’s use of leverage (including, without limitation, expenses incurred by a Fund in creating, establishing, and maintaining leverage through borrowings or the issuance of preferred shares).
If an expense limitation is subject to recoupment (as indicated in the Prospectus), the Investment Adviser, Distributor, or Sub-Adviser, as applicable, may recoup any expenses reimbursed within 36 months of the waiver or reimbursement and the amount of the recoupment is limited to the lesser of the amounts that would be recoupable under: (i) the expense limitation in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement; or (ii) the expense limitation in effect at the time of recoupment. Reimbursement for fees waived or expenses assumed will only apply to amounts waived or expenses assumed after the effective date of the expense limitation.
NET FUND FEES WAIVED, REIMBURSED, OR RECOUPED
The table below shows the net fund expenses reimbursed, waived, and any recoupment, if applicable, by the Investment Adviser and Distributor for the last three fiscal years.
60

Fund
October 31,
 
2022
2021
2020
Voya Global Diversified Payment Fund
($54,347.00)
($397,188.00)
($256,917.00)
Voya Global Perspectives® Fund
($116,651.00)
($44,810.00)
($123,632.00)
SUB-ADVISER
The Investment Adviser has engaged the services of the Sub-Adviser to provide sub-advisory services to each Fund and, pursuant to a Sub-Advisory Agreement, has delegated certain management responsibilities to the Sub-Adviser. The Investment Adviser monitors and evaluates the performance of the Sub-Adviser.
The Sub-Adviser provides, subject to the supervision of the Board and the Investment Adviser, a continuous investment program for each Fund and determines the composition of the assets of each Fund, including determination of the purchase, retention, or sale of the securities, cash and other investments for the Fund, in accordance with each Fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions and applicable laws and regulations.
Limitation of Liability
The Sub-Adviser is not subject to liability to a Fund for any act or omission in the course of, or in connection with, rendering services under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, except by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Sub-Advisory Agreement.
Continuation and Termination of the Sub-Advisory Agreement
After an initial term of two years, the Sub-Advisory Agreement continues in effect from year-to-year so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by: (i) the Board; or (ii) the vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities (as defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act); provided, that the continuance is also approved by a majority of the Independent Trustees who are not parties to the agreement by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
The Sub-Advisory Agreement may be terminated as to a particular Fund without penalty upon sixty (60) days’ written notice by: (i) the Board; (ii) the majority vote of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant Fund; (iii) the Investment Adviser; or (iv) the Sub-Adviser upon 60-90 days’ written notice, depending on the terms of the Sub-Advisory Agreement. The Sub-Advisory Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment or in the event of the termination of the Investment Management Agreement.
Sub-Advisory Fees
The Sub-Adviser receives compensation from the Investment Adviser at the annual rate of a specified percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets, as indicated below. The fee is accrued daily and paid monthly. The Sub-Adviser pays all of its expenses arising from the performance of its obligations under the Sub-Advisory Agreement.
Fund
Sub-Adviser
Annual Sub-Advisory Fee
Voya Global Diversified Payment
Fund
Voya IM
If the Fund invests in Underlying Funds: 0.036%
of the Fund’s average daily net assets; and
If the Fund invests in Direct Investments:
0.135% of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Voya Global Perspectives® Fund
Voya IM
If the Fund invests in Underlying Funds: 0.045%
of the Fund’s average daily net assets; and
If the Fund invests in Direct Investments:
0.135% of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Voya Global Diversified Payment Fund
Underlying Funds” shall mean open-end investment companies registered under the 1940 Act within the Voya family of funds. The term “family of funds” shall have the same meaning as “fund complex” as defined in Item 17 of Form N-1A, as it was in effect on the date of the Sub-Advisory Agreement.
Direct Investments” include but are not limited to a security issued by an investment company that is not a part of the Voya family of funds, including exchange-traded funds, a security issued by a non-mutual fund issuer, such as an operating company, and derivative instruments other than call options written by the Fund’s sub-adviser.
Voya Global Perspectives® Fund
Underlying Funds” shall mean open-end investment companies registered under the 1940 Act within the Voya family of funds. The term “family of funds” shall have the same meaning as “fund complex” as defined in Item 17 of Form N-1A, as it was in effect on the date of the Sub-Advisory Agreement.
“Direct Investments” shall mean assets which are not Underlying Funds.
61

Total Sub-Advisory Fees Paid
The following table sets forth the sub-advisory fees paid by the Investment Adviser for the last three fiscal years.
Fund
October 31,
 
2022
2021
2020
Voya Global Diversified Payment Fund
$277,166.45
$275,202.57
$214,082.33
Voya Global Perspectives® Fund
$71,846.75
$73,190.48
$43,221.81
Portfolio Management
Other Accounts Managed
The following tables set forth the number of accounts and total assets in the accounts managed by each portfolio manager as of October 31, 2022:
Voya Global Diversified Payment Fund
Portfolio Manager
Registered Investment Companies
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles
Other Accounts
Number of Accounts
Total Assets
Number of Accounts
Total Assets
Number of Accounts
Total Assets
Barbara Reinhard, CFA
44
$14,807,123,359
8
$3,953,003,188
0
$0
Paul Zemsky, CFA
52
$16,484,997,714
141
$4,334,009,343
0
$0
1
One of these accounts with total assets of $655,903,611 has performance-based advisory fees.
Voya Global Perspectives® Fund
Portfolio Manager
Registered Investment Companies
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles
Other Accounts
Number of Accounts
Total Assets
Number of Accounts
Total Assets
Number of Accounts
Total Assets
Douglas Coté, CFA
3
$638,500,580
0
$0
12
$679,258,905
Potential Material Conflicts of Interest
A portfolio manager may be subject to potential conflicts of interest because the portfolio manager is responsible for other accounts in addition to the Funds. These other accounts may include, among others, other mutual funds, separately managed advisory accounts, commingled trust accounts, insurance separate accounts, wrap fee programs, and hedge funds. Potential conflicts may arise out of the implementation of differing investment strategies for the portfolio manager’s various accounts, the allocation of investment opportunities among those accounts or differences in the advisory fees paid by the portfolio manager’s accounts.
A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio manager’s responsibility for multiple accounts with similar investment guidelines. Under these circumstances, a potential investment may be suitable for more than one of the portfolio manager’s accounts, but the quantity of the investment available for purchase is less than the aggregate amount the accounts would ideally devote to the opportunity. Similar conflicts may arise when multiple accounts seek to dispose of the same investment.
A portfolio manager may also manage accounts whose objectives and policies differ from those of the Funds. These differences may be such that under certain circumstances, trading activity appropriate for one account managed by the portfolio manager may have adverse consequences for another account managed by the portfolio manager. For example, if an account were to sell a significant position in a security, which could cause the market price of that security to decrease, while a Fund maintained its position in that security.
A potential conflict may arise when a portfolio manager is responsible for accounts that have different advisory fees – the difference in the fees may create an incentive for the portfolio manager to favor one account over another, for example, in terms of access to particularly appealing investment opportunities. This conflict may be heightened where an account is subject to a performance-based fee.
As part of its compliance program, Voya IM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to address the potential conflicts of interest described above.
Finally, a potential conflict of interest may arise because the investment mandates for certain other accounts, such as hedge funds, may allow extensive use of short sales which, in theory, could allow them to enter into short positions in securities where other accounts hold long positions. Voya IM has policies and procedures reasonably designed to limit and monitor short sales by the other accounts to avoid harm to the Funds.
Compensation
Compensation consists of: (i) a fixed base salary; (ii) a bonus, which is based on Voya IM performance, one-, three-, and five-year pre-tax performance of the accounts the portfolio managers are primarily and jointly responsible for relative to account benchmarks, peer universe performance, and revenue growth and net cash flow growth (changes in the accounts’ net assets not attributable to changes in the value of the accounts’ investments) of the accounts they are responsible for; and (iii) long-term equity awards tied to the performance of our parent company, Voya Financial, Inc. and/or a notional investment in a pre-defined set of Voya IM sub-advised funds.
62

Portfolio managers are also eligible to receive an annual cash incentive award delivered in some combination of cash and a deferred award in the form of Voya stock. The overall design of the annual incentive plan was developed to tie pay to both performance and cash flows, structured in such a way as to drive performance and promote retention of top talent. As with base salary compensation, individual target awards are determined and set based on external market data and internal comparators. Investment performance is measured on both relative and absolute performance in all areas.
The measures for each team are outlined on a “scorecard” that is reviewed on an annual basis. These scorecards measure investment performance versus benchmark and peer groups over one-, three-, and five-year periods; and year-to-date net cash flow (changes in the accounts’ net assets not attributable to changes in the value of the accounts’ investments) for all accounts managed by each team. The results for overall Voya IM scorecards are typically calculated on an asset weighted performance basis of the individual team scorecards.
Investment professionals’ performance measures for bonus determinations are weighted by 25% being attributable to the overall Voya IM performance and 75% attributable to their specific team results (65% investment performance, 5% net cash flow, and 5% revenue growth).
Voya IM's long-term incentive plan is designed to provide ownership-like incentives to reward continued employment and to link long-term compensation to the financial performance of the business. Based on job function, internal comparators and external market data, employees may be granted long-term awards. All senior investment professionals participate in the long-term compensation plan. Participants receive annual awards determined by the management committee based largely on investment performance and contribution to firm performance. Plan awards are based on the current year’s performance as defined by the Voya IM component of the annual incentive plan. Awards typically include a combination of performance shares, which vest ratably over a three-year period, and Voya restricted stock and/or a notional investment in a predefined set of Voya IM sub-advised funds, each subject to a three-year cliff-vesting schedule.
If a portfolio manager’s base salary compensation exceeds a particular threshold, he or she may participate in Voya’s deferred compensation plan. The plan provides an opportunity to invest deferred amounts of compensation in mutual funds, Voya stock or at an annual fixed interest rate. Deferral elections are done on an annual basis and the amount of compensation deferred is irrevocable.
For the Funds, Voya IM has defined the following indices as the benchmark indices for the investment team:
Fund
Portfolio Manager
Benchmark
Voya Global Diversified Payment
Fund
Barbara Reinhard, CFA and Paul Zemsky, CFA
S&P Target Risk Moderate Index
Voya Global Perspectives® Fund
Douglas Coté, CFA
S&P Target Risk Growth Index
Ownership of Securities
The following tables show the dollar range of equity securities of the Funds beneficially owned by each portfolio manager as of October 31, 2022, including investments by his/her immediate family members and amounts invested through retirement and deferred compensation plans:
Voya Global Diversified Payment Fund
Portfolio Manager
Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned
Barbara Reinhard, CFA
None
Paul Zemsky, CFA
None
Voya Global Perspectives® Fund
Portfolio Manager
Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned
Douglas Coté, CFA
$50,001-$100,000
In addition to the investments shown in the tables above, certain portfolio managers may be required to defer a portion of their compensation into an account that tracks the performance of investment options, including certain Voya mutual funds, chosen by the portfolio managers as part of their participation in Voya’s deferred compensation plan and other targeted compensation programs. This deferral will not cause any purchase or sale of Fund shares, but the NAV of the Fund shares will be used as a measurement mechanism for determining the cash amount to be paid under any vesting provisions when the portfolio manager realizes his/her compensation.
The information below shows how much a portfolio manager has allocated to an investment option that tracks the performance of the Fund he/she manages. The portfolio managers may have allocated a portion of their deferral to another investment option which tracks the performance of a fund that they do not manage. Only the amount that a portfolio manager has allocated to an investment option that tracks the performance of Funds that he/she manages is shown below as of October 31, 2022:
Voya Global Diversified Payment Fund
Portfolio Manager
Dollar Range of Fund Shares Allocated Under Deferred Compensation
Barbara Reinhard, CFA
$10,001-$50,000
63

Portfolio Manager
Dollar Range of Fund Shares Allocated Under Deferred Compensation
Paul Zemsky, CFA
$100,001-$500,000
Voya Global Perspectives® Fund
Portfolio Manager
Dollar Range of Fund Shares Allocated Under Deferred Compensation
Douglas Coté, CFA
$100,001-$500,000
PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER
Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Distributor, an indirect subsidiary of Voya Financial, Inc., serves as principal underwriter and distributor for each Fund. The Distributor’s principal office is located at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258-2034. Shares of each Fund are offered on a continuous basis. As principal underwriter, the Distributor has agreed to use its best efforts to distribute the shares of each Fund, although it is not obligated to sell any particular amount of shares.
The Distributor is responsible for all of its expenses in providing services pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, including the costs of printing and distributing prospectuses and SAIs for prospective shareholders and such other sales literature, reports, forms, advertising, and any other marketing efforts by the Distributor in connection with the distribution or sale of the shares. The Distributor does not receive compensation for providing services under the Distribution Agreement, but may be compensated or reimbursed for all or a portion of such expenses to the extent permitted under a Rule 12b-1 Plan.
The Distribution Agreement may be continued from year to year if approved annually by the Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of each Fund and by a vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Distributor, or the Trust or parties to the Distribution Agreement, appearing in person at a meeting called for the purpose of approving such Agreement.
The Distribution Agreement terminates automatically upon assignment, and may be terminated at any time on sixty (60) days’ written notice by the Trustees or the Distributor or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund without the payment of any penalty.
Commissions and Compensation Received by the Principal Underwriter
The following table shows all commissions and other compensation received by each Principal Underwriter, who is an affiliated person of each Fund or an affiliated person of that affiliated person, directly or indirectly, from each Fund during the most recent fiscal year.
Fund
Name of Principal
Underwriter
Net Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions
Compensation on
Redemptions and
Repurchases
Brokerage
Commissions
Other
Compensation
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
Voya Investments
Distributor, LLC
$38,225.49
$1,908.49
$58,108.86
None
Voya Global Perspectives®
Fund
Voya Investments
Distributor, LLC
$1,015.73
$405.41
$2,149.15
None
Sales Commissions and Dealer Reallowances – Class A Shares
In connection with the sale of Class A shares of each Fund, the Distributor may pay authorized dealers of record a sales commission as a percentage of the purchase price. At the discretion of the Distributor, all sales charges may at times be re-allowed to an authorized dealer. If 90% or more of the sales commission is re-allowed, such authorized dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” as that term is defined under the 1933 Act. The sales charge retained by the Distributor and the commissions re-allowed to selling dealers are not a fund expense and have no effect on a Fund’s NAV.
In connection with the sale of Class A shares, the Distributor will re-allow to authorized dealers of record from the sales charge on such sales the following amounts:
 
Dealers’ Reallowance as a Percentage of Offering Price
Amount of Transaction
Class A
$0 to $49,000
4.75%
$50,000 to $99,999
4.00%
$100,000 to $249,999
3.00%
$250,000 to $499,999
2.25%
$500,000 to $999,999
2.00%
$1 million and over
See below
The Distributor may pay to authorized dealers out of its own assets commissions on shares sold in Class A shares, at NAV, which at the time of investment would have been subject to the imposition of a CDSC if redeemed. There is no sales charge on purchases of $1,000,000 or more of Class A shares. However, such purchases may be subject to a CDSC, as disclosed in the Prospectus. The Distributor will pay
64

authorized dealers of record commissions at the rate of 1.00% on purchases of $1,000,000 or more of Class A shares that are subject to a CDSC.
In connection with qualified retirement plans that invest $1 million or more in Class A shares of a Fund, the Distributor will pay dealer compensation of 1.00% of the purchase price of the shares to the dealer from its own resources at the time of the initial investment.
Dealer Reallowances – Class C Shares
For purchases of Class C shares subject to a CDSC, the Distributor may pay out of its own assets, a commission of 1.00% of the amount invested of each Fund.
Sales Charges Received by the Distributor
The following table shows the sales charges received by the Distributor in connection with the sale of shares during the last three fiscal years. “N/A” in the table indicates that, as the Fund or class was not in operation during the fiscal year or such information is not yet available, no information is shown.
 
Class A
Class C
Fund
Sales Charges before Dealer
Reallowance
Sales Charges after Dealer
Reallowance
Deferred Sales Charges
2022
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
$40,894.00
$1,148.00
$2,802.00
Voya Global Perspectives®
Fund
$1,216.00
None
$618.00
2021
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
$47,303.00
None
$1,118.00
Voya Global Perspectives®
Fund
$4,388.00
None
$71.00
2020
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
$30,513.00
None
$5,545.00
Voya Global Perspectives®
Fund
$2,244.00
None
$120.00
Payments to Financial Intermediaries
The Investment Adviser or the Distributor, out of its own resources and without additional cost to a Fund or its shareholders, may provide additional cash or non-cash compensation to financial intermediaries selling shares of a Fund, including affiliates of the Investment Adviser and the Distributor. These amounts are in addition to the distribution payments made by a Fund under any distribution agreements. “Financial intermediary” includes any broker, dealer, bank (including bank trust departments), insurance company, transfer agent, registered investment adviser, financial planner, retirement plan administrator and any other financial intermediary having a selling, administrative and shareholder servicing or similar agreement with the Distributor or Investment Adviser.
The benefits to the Distributor and the Investment Adviser include, among other things, entry into or increased visibility in the financial intermediary's sales system, participation by the financial intermediary in the Distributor's marketing efforts (such as helping facilitate or providing financial assistance for conferences, seminars or other programs at which Voya personnel may make presentations on the Voya funds to the intermediary's sales force), placement on the financial intermediary's preferred fund list, and access (in some cases, on a preferential basis over other competitors) to individual members of the financial intermediary's sales force or management. Revenue sharing payments are sometimes referred to as “shelf space” payments because the payments compensate the financial intermediary for including Voya funds in its fund sales system (on its “shelf space”). A financial intermediary typically initiates requests for additional compensation and the Distributor or Investment Adviser negotiates these arrangements with the financial intermediary.
These additional fees paid to financial intermediaries may take the following forms: (1) a percentage of the financial intermediary’s customer assets invested in Voya mutual funds; (2) a percentage of the financial intermediary’s gross sales; or (3) some combination of these payments. These payments may, depending on the broker-dealer’s satisfaction of the required conditions, be periodic and may be up to: (1) 0.30% per annum of the value of a Fund’s shares held by the broker-dealer’s customers; or (2) 0.30% of the value of a Fund’s shares sold by the broker-dealer during a particular period.
Payments based on sales primarily create incentives for the financial intermediary to make new sales of shares of Voya funds. Payments based on customer assets primarily create incentives for the financial intermediary to retain previously sold shares of Voya funds in investor accounts. A financial intermediary may receive either or both types of payments.
The Distributor and the Investment Adviser compensate financial intermediaries differently depending on the level and/or type of considerations provided by the financial intermediary. A financial intermediary may receive different levels of compensation with respect to sales or assets attributable to different types of clients of the same intermediary or different Voya funds. A financial intermediary may receive
65

payment under more than one arrangement referenced here. Where services are provided, the costs of providing the services and the overall array of services provided may vary from one financial intermediary to another. The Distributor and the Investment Adviser do not make an independent assessment of the cost of providing such services. While a financial intermediary may request additional compensation from Voya to offset costs incurred by the financial intermediary in servicing its clients, the financial intermediary may earn a profit on these payments, since the amount of the payment may exceed the financial intermediary's costs.
As of January 1, 2023, the Distributor and/or the Investment Adviser had agreed to make additional payments as described above to the following broker-dealers or their affiliates:
ADP Broker-Dealer, Inc.
Advisor Group, Inc.
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
Ascensus, LLC
Benefits Plans Administrative
Services, Inc.
Benefit Trust Company
BlackRock Advisors, LLC
Broadridge Business Process Outsourcing, LLC
Cetera Advisors Networks LLC
Cetera Financial Holdings, Inc
Cetera Investment Services LLC
Cetera Financial Specialists LLC
CUSO Financial Services, L.P.
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
Edward Jones
E*trade Securities, LLC
First Security Benefit Life Insurance
Company
Fidelity Distributors Company, LLC
FSC Securities Corporation
GWFS Equities, Inc.
Goldman Sachs and Co. LLC
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
John Hancock Trust Company, LLC
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Lincoln Investment
Lincoln Financial Securities Corp
Lincoln Financial Advisors Corp
Lincoln Retirement Services Company, LLC
LPL Financial, LLC
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Co.
MML Distributors, LLC
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc.
Metlife Securities, Inc.
Mid Atlantic Financial Management, Inc.
Morgan Stanley
Nationwide Financial Services, Inc.
National Financial Services, LLC
Newport Retirement Services, Inc.
NY Life Annuity Insurance Co.
Pershing, LLC
PNC Bank N.A.
Principal Life Insurance Company
Prudential Insurance Co. of America
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
Raymond James Financial Services,
Inc.
Reliance Trust Company
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
Royal Alliance Associates, Inc.
SagePoint Financial, Inc.
Securities America, Inc.
Security Benefit Life Insurance
Company
Standard Insurance Company
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Inc.
Symetra Securities, Inc.
T.Rowe Price Retirement Plan
Services, Inc.
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc.
TD Ameritrade Trust Company
TIAA-CREF Life Insurance Company
TransAmerica Retirement Solutions
Corporation
Triad Advisors, LLC
66

US Bank N.A.
UBS Financial Services, Inc.
Vanguard Marketing Corporation
VALIC Retirement Services Company
Vanguard Group, Inc.
Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC
Wells Fargo Bank, NA
Woodbury Financial Services, Inc.
Other Incentives
The Investment Adviser or the Distributor may provide additional cash or non-cash compensation to third parties selling our mutual funds including affiliated companies. This may take the form of cash incentives and non-cash compensation and may include, but is not limited to: cash; merchandise; trips; occasional entertainment; meals or tickets to a sporting event; client appreciation events; payment for travel expenses (including meals and lodging) to pre-approved training and education seminars; and payment for advertising and sales campaigns. The Distributor may also pay concessions in addition to those described above to broker-dealers so that Voya mutual funds are made available by those broker-dealers for their customers.
The Sub-Adviser of a Fund may contribute to non-cash compensation arrangements.
The Distributor may, from time to time, pay additional cash and non-cash compensation from its own resources to its employee sales staff for sales of certain Voya funds that are made by registered representatives of broker-dealers to the extent such compensation is not prohibited by law or the rules of any self-regulatory agency, such as FINRA.
Conflicts of Interest
A financial intermediary's receipt of additional compensation may create conflicts of interest between the financial intermediary and its clients. Each type of payment discussed above may provide a financial intermediary with an economic incentive to actively promote Voya funds over other mutual funds or cooperate with the distributor's promotional efforts. The receipt of additional compensation from Voya and its affiliates may be an important consideration in a financial intermediary's willingness to support the sale of Voya funds through the financial intermediary's distribution system. The Distributor and the Investment Adviser are motivated to make the payments described above since they promote the sale of Voya fund shares and the retention of those investments by clients of financial intermediaries. In certain cases these payments could be significant to the financial intermediary.
Additional Cash Compensation for Sales by “Focus Firms”
The Distributor may, at its discretion, pay additional cash compensation to its employee sales staff for sales by certain broker-dealers or “focus firms.” The Distributor may pay up to an additional 0.10% to its employee sales staff for sales that are made by registered representatives of these focus firms. As of the date of this SAI, the focus firms are: Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.; Banc of America Investment Services, Inc.; Banc of America Securities LLC; Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.; Chase Investment Services; Cetera Advisors LLC; Cetera Advisor Networks LLC; Cetera Financial Specialists LLC; Cetera Investment Advisers LLC; Cetera Investment Services LLC; Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.; Edward Jones; FSC Securities Corporation; Fidelity Brokerage Services, Inc.; HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.; Janney Montgomery Scott Inc.; LPL Financial, LLC; Merrill, Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc.; Morgan Keegan; Morgan Stanley Smith Barney; Morgan Stanley Wealth Management; Oppenheimer & Co., Inc.; Raymond James Financial Services, Inc.; RBC Capital Markets; Royal Alliance Associates, Inc.; Sagepoint Financial, Inc.; UBS Financial Services, Inc.; USAA Investment Management Co.; Voya Financial Advisors, Inc.; Wells Fargo Bank; Wells Fargo Bank N.A.; Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC; and Woodbury Financial Services, Inc.
Payments Under the Rule 12b-1 Plans
Under the Rule 12b-1 Plans, ongoing payments will generally be made on a monthly basis for Voya Global Perspectives® Fund and on a quarterly basis for Voya Global Diversified Payment Fund to authorized dealers for both distribution and shareholder servicing at rates that are based on the average daily net assets of shares that are registered in the name of that authorized dealer as nominee or held in a shareholder account that designates that authorized dealer as the dealer of record. Rights to these ongoing payments generally begin to accrue in the 13th month following the purchase of a share class subject to a Rule 12b-1 Plan. The Distributor may, in its discretion, pay such financial intermediary Rule 12b-1 fees prior to the 13th month following the purchase of such shares.
DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICING PLANS
Each Fund has adopted one or more Distribution and/or Distribution and Service Plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1. In addition, certain share classes may have adopted Shareholder Service Plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (each, a “Rule 12b-1 Plan” or a “Plan” and together, the “Rule 12b-1 Plans” or the “Plans”). Certain share classes may pay a combined distribution and shareholder service fee.
Under the Plan, the Distributor may be entitled to a payment each month in connection with the offering, sale, and shareholder servicing of shares as a percentage of the average daily net assets attributable to each class of shares. Each Fund intends to operate the Rule 12b-1 Plan in accordance with its terms and FINRA rules concerning sales charges. The table below reflects the Plan for each Fund. Certain share classes do not pay distribution or shareholder service fees and are not included in the table.
67

Fund
Type of Plan
Distribution Fee
Shareholder
Service Fee
Combined
Distribution and
Shareholder
Service Fee
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
 
 
 
 
Class A
Distribution and
Service Plan
N/A
N/A
0.25%
Class C
Distribution and
Service Plan
0.75%
0.25%
N/A
Class R
Distribution and
Service Plan
0.25%
0.25%
N/A
 
 
 
 
 
Voya Global Perspectives® Fund
 
 
 
Class A
Distribution and
Service Plan
N/A
N/A
0.25%*
Class C
Distribution and
Service Plan
0.75%
0.25%
N/A
Class R
Distribution and
Service Plan
0.25%
0.25%
N/A
*
Of this amount, up to 0.10% on an annualized basis of the average daily net assets of the Fund's Class A shares may be paid with respect to distribution services.
Services Provided for the Distribution Fee
The distribution fee for a specific class may be used to cover the expenses of the Distributor primarily intended to result in the sale of that class of shares, including payments to securities dealers for selling shares of the Fund (which may include the principal underwriter itself) and other financial institutions and organizations to obtain various distribution related and/or administrative services for that Fund.
Distribution fees may be paid to cover expenses incurred in promoting the sale of that class of shares including, among other things (i) promotional activities; (ii) preparation and distribution of advertising materials and sales literature; (iii) personnel costs and overhead of the Distributor; (iv) the costs of printing and distributing to prospective investors the prospectuses and statements of additional information (and supplements thereto) and reports for other than existing shareholders; (v) payments to dealers and others that provide shareholder services (including the processing of new shareholder applications and serving as a primary source of information to customers in providing information and answering questions concerning each Fund and their transactions in each Fund); and (vi) costs of administering the Rule 12b-1 Plans.
Services Provided for the Shareholder Service Fee
The shareholder service fees may be used to pay securities dealers (including the Distributor) and other financial institutions, plan administrators and organizations for services including, but not limited to: (i) acting as the shareholder of record; (ii) processing purchase and redemption orders; (iii) maintaining participant account records; (iv) answering participant questions regarding each Fund; (v) facilitation of the tabulation of shareholder votes in the event of a meeting of Fund shareholders; (vi) the conveyance of information relating to shares purchased and redeemed and share balances to each Fund and to service providers; (vii) provision of support services including providing information about each Fund; and (viii) provision of other services as may be agreed upon from time to time.
Initial Board Approval, Continuation, Termination and Amendments to the Rule 12b-1 Plan
In approving the Rule 12b-1 Plans the Trustees, including a majority of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Rule 12b-1 Plans or any agreements relating to the Rule 12b-1 Plans (the “Rule 12b-1 Trustees”), concluded that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Rule 12b-1 Plans would benefit each Fund and each respective class of shareholders.
The Rule 12b-1 Plans continue from year to year, provided such continuance is approved annually by vote of a majority of the Board, including a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees. The Rule 12b-1 Plan for a particular class may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees or by a majority of the outstanding shares of the applicable class of the Fund.
Each Rule 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount spent for distribution expenses as to a Fund without approval by a majority of the outstanding shares of the applicable class of the Fund, and all material amendments to a Rule 12b-1 Plan must be approved by a vote of the majority of the Board, including a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on any such amendment.
Further Information About the Rule 12b-1 Plan
The Distributor is required to report in writing to the Board at least quarterly on the amounts and purpose of any payment made under the Rule 12b-1 Plans and any related agreements, as well as to furnish the Board with such other information as may reasonably be requested in order to enable the Board to make an informed determination whether a Plan should be continued. The terms and provisions of the Rule 12b-1 Plans relating to required reports, term and approval are consistent with the requirements of Rule 12b-1.
68

Each Rule 12b-1 Plan is a compensation plan. This means that the Distributor will receive payment without regard to the actual distribution expenses it incurs. In the event a Plan is terminated in accordance with its terms, the obligations of a Fund to make payments to the Distributor pursuant to the Rule 12b-1 Plan will cease and the Fund will not be required to make any payment for expenses incurred after the date the Rule 12b-1 Plan terminates.
The Rule 12b-1 Plans were adopted because of the anticipated benefits to each Fund. These anticipated benefits include increased promotion and distribution of each Fund’s shares, and enhancement in each Fund’s ability to maintain accounts and improve asset retention and increased stability of assets for each Fund.
Total Distribution Expenses
The following table sets forth the total distribution expenses incurred by the Distributor for the costs of promotion and distribution with respect to each class of shares for each Fund for the most recent fiscal year. “N/A” in the table indicates that, as the Fund or class was not in operation during the fiscal year or such information is not yet available, no information is shown.
Fund
Class
Advertising
Printing
Salaries & Commissions
Broker Servicing
Miscellaneous
Total
Voya Global Diversified
Payment Fund
A
$1,274.83
$24,221.75
$547,989.38
$525,044.19
$324,049.28
$1,422,579.43
 
C
$311.98
$5,927.65
$127,133.48
$599,136.79
$142,961.85
$875,471.74
 
I
$205.53
$3,905.06
$52,744.06
$6,041.29
$74,409.28
$137,305.22
 
R
$1.17
$22.19
$519.50
$1,149.00
$351.67
$2,043.53
 
R6
$205.53
$3,905.06
$23,176.43
$6,041.29
$2,742.31
$36,070.63
 
W
$114.80
$2,181.21
$44,756.22
$11,465.38
$40,204.76
$98,722.38
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Voya Global Perspectives®
Fund
A
$715.63
$13,596.89
$242,826.37
$267,042.45
$39,003.62
$563,184.95
 
C
$22.85
$434.24
$7,761.27
$32,171.06
$11,673.62
$52,063.04
 
I
$205.53
$3,905.06
$24,429.82
$6,041.29
$23,834.87
$58,416.58
 
R
$97.08
$1,844.57
$29,523.69
$114,014.96
$3,750.78
$149,231.08
 
W
$170.02
$3,230.32
$58,316.53
$12,913.00
$13,180.39
$87,810.25
Total Distribution and Shareholder Services Fees Paid:
The following table sets forth the total distribution and shareholder services fees paid by each Fund to the Distributor under the Plans for the last three fiscal years.
Fund
October 31,
 
2022
2021
2020
Voya Global Diversified Payment Fund
$1,070,654.00
$1,346,933.00
$1,378,680.00
Voya Global Perspectives® Fund
$351,044.00
$339,254.00
$226,606.00
OTHER SERVICE PROVIDERS
Custodian
The Bank of New York Mellon, 240 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10286, serves as custodian for each Fund.
The custodian’s responsibilities include safekeeping and controlling each Fund’s cash and securities, handling the receipt and delivery of securities, and collecting interest and dividends on each Fund’s investments. The custodian does not participate in determining the investment policies of a Fund, in deciding which securities are purchased or sold by the Fund or in the declaration of dividends and distributions. A Fund may, however, invest in obligations of the custodian and may purchase or sell securities from or to the custodian.
For portfolio securities that are purchased and held outside the United States, the custodian has entered into sub-custodian arrangements with certain foreign banks and clearing agencies which are designed to comply with Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Ernst & Young LLP serves as an independent registered public accounting firm for each Fund. Ernst & Young LLP provides audit services and tax return preparation services. Ernst & Young LLP is located at 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.
Legal Counsel
Legal matters for the Trust are passed upon by Ropes & Gray LLP, Prudential Tower, 800 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02199-3600.
Transfer Agent and Dividend Paying Agent
69

BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (the “Transfer Agent”) serves as the transfer agent and dividend-paying agent for each Fund. Its principal office is located at 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809. As transfer agent and dividend-paying agent, BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. is responsible for maintaining account records, detailing the ownership of Fund shares and for crediting income, capital gains and other changes in share ownership to shareholder accounts.
Securities Lending Agent
The Bank of New York Mellon serves as the securities lending agent. The services provided by The Bank of New York Mellon, as the securities lending agent, for the most recent fiscal year primarily included the following:
(1) selecting borrowers from an approved list of borrowers and executing a securities lending agreement as agent on behalf of a Fund with each such borrower;
(2) negotiating the terms of securities loans, including the amount of fees;
(3) directing the delivery of loaned securities;
(4) monitoring the daily value of the loaned securities and directing the payment of additional collateral or the return of excess collateral, as necessary;
(5) investing cash collateral received in connection with any loaned securities in accordance with specific guidelines and instructions provided by the Investment Adviser;
(6) monitoring distributions on loaned securities (for example, interest and dividend activity);
(7) in the event of default by a borrower with respect to any securities loan, using the collateral or the proceeds of the liquidation of collateral to purchase replacement securities of the same issue, type, class and series as that of the loaned securities; and
(8) terminating securities loans and arranging for the return of loaned securities to a Fund at loan termination.
The following table provides the dollar amounts of income and fees/compensation related to the securities lending activities of each Fund for its most recent fiscal year. There are no fees paid to the securities lending agent for cash collateral management services, administrative fees, indemnification fees, or other fees.
Fund
Gross
securities
lending
income
Fees
paid
to
securities
lending
agent
from
revenue
split
Positive
Rebate
Negative
Rebate
Net
Rebate
Securities
Lending
losses/
gains
Total
Aggregate
fees/
compensation
paid
to
securities
lending
agent
or
broker
Net
Securities
Income
Voya Global Diversified Payment Fund
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
Voya Global Perspectives® Fund
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS
Each Fund invests in Underlying Funds which in turn invest directly in securities. However, each Fund may invest directly in securities.
To the extent each Fund invests in affiliated Underlying Funds, the discussion relating to investment decisions made by the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser with respect to each Fund also includes investment decisions made by the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser with respect to affiliated Underlying Funds. For convenience, only the terms Investment Adviser, Sub-Adviser, and Fund are used.
The Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser for each Fund places orders for the purchase and sale of investment securities for each Fund, pursuant to authority granted in the relevant Investment Management Agreement or Sub-Advisory Agreement.
Subject to policies and procedures approved by the Board, the Investment Adviser and/or Sub-Adviser have discretion to make decisions relating to placing these orders including, where applicable, selecting the brokers or dealers that will execute the purchase and sale of investment securities, negotiating the commission or other compensation paid to the broker or dealer executing the trade, or using an electronic communications network (“ECN”) or alternative trading system (“ATS”).
In situations where the Sub-Adviser resigns or the Investment Adviser otherwise assumes day to day management of a Fund pursuant to its Investment Management Agreement with each Fund, the Investment Adviser will perform the services described herein as being performed by the Sub-Adviser.
How Securities Transactions are Effected
70

Purchases and sales of securities on a securities exchange (which include most equity securities) are effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services. In transactions on securities exchanges in the U.S., these commissions are negotiated, while on many foreign securities exchanges commissions are fixed. Securities traded in the OTC markets (such as fixed-income instruments and some equity securities) are generally traded on a “net” basis with market makers acting as dealers; in these transactions, the dealers act as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the dealer. Transactions in certain OTC securities also may be effected on an agency basis when, in the Investment Adviser’s or the Sub-Adviser’s opinion, the total price paid (including commission) is equal to or better than the best total price available from a market maker. In underwritten offerings, securities are usually purchased at a fixed price, which includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount. On occasion, certain money market instruments may be purchased directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid. The Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser may also place trades using an ECN or ATS.
How the Investment Adviser or the Sub Adviser Selects Broker-Dealers
The Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser(s) have a duty to seek to obtain best execution of each Fund’s orders, taking into consideration a full range of factors designed to produce the most favorable overall terms reasonably available under the circumstances. In selecting brokers and dealers to execute trades, the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser may consider both the characteristics of the trade and the full range and quality of the brokerage services available from eligible broker-dealers. This consideration often involves qualitative as well as quantitative judgments. Factors relevant to the nature of the trade may include, among others, price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dollar spread), the size of the order, the nature and characteristics (including liquidity) of the market for the security, the difficulty of execution, the timing of the order, potential market impact, and the need for confidentiality, speed, and certainty of execution. Factors relevant to the range and quality of brokerage services available from eligible brokers and dealers may include, among others, each firm’s execution, clearance, settlement, and other operational facilities; willingness and ability to commit capital or take risk in positioning a block of securities, where necessary; special expertise in particular securities or markets; ability to provide liquidity, speed and anonymity; the nature and quality of other brokerage and research services provided to the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser (consistent with the “safe harbor” described below and subject to the restrictions of the EU’s updated Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID II”)); and each firm’s general reputation, financial condition and responsiveness to the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, as demonstrated in the particular transaction or other transactions. Subject to its duty to seek best execution of each Fund’s orders, the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser may select broker-dealers that participate in commission recapture programs that have been established for the benefit of each Fund. Under these programs, the participating broker-dealers will return to each Fund (in the form of a credit to the Fund) a portion of the brokerage commissions paid to the broker-dealers by the Fund. These credits are used to pay certain expenses of the Fund. These commission recapture payments benefit the Fund, and not the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser.
The Safe Harbor for Soft Dollar Practices
In selecting broker-dealers to execute a trade for each Fund, the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser may consider the nature and quality of brokerage and research services provided to the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser as a factor in evaluating the most favorable overall terms reasonably available under the circumstances. As permitted by Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act, the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser may cause a Fund to pay a broker-dealer a commission for effecting a securities transaction for a Fund that is in excess of the commission which another broker-dealer would have charged for effecting the transaction, as long as the services provided to the Investment Adviser or Sub-Adviser by the broker-dealer: (i) are limited to “research” or “brokerage” services; (ii) constitute lawful and appropriate assistance to the Investment Adviser or Sub-Adviser in the performance of its investment decision-making responsibilities; and (iii) the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser makes a good faith determination that the broker’s commission paid by the Fund is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by the broker-dealer, viewed in terms of either the particular transaction or the Investment Adviser’s or the Sub-Adviser’s overall responsibilities to the Fund and its other investment advisory clients. In making such a determination, the Investment Adviser or Sub-Adviser might consider, in addition to the commission rate, the range and quality of a broker’s services, including the value of the research provided, execution capability, financial responsibility and responsiveness. The practice of using a portion of a Fund’s commission dollars to pay for brokerage and research services provided to the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser is sometimes referred to as “soft dollars.” Section 28(e) is sometimes referred to as a “safe harbor,” because it permits this practice, subject to a number of restrictions, including the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser’s compliance with certain procedural requirements and limitations on the type of brokerage and research services that qualify for the safe harbor. The provisions of MiFID II may limit the ability of the Sub-Adviser to pay for research services using soft dollars in various circumstances.
Brokerage and Research Products and Services Under the Safe Harbor – Research products and services may include, but are not limited to, general economic, political, business and market information and reviews, industry and company information and reviews, evaluations of securities and recommendations as to the purchase and sale of securities, financial data on a company or companies, performance and risk measuring services and analysis, stock price quotation services, computerized historical financial databases and related software, credit rating services, analysis of corporate responsibility issues, brokerage analysts’ earnings estimates, computerized links to current market data, software dedicated to research, and portfolio modeling. Research services may be provided in the form of reports, computer-generated data feeds and other services, telephone contacts, and personal meetings with securities analysts, as well as in the form of meetings arranged with corporate officers and industry spokespersons, economists, academics, and governmental representatives. Brokerage products and services assist in the execution, clearance and settlement of securities transactions, as well as functions incidental thereto including, but not limited to, related communication and connectivity services and equipment, software related to order routing, market access, algorithmic trading, and other trading activities. On occasion, a broker-dealer may furnish the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser with a service that has a mixed use (that is, the service is used both for brokerage and research activities that are within the safe harbor and
71

for other activities). In this case, the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser is required to reasonably allocate the cost of the service, so that any portion of the service that does not qualify for the safe harbor is paid for by the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser from its own funds, and not by portfolio commissions paid by a Fund.
Benefits to the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser– Research products and services provided to the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser by broker-dealers that effect securities transactions for a Fund may be used by the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser in servicing all of its accounts. Accordingly, not all of these services may be used by the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser in connection with each Fund. Some of these products and services are also available to the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser for cash, and some do not have an explicit cost or determinable value. The research received does not reduce the management fees payable to the Investment Adviser or the sub-advisory fees payable to the Sub-Adviser for services provided to each Fund. The Investment Adviser’s or the Sub-Adviser’s expenses would likely increase if the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser had to generate these research products and services through its own efforts, or if it paid for these products or services itself. It is possible that the Sub-Adviser subject to MiFID II will cause a Fund to pay for research services with soft dollars in circumstances where it is prohibited from doing so with respect to other client accounts, although those other client accounts might nonetheless benefit from those research services.
Broker-Dealers that are Affiliated with the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser
Portfolio transactions may be executed by brokers affiliated with Voya Financial, Inc., the Investment Adviser, or the Sub-Adviser, so long as the commission paid to the affiliated broker is reasonable and fair compared to the commission that would be charged by an unaffiliated broker in a comparable transaction.
Prohibition on Use of Brokerage Commissions for Sales or Promotional Activities
The placement of portfolio brokerage with broker-dealers who have sold shares of a Fund is subject to rules adopted by the SEC and FINRA. Under these rules, the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser may not consider a broker’s promotional or sales efforts on behalf of a Fund when selecting a broker-dealer for portfolio transactions, and neither a Fund nor the Investment Adviser or Sub-Adviser may enter into an agreement under which a Fund directs brokerage transactions (or revenue generated from such transactions) to a broker-dealer to pay for distribution of Fund shares. Each Fund has adopted policies and procedures, approved by the Board, that are designed to attain compliance with these prohibitions.
Principal Trades and Research
Purchases of securities for each Fund also may be made directly from issuers or from underwriters. Purchase and sale transactions may be effected through dealers which specialize in the types of securities which a Fund will be holding. Dealers and underwriters usually act as principals for their own account. Purchases from underwriters will include a concession paid by the issuer to the underwriter and purchases from dealers will include the spread between the bid and the asked price. If the execution and price offered by more than one dealer or underwriter are comparable, the order may be allocated to a dealer or underwriter which has provided such research or other services as mentioned above.
More Information about Trading in Fixed-Income Instruments
Purchases and sales of fixed-income instruments will usually be principal transactions. Such instruments often will be purchased from or sold to dealers serving as market makers for the instruments at a net price. Each Fund may also purchase such instruments in underwritten offerings and will, on occasion, purchase instruments directly from the issuer. Generally, fixed-income instruments are traded on a net basis and do not involve brokerage commissions. The cost of executing fixed-income instruments transactions consists primarily of dealer spreads and underwriting commissions.
In purchasing and selling fixed-income instruments, it is the policy of each Fund to obtain the best results, while taking into account the dealer’s general execution and operational facilities, the type of transaction involved and other factors, such as the dealer’s risk in positioning the instruments involved. While the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, each Fund will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available.
Transition Management
Changes in sub-advisers, investment personnel and reorganizations of a Fund may result in the sale of a significant portion or even all of a Fund’s portfolio securities. This type of change generally will increase trading costs and the portfolio turnover for the affected Fund. Each Fund, the Investment Adviser, or the Sub-Adviser may engage a broker-dealer to provide transition management services in connection with a change in the sub-adviser, reorganization, or other changes.
Allocation of Trades
Some securities considered for investment by a Fund may also be appropriate for other clients served by that Fund’s Investment Adviser or Sub-Adviser. If the purchase or sale of securities consistent with the investment policies of a Fund and one or more of these other clients is considered at, or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be placed on an aggregate basis and allocated among the other funds and such other clients in a manner deemed fair and equitable, over time, by the Fund’s Investment Adviser or Sub-Adviser and consistent with the Investment Adviser’s or Sub-Adviser’s written policies and procedures. The Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser may use different methods of trade allocation. The Investment Adviser’s and Sub-Adviser’s relevant policies and procedures and the results of aggregated trades in which a Fund participated are subject to periodic review by the Board. To the extent a Fund seeks to acquire (or dispose of) the same security at the same time as other funds, such Fund may not be able to acquire (or dispose of) as
72

large a position in such security as it desires, or it may have to pay a higher (or receive a lower) price for such security. It is recognized that in some cases, this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or value of the security insofar as the Fund is concerned. However, over time, a Fund’s ability to participate in aggregate trades is expected to provide better execution for the Fund.
Cross-Transactions
The Board has adopted a policy allowing trades to be made between affiliated registered investment companies or series thereof, provided they meet the conditions of Rule 17a-7 under the 1940 Act and conditions of the policy.
Brokerage Commissions Paid
The following table sets forth brokerage commissions paid by each Fund for the last three fiscal years. An increase or decrease in commissions is due to a corresponding increase or decrease in each Fund’s trading activity.
Fund
October 31,
 
2022
2021
2020
Voya Global Diversified Payment Fund
$58,108.86
$64,513.83
$60,345.91
Voya Global Perspectives® Fund
$2,149.15
$11,935.99
$11,916.04
Affiliated Brokerage Commissions
For the last three fiscal years, each Fund did not use affiliated brokers to execute portfolio transactions.
Securities of Regular Broker-Dealers
During the most recent fiscal year, each Fund acquired securities of its regular broker-dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act) or their parent companies as follows:
Fund
Security Description
Market Value
Voya Global Diversified Payment Fund
None
 
Voya Global Perspectives® Fund
None
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT Voya Mutual Funds
Description of the Shares of Beneficial Interest
Voya Mutual Funds (“VMF”) may issue unlimited shares of beneficial interest in VMF without par value. The shares may be issued in one or more series and each series may consist of one or more classes. VMF has eleven series, which are authorized to issue multiple classes of shares. Such classes are designated Class A, Class C, Class I, Class P, Class P3, Class R, Class R6, and Class W. All series and/or classes of VMF may not be discussed in this SAI.
All shares of each series represent an equal proportionate interest in the assets belonging to that series (subject to the liabilities belonging to the series or a class). Each series may have different assets and liabilities from any other series of VMF. Furthermore, different share classes of a series may have different liabilities from other classes of that same series. The assets belonging to a series shall be charged with the liabilities of that series and all expenses, costs, charges and reserves attributable to that series, except that liabilities, expenses, costs, charges and reserves allocated solely to a particular class, if any, shall be borne by that class. Any general liabilities, expenses, costs, charges or reserves of VMF which are not readily identifiable as belonging to any particular series or class, shall be allocated and charged by the Trustees to and among any one or more of the series or classes, in such manner as the Trustees in their sole discretion deem fair and equitable.
Under the Declaration of Trust, the Trustees have the power and authority to reclassify, reorganize, recapitalize or convert any issued shares or any series or classes thereof into one or more series or classes of shares without obtaining the prior authorization, or vote, of shareholders.
Redemption and Transfer of Shares
Shareholders of any series or class have the right to redeem all or part of their shares as described in the prospectus and Declaration of Trust. Under certain circumstances, VMF may suspend the right of redemption as allowed by the SEC or federal securities laws. Pursuant to the Declaration of Trust, the Trustees have the right to redeem shares of shareholders: (i) who do not satisfy minimum investment thresholds set forth in the prospectus from time to time; or (ii) if the Trustees determine that failure to redeem may have materially adverse consequences to VMF, any series or to the shareholders of VMF or any series thereof. There are no restrictions on the transfer of shares in the Declaration of Trust.
Material Obligations and Liabilities of Owning Shares
VMF is organized as a statutory trust under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act. Under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, shareholders have the same limitation on personal liability extended to shareholders of private corporations under Delaware law. All shares issued by VMF are fully paid and nonassessable.
73

Dividend Rights
The shareholders of a series are entitled to receive dividends or other distributions declared for the series. Distributions will be paid pro rata to all shareholders of a series or class according to the number of shares held by shareholders on the record date.
Voting Rights and Shareholder Meetings
Pursuant to the Declaration of Trust, shareholders have the power to vote, under certain circumstances, on: (1) the election or removal of trustees; (2) the approval of certain advisory contracts; (3) the termination and incorporation of VMF, (4) any merger, consolidation or sale of all, or substantially all, of VMF’s assets; and (5) such additional matters as may be required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or by-laws, or any registration of VMF with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any state, or as and when the Trustees may consider necessary or desirable. For example, under the 1940 Act, shareholders have the right to vote on any change in a fundamental investment policy, to approve a change in subclassification of a fund, to approve the distribution plan under Rule 12b-1, and to terminate the independent public accountant.
VMF is not required to hold shareholder meetings annually, but a meeting of shareholders may be called by the Board, at the request in writing of the holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding voting shares of VMF, or as required by the 1940 Act.
On matters submitted to a vote, each holder of a share is entitled to one vote for each full share, and a fractional vote for each fractional share outstanding on the books of VMF. All shares of classes and series vote together as one class, except with respect to any matter that affects only the interests of a particular series or class, or as required by Delaware law or the 1940 Act.
Liquidation Rights
In the event of liquidation, the shareholders of a series or class are entitled to receive, as a liquidating distribution, the excess of the assets belonging to the liquidating series or class over the liabilities belonging to such series or class of shares.
Inspection of Records
The records of VMF shall be open to inspection by shareholders during normal business hours and for any purpose not harmful to VMF.
Preemptive Rights
There are no preemptive rights associated with the series’ shares.
Conversion Rights
The conversion features and exchange privileges are described in the Prospectus and in the section of the SAI entitled “Purchase, Exchange, and Redemption of Shares.”
Sinking Fund Provisions
VMF has no sinking fund provision.
PURCHASE, EXCHANGE, AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES
An investor may purchase, redeem, or exchange shares of each Fund utilizing the methods, and subject to the restrictions, described in the Prospectus.
Purchases
Shares of each Fund are offered at the NAV (plus any applicable sales charge) next computed after receipt of a purchase order in proper form by the Transfer Agent or the Distributor.
Orders Placed with Intermediaries
If you invest in a Fund through a financial intermediary, you may be charged a commission or transaction fee by the financial intermediary for the purchase and sale of Fund shares.
Certain brokers or other designated intermediaries such as third-party administrators or plan trustees may accept purchase and redemption orders on behalf of a Fund. The Transfer Agent, the Distributor or a Fund will be deemed to have received such an order when the broker or the designee has accepted the order. Customer orders are priced at the NAV next computed after such acceptance. Such orders may be transmitted to a Fund or its agents several hours after the time of the acceptance and pricing.
Pre-Authorized Investment Plan
As discussed in the Prospectus, the Voya family of funds provides a Pre-Authorized Investment Plan for certain share classes for the convenience of investors who wish to purchase shares of a Fund on a regular basis. The Pre-Authorized Investment Plan may be terminated without penalty at any time by the investor or a Fund. The minimum investment requirements may be waived by a Fund for purchases made pursuant to: (i) employer-administered payroll deduction plans; (ii) profit-sharing, pension, or individual or any employee retirement plans; or (iii) purchases made in connection with plans providing for periodic investments in Fund shares.
74

Subscriptions-in-Kind
Certain investors may purchase shares of a Fund with liquid assets with a value which is readily ascertainable by reference to a domestic exchange price and which would be eligible for purchase by a Fund consistent with the Fund’s investment policies and restrictions. These transactions only will be effected if the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser intends to retain the security in the Fund as an investment. Assets so purchased by a Fund will be valued in generally the same manner as they would be valued for purposes of pricing the Fund’s shares, if these assets were included in the Fund’s assets at the time of purchase. Each Fund reserves the right to amend or terminate this practice at any time.
Born to Save™ Program
Under the Voya Born-to-Save™ promotion, an affiliate of Voya Investments Distributor, LLC will pay $500 to fund a mutual fund account for each baby born in the United States on a specified date whose parents or legal guardian seek to participate in the program within 60 days’ after the newborn’s birth and meet the conditions of the program, such as: agreeing to act as UTMA Custodian; providing documentation to establish the date of birth, social security number of the newborn and parent/legal guardian; and completing a mutual fund application. The $500, which is taxable to participants in the Voya Born-to-Save™ program, will be invested in the Class W shares of Voya Global Diversified Payment Fund at NAV. Participants in the Voya Born-to-Save™ program will be permitted to exchange these Class W shares of Voya Global Diversified Payment Fund into Class W shares of other Voya funds and/or redeem all or a portion of their shares from Voya Global Diversified Payment Fund. Please visit www.voya.com/BornToSave for additional information.
Self-Employed and Corporate Retirement Plans
For self-employed individuals and corporate investors that wish to purchase shares of a Fund, there is available through each Fund, a Prototype Plan and Custody Agreement. The Custody Agreement provides that BNY Mellon Investment Servicing Trust Company, Wilmington, DE, will act as Custodian under the Prototype Plan, and will furnish custodial services for an annual maintenance fee of $12.00 for each participant, with no other charges. (This fee is in addition to the normal custodial charges paid by each Fund.) The annual contract maintenance fee may be waived from time to time. For further details, including the right to appoint a successor Custodian, see the Plan and Custody Agreement. Employers who wish to use shares of a Fund under a custodianship with another bank or trust company must make individual arrangements with that institution.
Individual Retirement Accounts
Investors having earned income are eligible to purchase shares of a Fund under an IRA pursuant to Section 408 of the Code. An individual who creates an IRA may contribute annually certain dollar amounts of earned income and an additional amount if there is a non-working spouse. Simple IRA plans that employers may establish on behalf of their employees are also available. Also available are Roth IRA plans that enable employed and self-employed individuals to make non-deductible contributions and, under certain circumstances, effect tax-free withdrawals. Copies of a model Custodial Account Agreement are available from the Distributor. BNY Mellon Investment Servicing Trust Company, Wilmington, DE, will act as the Custodian under this model Agreement, for which it will charge the investor an annual fee of $12.00 for maintaining the Account (this fee is in addition to the normal custodial charges paid by each Fund). Full details on the IRA are contained in an IRS required disclosure statement, and the Custodian will not open an IRA until seven (7) days after the investor has received this statement from the Fund. An IRA using shares of a Fund may also be used by employers who have adopted a Simplified Employee Pension Plan.
Purchases of Fund shares by Section 403(b) of the Code plans and other retirement plans are also available. Section 403(b) plans are generally arrangements by a public school organization or a charitable, educational, or scientific organization which employees are permitted to take advantage of the federal income tax deferral benefits provided for in Section 403(b) of the Code. It is advisable for an investor considering the funding of any retirement plan to consult with an attorney or to obtain advice from a competent retirement plan consultant.
Special Purchases at NAV – Class A Shares
Class A shares of each Fund may be purchased at NAV, without a sales charge, by certain investors. The financial intermediary or the investor must notify the Distributor that the investor qualifies for such waiver. If the Distributor is not notified that the investor is eligible for any sales charge waiver, the Distributor will be unable to ensure that the waiver is applied to the investor’s account. An investor may have to provide certain information or records, including account statements, to his/her financial intermediary or to the Distributor to verify the investor’s eligibility for front-end sales charge waivers.
It is possible that a broker-dealer may not be able to offer one or more of these waiver categories. If this situation occurs, it is possible that the investor would need to invest directly through Voya in order to take advantage of the waiver. Each Fund may terminate or amend the terms of these sales charge waivers at any time. The following will be permitted to purchase Class A shares of each Fund at NAV. In addition to the following, investors investing in a Fund through an intermediary should consult Appendix A to the Fund’s Prospectus, which includes information regarding financial intermediary specific sales charges and related discount policies that apply to purchases through certain specified intermediaries.
1)
Current, retired or former officers, trustees, directors or employees (including members of their immediate families) of Voya Financial, Inc., registered investment companies in the Voya family of funds and their affiliates purchasing shares for their own accounts. Immediate family members include: Parents; Spouse (as recognized under local law); Siblings; Children; Grandparents; Aunts/Uncles; Nieces/Nephews; Cousins; Dependents; Parents-in-law; Brothers-in-law; and Sisters-in-law.
2)
Affiliated and non-affiliated Insurance companies (including separate accounts) that have entered into a selling agreement with Voya Financial, Inc. and purchase shares directly from the Distributor.
75

3)
Registered investment advisors, trust companies and bank trust departments investing on their own behalf or on behalf of their clients.
4)
The current employees (including registered representatives), and their immediate family members, of broker-dealers and financial institutions that have entered into an agreement with the Distributor (or otherwise having an arrangement with a broker-dealer or financial institution with respect to sales of Fund shares).
5)
Investments made by accounts that are part of certain qualified fee-based programs (“wrap accounts”).
6)
The movement of shares from qualified employee benefit plans provided that the movement of shares involves an in-kind transfer of Class A shares.
Qualified employee benefit plans” are those created under section 401(a), 401(k), 457 and 403(b), and qualified deferred compensation plans that have a plan level or omnibus account maintained with a Voya fund and transacts directly with that Voya fund or through a third-party administrator or record keeper that has an agreement in place with the Voya family of funds.
7)
For investors purchasing Class A shares with proceeds from the following sources: Redemptions from any fund from the Voya family of funds if you: (a) originally paid a front-end sales charge on the shares; and (b) reinvest the money within 90 days of the redemption date. This waiver is subject to the following conditions:
This privilege may only be used once per year; and
The amount that may be reinvested is limited to an amount up to the redemption proceeds; and
Written or electronic order for the purchase of shares may be received by the Transfer Agent from the financial intermediary or the shareholder (or be postmarked) within 90 days after the date of redemption; and
Purchases may be handled by a securities dealer who may charge a fee; and
Payment may accompany the request and the purchase will be made at the then current NAV of a Fund.
If investors realize a gain on the transaction, it is taxable and any reinvestment will not alter any applicable federal capital gains tax (except that some or all of the sales charge may be disallowed as an addition to the basis of the shares sold and added to the basis of the subsequent purchased shares). If investors realize a loss on the transaction, some or all of the loss may not be allowed as a tax deduction depending on the amount reinvested. However, this disallowance is added to the tax basis of the shares acquired upon the reinvestment.
8)
Shareholders of Adviser Class at the time these shares were re-designated as Class A shares if purchased directly with a Fund.
9)
Former Class M shareholders if purchased directly with a Fund.
10)
Any charitable organization that has determined that a Fund is a legally permissible investment and is prohibited by applicable investment law from paying a sales charge or commission and purchases shares directly from the Distributor.
11)
Any state, county, or city or any instrumentality, department authority or agency thereof that has determined that a Fund is a legally permissible investment and is prohibited by applicable investment law from paying a sales charge or commission and purchases shares directly from the Distributor.
12)
Additional purchases of a Fund by former Class O shareholders that exchanged their shares for Class A shares of that Fund.
Letters of Intent and Rights of Accumulation – Class A Shares
An investor may immediately qualify for a reduced sales charge on a purchase of Class A shares by completing the Letter of Intent section of the Shareholder Application (the “Letter of Intent”). By completing the Letter of Intent, the investor expresses an intention to invest, during the next 13 months, a specified amount which, if made at one time, would qualify for the reduced sales charge. At any time within ninety (90) days after the first investment which the investor wants to qualify for the reduced sales charge, a signed Shareholder Application, with the Letter of Intent section completed, may be filed with the applicable Fund(s). After the Letter of Intent is filed, each additional investment made will be entitled to the sales charge applicable to the level of investment indicated on the Letter of Intent as described above. Sales charge reductions based upon purchases in more than one investment will be effective only after notification to the Distributor that the investment qualifies for a discount. The shareholder’s holdings in the Voya family of funds acquired within ninety (90) days before the Letter of Intent is filed will be counted towards completion of the Letter of Intent, but will not be entitled to a retroactive downward adjustment of sales charge until the Letter of Intent is fulfilled. Any redemptions made by the shareholder during the 13-month period will be subtracted from the amount of the purchases for purposes of determining whether the terms of the Letter of Intent have been completed. If the Letter of Intent is not completed within the 13-month period, there will be an upward adjustment of the sales charge as specified below, depending upon the amount actually purchased (less redemption) during the period.
An investor acknowledges and agrees to the following provisions by completing the Letter of Intent section of the Shareholder Application. A minimum initial investment equal to 25% of the intended total investment is required. An amount equal to the maximum sales charge, as stated in the Prospectus, will be held in escrow at Voya funds, in the form of shares in the investor’s name to assure that the full applicable sales charge will be paid if the intended purchase is not completed. The shares in escrow will be included in the total shares owned as reflected on the purchaser’s monthly statement; income and capital gain distributions on the escrowed shares will be paid directly by the investor. The escrow shares will not be available for redemption by the investor until the Letter of Intent has been completed or the higher sales charge paid. When the total purchases, less redemptions, equal the amount specified under the Letter of Intent, the shares in escrow will be released. If the total purchases, less redemptions, exceed the amount specified under the Letter of Intent and
76

is an amount which would qualify for a further quantity discount, a retroactive price adjustment will be made by the Distributor and the dealer with whom purchases were made pursuant to the Letter of Intent (to reflect such further quantity discount) on purchases made within ninety (90) days before, and on those made after filing the Letter of Intent. The resulting difference in offering price will be applied to the purchase of additional shares at the applicable offering price. If the total purchases, less redemptions, are less than the amount specified under the Letter of Intent, the investor will remit to the Distributor an amount equal to the difference in dollar amount of sales charge actually paid and the amount of sales charge which would have applied to the aggregate purchases if the total of such purchases had been made at a single account in the name of the investor or to the investor’s order. If within ten (10) days after written request such difference in sales charge is not paid, the redemption of an appropriate number of shares in escrow to realize such difference will be made. If the proceeds from a total redemption are inadequate, the investor will be liable to the Distributor for the difference. In the event of a total redemption of the account prior to fulfillment of the Letter of Intent, the additional sales charge due will be deducted from the proceeds of the redemption and the balance will be forwarded to the investor. By completing the Letter of Intent section of the Shareholder Application, an investor grants to the Distributor a security interest in the shares in escrow and agrees to irrevocably appoint the Distributor as his or her attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to surrender for redemption, any or all escrowed shares for the purpose of paying any additional sales charge due and authorizes the Transfer Agent or sub-transfer agent to receive and redeem shares and pay the proceeds as directed by the Distributor. The investor or the securities dealer must inform the Transfer Agent or the Distributor that the Letter of Intent is in effect each time a purchase is made.
If, at any time prior to or after completion of the Letter of Intent, the investor wishes to cancel the Letter of Intent, the investor must notify the Distributor in writing. If, prior to the completion of the Letter of Intent, the investor requests the Distributor to liquidate all shares held by the investor, the Letter of Intent will be terminated automatically. Under either of these situations, the total purchased may be less than the amount specified in the Letter of Intent. If so, the Distributor will redeem shares, at NAV, to remit to the Distributor and the appropriate authorized dealer an amount equal to the difference between the dollar amount of the sales charge actually paid and the amount of the sales charge that would have been paid on the total purchases if made at one time.
The value of shares of a Fund plus shares of the other open-end funds distributed by the Distributor can be combined with a current purchase to determine the reduced sales charge and applicable offering price of the current purchase. The reduced sales charge applies to quantity purchases made at one time or on a cumulative basis over any period of time by: (i) an investor; (ii) the investor’s spouse and children under the age of majority; (iii) the investor’s custodian accounts for the benefit of a child under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act; (iv) a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or a single fiduciary account (including a pension, profit-sharing, and/or other employee benefit plan qualified under Section 401 of the Code) by trust companies’ registered investment advisers, banks, and bank trust departments for accounts over which they exercise exclusive investment discretionary authority and which are held in a fiduciary, agency, advisory, custodial, or similar capacity.
The reduced sales charge also applies on a non-cumulative basis, to purchases made at one time by the customers of a single dealer, in excess of $1 million. The Letter of Intent option may be modified or discontinued at any time.
Shares of each Fund purchased and owned of record or beneficially by a corporation, including employees of a single employer (or affiliates thereof), including shares held by its employees under one or more retirement plans, can be combined with a current purchase to determine the reduced sales charge and applicable offering price of the current purchase, provided these transactions are not prohibited by one or more provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act or the Code. Individuals and employees should consult with their tax advisers concerning the tax rules applicable to retirement plans before investing.
For the purposes of Rights of Accumulation and the Letter of Intent Privilege, shares held by investors in the Voya family of funds which impose a CDSC may be combined with Class A shares for a reduced sales charge but will not affect any CDSC which may be imposed upon the redemption of shares of a Fund which imposes a CDSC.
CDSCs
Purchases of certain share classes may be subject to a CDSC, as described in the Prospectus. Shareholders will be charged a CDSC if certain of those shares are redeemed within the applicable time period as stated in the Prospectus.
No CDSC is imposed on the following:
Shares that are no longer subject to the applicable holding period;
Redemption of shares purchased through reinvestment of dividends or capital gain distributions; or
Shares that were exchanged for shares of another fund managed by the Investment Adviser provided that the shares acquired in such exchange and subsequent exchanges will continue to remain subject to the CDSC, if applicable, until the applicable holding period expires.
The CDSC will be waived for:
Redemptions following the death or disability of the shareholder or beneficial owner if the redemption is made within one year of death or initial determination of permanent disability;
Total or partial redemptions of shares owned by an individual or an individual in joint tenancy (with rights of survivorship) but only for redemptions of shares held at the time of death or initial determination of permanent disability;
Redemptions pursuant to a Systematic Withdrawal Plan provided that such redemptions:
o
are limited annually to no more than 12% of the original account value and
77

o
annually thereafter, provided all dividends and distributions are reinvested and the total redemptions do not exceed 12% annually; and
Total or partial redemption of shares in connection with any mandatory distribution from a tax-advantaged retirement plan or an IRA. This waiver does not apply in the case of a tax-free rollover or transfer of assets, other than the one following a separation from services, except that a CDSC may be waived in certain circumstances involving redemptions in connection with a distribution from a qualified employer retirement plan in connection with termination of employment or termination of the employer’s plan and the transfer to another employer’s plan or to an IRA.
A shareholder must notify a Fund either directly or through the Distributor at the time of redemption that the shareholder is entitled to a waiver of the CDSC. The waiver will then be granted subject to confirmation of the shareholder’s entitlement. The CDSC, which may be imposed on a Class A shares purchase of $1 million or more, will also be waived for registered investment advisers, trust companies, and bank trust departments investing on their own behalf or on behalf of their clients. These waivers may be changed at any time.
Reinstatement Privilege
If you sell Class A or Class C shares of a Fund, you may be eligible for a full or prorated credit of the CDSC paid on the sale when you make an investment up to the amount redeemed in the same share class within ninety (90) days of the eligible sale. Reinstated Class C shares will retain their original cost and purchase date for purposes of the CDSC. This privilege can be used only once per calendar year. To exercise this privilege, the order for the purchase of shares must be received or be postmarked within ninety (90) days after the date of redemption. This privilege can be used only once per calendar year. If a loss is incurred on the redemption and the reinstatement privilege is used, some or all of the loss may not be allowed as a tax deduction.
Redemptions
Redemption proceeds normally will be paid within seven days following receipt of instructions in proper form, except that each Fund may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment during any period when: (i) trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the SEC or the NYSE is closed for other than weekends and holidays; (ii) an emergency exists as determined by the SEC, as a result of which: (a) disposal by a Fund of securities owned by it is not reasonably practicable; or (b) it is not reasonably practical for a Fund to determine fairly the value of its net assets; or (iii) for such other period as the SEC may permit by rule or by order for the protection of a Fund’s shareholders.
The value of shares on redemption or repurchase may be more or less than the investor’s cost, depending upon the market value of the portfolio securities at the time of redemption or repurchase.
Payment-in Kind
Each Fund intends to pay in cash for all shares redeemed, but under abnormal conditions that make payment in cash unwise, a Fund may make payment wholly or partly in securities at their then current market value equal to the redemption price. In such case, an investor may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash. However, the Trust has elected to be governed by the provisions of Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, which obligates a Fund to redeem shares with respect to any one shareholder during any 90-days period solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the NAV of the Fund at the beginning of the period. To the extent possible, each Fund will distribute readily marketable securities, in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC. In the event a Fund must liquidate portfolio securities to meet redemptions, it reserves the right to reduce the redemption price by an amount equivalent to the pro-rated cost of such liquidation not to exceed one percent of the NAV of such shares.
Signature Guarantee
A signature guarantee is verification of the authenticity of the signature given by certain authorized institutions. A medallion signature guarantee may be obtained from a domestic bank or trust company, broker, dealer, clearing agency, savings association, or other financial institution which is participating in a medallion program recognized by the Securities Transfer Association. The three recognized medallion programs are Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”), Stock Exchanges Medallion Program (“SEMP”), and New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program (“NYSE MSP”). Signature guarantees from financial institutions which are not participating in one of these programs will not be accepted. Please note that signature guarantees are not provided by a notary public. Each Fund reserves the right to amend, waive or discontinue this policy at any time and establish other criteria for verifying the authenticity of any redemption request.
Systematic Withdrawal Plan
Each Fund has established a Systematic Withdrawal Plan (“Plan”) for certain share classes to allow you to make periodic withdrawals from your account. To establish a systematic cash withdrawal, complete the Systematic Withdrawal Plan section of the Account Application. To have funds deposited to your bank account, follow the instructions on the Account Application. You may elect to have monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual payments. You may change the amount, frequency, and payee or terminate the plan by giving written notice to the Transfer Agent. A Plan may be modified at any time by a Fund or terminated upon written notice by a relevant Fund.
Additional Information Regarding Redemptions
At various times, a Fund may be requested to redeem shares for which it has not yet received good payment. Accordingly, the Fund may delay the mailing of a redemption check until such time as it has assured itself that good payment has been collected for the purchase of such shares, which may take up to 15 days or longer.
78

Exchanges

The following conditions must be met for all exchanges of each Fund and Voya Government Money Market Fund:(i) the shares that will be acquired in the exchange (the “Acquired Shares”) are available for sale in the shareholder’s state of residence; (ii) the Acquired Shares will be registered to the same shareholder account as the shares to be surrendered (“Exchanged Shares”); (iii) the Exchanged Shares must have been held in the shareholder’s account for at least thirty (30) days prior to the exchange; (iv) except for exchanges into Voya Government Money Market Fund, the account value of the shares to be acquired must equal or exceed the minimum initial investment amount required by that fund after the exchange is implemented; and (v) a properly executed exchange request has been received by the Transfer Agent.
Each Fund reserves the right to delay the actual purchase of the Acquired Shares for up to five (5) business days if it determines that it would be disadvantaged by an immediate transfer of proceeds from the redemption of Exchanged Shares. Normally, however, the redemption of Exchanged Shares and the purchase of Acquired Shares will take place on the day that the exchange request is received in proper form. Each Fund reserves the right to terminate or modify its exchange privileges at any time upon prominent notice to shareholders. This notice will be given at least sixty (60) days in advance. It is the policy of the Investment Adviser to discourage and prevent frequent trading by shareholders of each Fund in response to market fluctuations. Accordingly, in order to maintain a stable asset base in each Fund and to reduce administrative expenses borne by each Fund, the Investment Adviser reserves the right to reject any exchange request.
In the event a Fund rejects an exchange request, neither the redemption nor the purchase side of the exchange will be processed until the Fund receives further redemption instructions.
If you exchange into Voya Credit Income Fund, your ability to sell or liquidate your investment will be limited. Voya Credit Income Fund is a closed-end interval fund and does not redeem its shares on a daily basis, and it is not expected that a secondary market for the Fund’s shares will develop, so you will not be able to sell them through a broker or other investment professional. To provide a measure of liquidity, the Fund will normally make monthly repurchase offers of not less than 5% of its outstanding common shares.
If more than 5% of the Fund’s common shares are tendered, you may not be able to completely liquidate your holdings in any one month. You also would not have liquidity between these monthly repurchase dates. Investors exercising the exchange privilege should carefully review the prospectus of that Fund. Investors may obtain a copy of Voya Credit Income Fund prospectus or any other Voya Fund prospectus by calling 1-800-992-0180.
Telephone Redemption and Exchange Privileges
These privileges are subject to the conditions and provisions set forth below and in the Prospectus. The telephone privileges may be modified or terminated at any time.
Telephone redemption requests must meet the following conditions to be accepted by Voya Investment Management:
(a)
Proceeds of the redemption may be directly deposited into a predetermined bank account, or mailed to the current address on record. This address cannot reflect any change within the previous 30 days.
(b)
Certain account information will need to be provided for verification purposes before the redemption will be executed.
(c)
Only one telephone redemption (where proceeds are being mailed to the address of record) can be processed within a 30 day period.
(d)
The maximum amount which can be liquidated and sent to the address of record at any one time is $100,000.
(e)
The minimum amount which can be liquidated and sent to a predetermined bank account is $5,000.
(f)
If the exchange involves the establishment of a new account, the dollar amount being exchanged must at least equal the minimum investment requirement of the Voya fund being acquired.
(g)
Any new account established through the exchange privilege will have the same account information and options except as stated in the Prospectus.
(h)
Certificated shares cannot be redeemed or exchanged by telephone but must be forwarded to Voya Investment Management at Voya Investment Management
P.O. Box 534480
Pittsburgh, PA 15253-4480 and deposited into your account before any transaction may be processed.
(i)
If a portion of the shares to be exchanged are held in escrow in connection with a Letter of Intent, the smallest number of full shares of the Voya fund to be purchased on the exchange having the same aggregate NAV as the shares being exchanged shall be substituted in the escrow account. Shares held in escrow may not be redeemed until the Letter of Intent has expired and/or the appropriate adjustments have been made to the account.
(j)
Shares may not be exchanged and/or redeemed unless an exchange and/or redemption privilege is offered pursuant to the Fund’s then-current Prospectus.
(k)
Proceeds of a redemption may be delayed up to 15 days or longer until the check used to purchase the shares being redeemed has been paid by the bank upon which it was drawn.
79

Systematic Exchange
You may establish an automatic exchange of shares from one Fund to another. The exchange will occur on or about the day of your choosing and must be for a minimum of $100 per month. Because this transaction is treated as an exchange, the policies related to the exchange privilege apply. There may be tax consequences associated with these exchanges. Please consult your tax adviser.
Shareholder Information
Each Fund offers one or more of the shareholder services described below. You can obtain further information about these services by contacting each Fund at the telephone number or address listed on the cover of this SAI or from the Distributor, your financial adviser, your securities dealer or other financial intermediary.
Investment Account and Account Statements
The Transfer Agent maintains an account for each shareholder under which the registration and transfer of shares are recorded and any transfers shall be reflected by bookkeeping entry, without physical delivery.
The Transfer Agent will require that a shareholder provide requests in writing, accompanied by a valid signature guarantee form, when changing certain information in an account (i.e., wiring instructions, telephone privileges, etc.). The Transfer Agent may charge you a fee for special requests such as historical transcripts of your account and copies of cancelled checks.
Consolidated statements reflecting current values, share balances and year-to-date transactions generally will be sent to you each quarter. All accounts identified by the same social security number and address will be consolidated. For example, you could receive a consolidated statement showing your individual and IRA accounts. An IRS Form 1099 generally will also be sent each year by January 31.
With the prior permission of the other shareholders involved, you have the option of requesting that accounts controlled by other shareholders be shown on one consolidated statement. For example, information on your individual account, your IRA, your spouse’s individual account and your spouse’s IRA may be shown on one consolidated statement.
For investors purchasing shares of a Fund under a tax-qualified individual retirement account or pension plan or under a group plan through a person designated for the collection and remittance of monies to be invested in shares of a Fund on a periodic basis, the Fund may, in lieu of furnishing confirmations following each purchase of Fund shares, send statements no less frequently than quarterly pursuant to the provisions of the 1934 Act, and the rules thereunder. These quarterly statements, which would be sent to the investor or to the person designated by the group for distribution to its members, will be made within five business days after the end of each quarterly period and shall reflect all transactions in the investor’s account during the preceding quarter.
Reinvestment of Distributions
As noted in the Prospectus, shareholders have the privilege of reinvesting both income dividends and capital gains distributions, if any, in additional shares of a respective class of a Fund at the then current NAV, with no sales charge. Each Fund’s management believes that most investors desire to take advantage of this privilege. A shareholder may elect at any time by writing to a Fund or the Transfer Agent to have subsequent dividends and/or distributions paid in cash. In the absence of such an election, each purchase of shares of a class of a Fund is made upon the condition and understanding that the Transfer Agent is automatically appointed the shareholder’s agent to receive his dividends and distributions upon all shares registered in his or her name and to reinvest them in full and fractional shares of the respective class of the Fund at the applicable NAV in effect at the close of business on the reinvestment date. A shareholder may still, at any time after a purchase of Fund shares, request that dividends and/or capital gains distributions be paid to him or her in cash.
TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following tax information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the tax information contained in each Fund’s Prospectus. The Prospectus generally describes the U.S. federal income tax treatment of each Fund and its shareholders. This section of the SAI provides additional information concerning U.S. federal income taxes. It is based on the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations, judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as in effect as of the date of this SAI and all of which are subject to change, including with retroactive effect. The following discussion is only a summary of some of the important U.S. federal tax considerations generally applicable to investments in each Fund. There may be other tax considerations applicable to particular shareholders. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers regarding their particular situation and the possible application of foreign, state and local tax laws.
Special tax rules apply to investments through defined contribution plans and other tax-qualified plans or tax-advantaged arrangements. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the suitability of Fund shares as an investment through such plans and arrangements and the precise effect of an investment on their particular tax situation.
Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company
Each Fund has elected or will elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and intends each year to qualify and to be eligible to be treated as such. In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded RICs and their shareholders, each Fund must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from: (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies; and (ii) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined below); (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the fair market value of its total assets consists of: (A) cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities and securities of other RICs; and (B) other securities
80

(other than those described in clause (A)) limited in respect of any one issuer to a value that does not exceed 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested, including through corporations in which the Fund owns a 20% or more voting stock interest, in the securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (i)(A)), the securities (other than securities of other RICs) of two or more issuers the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships; and (c) distribute with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code without regard to the deduction for dividends paid—generally taxable ordinary income and the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses, taking into account any capital loss carryforwards) and its net tax-exempt income, for such year.
In general, for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described in (a) above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized directly by the RIC. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (generally defined as a partnership (x) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, and (y) that derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in paragraph (a)(i) above) will be treated as qualifying income. In general, such entities will be treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes because they meet the passive income requirement under Code section 7704(c)(2). In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership. Certain of a Fund’s investments in MLPs and ETFs, if any, may qualify as interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships.
For purposes of the diversification test in (b) above, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” will include the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership and in the case of a Fund’s investments in loan participations, the Fund shall treat both the financial intermediary and the issuer of the underlying loan as an issuer. Also, for purposes of the diversification test in (b) above, the identification of the issuer (or, in some cases, issuers) of a particular Fund investment can depend on the terms and conditions of that investment. In some cases, identification of the issuer (or issuers) is uncertain under current law, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to issuer identification for a particular type of investment may adversely affect a Fund’s ability to meet the diversification test in (b) above. The qualifying income and diversification requirements described above may limit the extent to which a Fund can engage in certain derivative transactions, as well as the extent to which it can invest in MLPs and certain commodity-linked ETFs.
If a Fund qualifies as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment, the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, determined with reference to any capital loss carryforwards) distributed in a timely manner to its shareholders in the form of dividends (including Capital Gain Dividends, as defined below).
If a Fund were to fail to meet the income, diversification or distribution test described above, the Fund could in some cases cure such failure, including by paying a Fund-level tax, paying interest, making additional distributions, or disposing of certain assets. If the Fund were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure such failure for any year, or if the Fund were otherwise to fail to qualify as a RIC accorded special tax treatment for such year, the Fund would be subject to tax on its taxable income at corporate rates, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Some portions of such distributions may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders and may be eligible to be treated as “qualified dividend income” in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals, provided, in both cases, the shareholder meets certain holding period and other requirements in respect of the Fund's shares (as described below). In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before re-qualifying as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment.
Each Fund intends to distribute at least annually to its shareholders all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction), its net tax-exempt income (if any), and its net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, in each case determined with reference to any loss carryforwards). However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation. Any taxable income, including any net capital gain retained by a Fund, will be subject to tax at the Fund level at regular corporate rates.
In the case of net capital gain, each Fund is permitted to designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a timely notice to its shareholders who would then, in turn, be: (i) required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount; and (ii) entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds on a properly-filed U.S. tax return to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. If a Fund makes this designation, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund would be increased by an amount equal to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income under clause (i) of the preceding sentence and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. A Fund is not required to, and there can be no assurance a Fund will, make this designation if it retains all or a portion of its net capital gain in a taxable year.
In determining its net capital gain, including in connection with determining the amount available to support a Capital Gain Dividend (as defined below), its taxable income, and its earnings and profits, a RIC generally may elect to treat part or all of any post-October capital loss (defined as any net capital loss attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31 or, if there is no such loss, the net long-term capital loss or net short-term capital loss attributable to any such portion of the taxable year) or late-year ordinary loss (generally,
81

the sum of its: (i) net ordinary loss from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property, attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31, and (ii) other net ordinary loss attributable to the portion, if any, of the taxable year after December 31) as if incurred in the succeeding taxable year.
In order to comply with the distribution requirements described above applicable to RICs, a Fund generally must make the distributions in the same taxable year that it realizes the income and gain, although in certain circumstances, a Fund may make the distributions in the following taxable year in respect of income and gains from the prior taxable year.
If a Fund declares a distribution to shareholders of record in October, November, or December of one calendar year and pays the distribution in January of the following calendar year, the Fund and its shareholders will be treated as if the Fund paid the distribution on December 31 of the earlier year.
Excise Tax
If a Fund were to fail to distribute in a calendar year at least an amount equal to the sum of 98% of its ordinary income for such year and 98.2% of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 of such year (or December 31 of that year if the Fund is permitted to elect and so elects), plus any such amounts retained from the prior year, the Fund would be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts.
Each Fund intends generally to make distributions sufficient to avoid the imposition of the 4% excise tax. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to the excise tax.
For purposes of the required excise tax distribution, a RIC’s ordinary gains and losses from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property that would otherwise be taken into account after October 31 of a calendar year generally are treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. Also, for these purposes, a Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it is subject to corporate income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year.
Use of Tax Equalization
Each Fund distributes its net investment income and capital gains to shareholders at least annually to the extent required to qualify as a RIC under the Code and generally to avoid U.S. federal income or excise tax. Under current law, a Fund is permitted to treat the portion of redemption proceeds paid to redeeming shareholders that represents the redeeming shareholders’ pro-rata share of the Fund's accumulated earnings and profits as a dividend on the Fund’s tax return. This practice, which involves the use of tax equalization, will reduce the amount of income and gains that a Fund is required to distribute as dividends to shareholders in order for the Fund to avoid U.S. federal income tax and excise tax, which may include reducing the amount of distributions that otherwise would be required to be paid to non-redeeming shareholders. A Fund’s NAV generally will not be reduced by the amount of any undistributed income or gains allocated to redeeming shareholders under this practice and thus the total return on a shareholder’s investment generally will not be reduced as a result of this practice.
Capital Loss Carryforwards
Capital losses in excess of capital gains (“net capital losses”) are not permitted to be deducted against a Fund’s net investment income. Instead, potentially subject to certain limitations, each Fund is able to carry forward a net capital loss from any taxable year to offset its capital gains, if any, realized during a subsequent taxable year. Distributions from capital gains are generally made after applying any available capital loss carryforwards. Capital loss carryforwards are reduced to the extent they offset current-year net realized capital gains, whether the Fund retains or distributes such gains.
If a Fund incurs or has incurred net capital losses, those losses will be carried forward to one or more subsequent taxable years without expiration; any such carryover losses will retain their character as short-term or long-term.
See each Fund’s most recent annual shareholder report for each Fund’s available capital loss carryforwards, if any, as of the end of its most recently ended fiscal year.
Fund Distributions
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income generally are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Taxes on distributions of capital gains are determined by how long a Fund owned (or is deemed to have owned) the investments that generated them, rather than how long a shareholder has owned his or her shares. In general, a Fund will recognize long-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned for more than one year, and short-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned for one year or less. Tax rules can alter a Fund’s holding period in investments and thereby affect the tax treatment of gain or loss on such investments. Distributions of net capital gain that are properly reported by a Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains includible in net capital gain and taxed to individuals at reduced rates relative to ordinary income. Distributions from capital gains generally are made after applying any available capital loss carryforwards. The IRS and the Department of the Treasury have issued regulations that impose special rules in respect of Capital Gain Dividends received through partnership interests constituting “applicable partnership interests” under Section 1061 of the Code. Distributions of net short-term capital gain (as reduced by any net long-term capital loss for the taxable year) will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Distributions of investment income reported by a Fund as derived from “qualified dividend income” will be taxed in the hands of individuals at the rates applicable to net capital gain, provided holding period and other requirements are met at both the shareholder and Fund level.
82

The Code generally imposes a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on the net investment income of certain individuals, trusts and estates to the extent their income exceeds certain threshold amounts. For these purposes, “net investment income” generally includes, among other things: (i) distributions paid by a Fund of net investment income and capital gains as described above; and (ii) any net gain from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of Fund shares. Shareholders are advised to consult their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of this additional tax on their investment in a Fund.
As required by federal law, detailed federal tax information with respect to each calendar year will be furnished to each shareholder early in the succeeding year.
If, in and with respect to any taxable year, a Fund makes a distribution to a shareholder in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess distribution will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of such shareholder’s tax basis in its shares, and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s tax basis in its shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of its shares. To the extent a Fund makes distributions of capital gains in excess of the Fund’s net capital gain for the taxable year (as reduced by any available capital loss carryforwards from prior taxable years), there is a possibility that the distributions will be taxable as ordinary dividend distributions, even though distributed excess amounts would not have been subject to tax if retained by the Fund.
Distributions are taxable as described herein whether shareholders receive them in cash or reinvest them in additional shares.
A dividend paid to shareholders in January generally is deemed to have been paid by a Fund on December 31 of the preceding year, if the dividend was declared and payable to shareholders of record on a date in October, November or December of that preceding year.
Distributions on a Fund’s shares generally are subject to U.S. federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when the Fund’s NAV reflects either unrealized gains, or realized but undistributed income or gains, that were therefore included in the price the shareholder paid. Such distributions may reduce the fair market value of the Fund’s shares below the shareholder’s cost basis in those shares. As described above, a Fund is required to distribute realized income and gains regardless of whether the Fund’s NAV also reflects unrealized losses.
If a Fund holds, directly or indirectly, one or more “tax credit bonds” on one or more applicable dates during a taxable year, it is possible that the Fund will elect to permit its shareholders to claim a tax credit on their income tax returns equal to each shareholder's proportionate share of tax credits from the applicable bonds that otherwise would be allowed to the Fund. In such a case, a shareholder will be deemed to receive a distribution of money with respect to its Fund shares equal to the shareholder’s proportionate share of the amount of such credits and be allowed a credit against the shareholder's U.S. federal income tax liability equal to the amount of such deemed distribution, subject to certain limitations imposed by the Code on the credits involved. Even if a Fund is eligible to pass through tax credits to shareholders, the Fund may choose not to do so.
In order for some portion of the dividends received by a Fund shareholder to be “qualified dividend income” that is eligible for taxation at long-term capital gain rates, the Fund must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to some portion of the dividend-paying stocks in its portfolio and the shareholder must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to the Fund’s shares. In general, a dividend is not treated as qualified dividend income (at either the Fund or shareholder level): (1) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date); (2) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property; (3) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest; or (4) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is: (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States); or (b) treated as a passive foreign investment company.
In general, distributions of investment income reported by a Fund as derived from qualified dividend income are treated as qualified dividend income in the hands of a shareholder taxed as an individual, provided the shareholder meets the holding period and other requirements described above with respect to the Fund’s shares.
If the aggregate qualified dividends received by a Fund during a taxable year are 95% or more of its gross income (excluding net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), then 100% of the Fund’s dividends (other than dividends properly reported as Capital Gain Dividends) are eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income.
In general, dividends of net investment income received by corporate shareholders of a Fund qualify for the dividends-received deduction generally available to corporations to the extent of the amount of eligible dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations for the taxable year. A dividend received by a Fund will not be treated as a dividend eligible for the dividends-received deduction: (1) if it has been received with respect to any share of stock that the Fund has held for less than 46 days (91 days in the case of certain preferred stock) during the 91-day period beginning on the date which is 45 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date in the case of certain preferred stock); or (2) to the extent that the Fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the dividends received deduction may otherwise be disallowed or reduced: (1) if the
83

corporate shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its shares of the Fund; or (2) by application of various provisions of the Code (for instance, the dividends-received deduction is reduced in the case of a dividend received on debt-financed portfolio stock (generally, stock acquired with borrowed funds)).
Any distribution of income that is attributable to: (i) income received by a Fund in lieu of dividends with respect to securities on loan pursuant to a securities lending transaction; or (ii) dividend income received by the Fund on securities it temporarily purchased from a counterparty pursuant to a repurchase agreement that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a loan by the Fund, will not constitute qualified dividend income to individual shareholders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders.
Distributions by a Fund to its shareholders that the Fund properly reports as “section 199A dividends,” as defined and subject to certain conditions described below, are treated as qualified REIT dividends in the hands of non-corporate shareholders. Non-corporate shareholders are permitted a federal income tax deduction equal to 20% of qualified REIT dividends received by them, subject to certain limitations. Very generally, a “section 199A dividend” is any dividend or portion thereof that is attributable to certain dividends received by the Fund from REITs, to the extent such dividends are properly reported as such by the RIC in a written notice to its shareholders. A section 199A dividend is treated as a qualified REIT dividend only if the shareholder receiving such dividend holds the dividend-paying RIC shares for at least 46 days of the 91-day period beginning 45 days before the shares become ex-dividend, and is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to a position in substantially similar or related property. A Fund is permitted to report such part of its dividends as section 199A dividends as are eligible, but is not required to do so.
Subject to future regulatory guidance to the contrary, distributions attributable to qualified publicly traded partnership income from a Fund’s investments in MLPs will ostensibly not qualify for the deduction available to non-corporate taxpayers in respect of such amounts received directly from an MLP.
For information regarding qualified dividend income received from underlying funds and eligibility for the dividends-received deduction of dividends received from underlying funds, see “Funds of funds,” below.
Tax Implications of Certain Fund Investments
References to investments by a Fund also include investments by an Underlying Fund.
Special Rules for Debt Obligations. Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance (and zero-coupon debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance) will be treated as debt obligations that are issued originally at a discount. Generally, the original issue discount (“OID”) is treated as interest income and is included in a Fund’s income and required to be distributed by the Fund over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security. In addition, payment-in-kind securities will give rise to income which is required to be distributed and is taxable even though the Fund holding the security receives no interest payment in cash on the security during the year.
Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance that are acquired by a Fund in the secondary market may be treated as having “market discount.” Very generally, market discount is the excess of the stated redemption price of a debt obligation (or in the case of an obligation issued with OID, its “revised issue price”) over the purchase price of such obligation. Generally, any gain recognized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt security having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on such debt security. Alternatively, a Fund may elect to accrue market discount currently, in which case the Fund will be required to include the accrued market discount in the Fund's income (as ordinary income) and thus distribute it over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security. The rate at which the market discount accrues, and thus is included in a Fund's income, will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods the Fund elects.
Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of one year or less from the date of issuance may be treated as having OID or, in certain cases, “acquisition discount” (very generally, the excess of the stated redemption price over the purchase price). Each Fund will be required to include the OID or acquisition discount in income (as ordinary income) and thus distribute it over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security. The rate at which OID or acquisition discount accrues, and thus is included in a Fund's income, will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods the Fund elects.
If a Fund holds the foregoing kinds of obligations, or other obligations subject to special rules under the Code, it may be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount which is greater than the total amount of cash interest the Fund actually received. Such distributions may be made from the cash assets of the Fund or, if necessary, by disposition of portfolio securities including at a time when it may not be advantageous to do so. These dispositions may cause the Fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gains (generally taxed to shareholders at ordinary income tax rates) and, in the event the Fund realizes net capital gains from such transactions, its shareholders may receive a larger Capital Gain Dividend than if the Fund had not held such obligations.
Securities Purchased at a Premium. Very generally, where a Fund purchases a bond at a price that exceeds the redemption price at maturity – that is, at a premium – the premium is amortizable over the remaining term of the bond. In the case of a taxable bond, if the Fund makes an election applicable to all such bonds it purchases, which election is irrevocable without consent of the IRS, the Fund
84

reduces the current taxable income from the bond by the amortized premium and reduces its tax basis in the bond by the amount of such offset; upon the disposition or maturity of such bonds acquired on or after January 4, 2013, the Fund is permitted to deduct any remaining premium allocable to a prior period. In the case of a tax-exempt bond, tax rules require the Fund to reduce its tax basis by the amount of amortized premium.
A portion of the OID accrued on certain high yield discount obligations may not be deductible to the issuer and will instead be treated as a dividend paid by the issuer for purposes of the dividends received deduction. In such cases, if the issuer of the high-yield discount obligations is a domestic corporation, dividend payments by a Fund may be eligible for the dividends received deduction to the extent attributable to the deemed dividend portion of such OID.
At-risk or Defaulted Securities. Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues for a Fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether or to what extent a Fund should recognize market discount on a debt obligation, when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, OID or market discount, when and to what extent the Fund may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how the Fund should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by a Fund when, as and if it invests in such securities, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a RIC and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.
Certain Investments in REITs. Any investment by a Fund in equity securities of REITs qualifying as such under Subchapter M of the Code may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Dividends received by a Fund from a REIT will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction and generally will not constitute qualified dividend income.
Certain distributions made by a Fund attributable to dividends received by the Fund from REITs may qualify as “qualified REIT dividends” in the hands of non-corporate shareholders, as discussed above.
Mortgage-Related Securities. A Fund may invest directly or indirectly in REMICs (including by investing in residual interests in collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) with respect to which an election to be treated as a REMIC is in effect) or equity interests in taxable mortgage pools (“TMPs”). Under a notice issued by the IRS in October 2006 and Treasury regulations that have yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of each Fund’s income (including income allocated to the Fund from a REIT or other pass-through entity) that is attributable to a residual interest in a REMIC or an equity interest in a TMP (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a RIC will be allocated to shareholders of the RIC in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related interest directly. As a result, a Fund investing in such interests may not be a suitable investment for charitable remainder trusts, as noted below.
In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders: (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions); (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income; and (iii) in the case of a non-U.S. shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. A shareholder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such inclusions notwithstanding any exemption from such income tax otherwise available under the Code.
Foreign Currency Transactions. Any transaction by a Fund in foreign currencies, foreign currency-denominated debt obligations or certain foreign currency options, futures contracts or forward contracts (or similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. Any such net gains could require a larger dividend toward the end of the calendar year. Any such net losses generally will reduce and potentially require the recharacterization of prior ordinary income distributions. Such ordinary income treatment may accelerate Fund distributions to shareholders and increase the distributions taxed to shareholders as ordinary income. Any net ordinary losses so created cannot be carried forward by a Fund to offset income or gains earned in subsequent taxable years.
Foreign currency gains generally are treated as qualifying income for purposes of the 90% gross income test described above. There is a remote possibility that the Secretary of the Treasury will issue contrary tax regulations with respect to foreign currency gains that are not directly related to a RIC’s principal business of investing in stocks or securities (or options or futures with respect to stocks or securities), and such regulations could apply retroactively.
Passive Foreign Investment Companies. Equity investments by a Fund in certain “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”) could potentially subject the Fund to a U.S. federal income tax (including interest charges) on distributions received from the company or on proceeds received from the disposition of shares in the company. This tax cannot be eliminated by making distributions to Fund shareholders. However, a Fund may elect to avoid the imposition of that tax. For example, a Fund may elect to treat a PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (i.e., make a “QEF election”), in which case the Fund will be required to include its share of the PFIC’s income and net capital gains annually, regardless of whether it receives any distribution from the PFIC. A Fund also may make an election to mark the gains (and to a limited extent losses) in such holdings “to the market” as though it had sold (and, solely for purposes of this mark-to-market election, repurchased) its holdings in those PFICs on the last day of the Fund’s taxable year. Such gains and losses are treated as ordinary income and loss. The QEF and mark-to-market elections may accelerate the recognition of income (without the receipt of cash) and increase the amount required to be distributed by the Fund to avoid taxation. Making either of these elections therefore may require the Fund to liquidate other investments (including when it is not advantageous to do so) to meet its distribution requirement, which also may accelerate the recognition of gain and affect the Fund’s total return. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as “qualified dividend
85

income.” A foreign issuer in which a Fund invests will not be treated as a PFIC with respect to the Fund if such issuer is a controlled foreign corporation (“CFC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes and the Fund holds (directly, indirectly, or constructively) 10% or more of the voting interests in or total value of such issuer. In such a case, a Fund generally would be required to include in gross income each year, as ordinary income, its share of certain amounts of a CFC's income, whether or not the CFC distributes such amounts to the Fund.
Because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC, a Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances.
If a Fund indirectly invests in PFICs by virtue of the Fund’s investment in other funds, it may not make such PFIC elections; rather, the underlying funds directly investing in the PFICs would decide whether to make such elections.
Options and Futures
In general, option premiums received by a Fund are not immediately included in the income of the Fund. Instead, the premiums are recognized when the option contract expires, the option is exercised by the holder, or the Fund transfers or otherwise terminates the option (e.g., through a closing transaction). If a call option written by a Fund is exercised and the Fund sells or delivers the underlying stock, the Fund generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to (a) sum of the strike price and the option premium received by the Fund minus (b) the Fund’s basis in the stock. Such gain or loss generally will be short-term or long-term depending upon the holding period of the underlying stock. If securities are purchased by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Fund generally will subtract the premium received for purposes of computing its cost basis in the securities purchased. Gain or loss arising in respect of a termination of the Fund’s obligation under an option other than through the exercise of the option will be short-term gain or loss depending on whether the premium income received by the Fund is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund (if any) in terminating the transaction. Thus, for example, if an option written by a Fund expires unexercised, the Fund generally will recognize short-term gain equal to the premium received.
A Fund’s options activities may include transactions constituting straddles for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is, that trigger the U.S. federal income tax straddle rules contained primarily in Section 1092 of the Code. Such straddles include, for example, positions in a particular security, or an index of securities, and one or more options that offset the former position, including options that are “covered” by a Fund’s long position in the subject security. Very generally, where applicable, Section 1092 requires: (i) that losses be deferred on positions deemed to be offsetting positions with respect to “substantially similar or related property,” to the extent of unrealized gain in the latter; and (ii) that the holding period of such a straddle position that has not already been held for the long-term holding period be terminated and begin anew once the position is no longer part of a straddle. Options on single stocks that are not “deep in the money” may constitute qualified covered calls, which generally are not subject to the straddle rules; the holding period on stock underlying qualified covered calls that are “in the money” although not “deep in the money” will be suspended during the period that such calls are outstanding. These straddle rules and the rules governing qualified covered calls could cause gains that would otherwise constitute long-term capital gains to be treated as short-term capital gains, and distributions that would otherwise constitute “qualified dividend income” or qualify for the dividends-received deduction to fail to satisfy the holding period requirements and therefore to be taxed as ordinary income or to fail to qualify for the dividends-received deduction, as the case may be.
The tax treatment of certain positions entered into by a Fund (including regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency positions and certain listed non-equity options) will be governed by section 1256 of the Code (“section 1256 contracts”). Gains or losses on section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses (“60/40”), although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary in character. Also, section 1256 contracts held by a Fund at the end of each taxable year (and, for purposes of the 4% excise tax, on certain other dates as prescribed under the Code) are “marked to market” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized and the resulting gain or loss is treated as ordinary or 60/40 gain or loss, as applicable.
Other Derivatives, Hedging, and Related Transactions. In addition to the special rules described above in respect of futures and options transactions, each Fund’s transactions in other derivative instruments (e.g., forward contracts and swap agreements), as well as any of its hedging, short sale, securities loan or similar transactions, may be subject to one or more special tax rules (e.g., notional principal contract, straddle, constructive sale, wash sale and short sale rules). These rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by a Fund are treated as ordinary or capital, accelerate the recognition of income or gains to the Fund, defer losses to the Fund, and cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Fund’s securities, thereby affecting, among other things, whether capital gains and losses are treated as short-term or long-term. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to shareholders.
Because these and other tax rules applicable to these types of transactions are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether a Fund has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification as a RIC and avoid a Fund-level tax.
Commodity-Linked Instruments. A Fund’s investments in commodity-linked instruments can be limited by the Fund’s intention to qualify as a RIC, and can bear on the Fund’s ability to so qualify. Income and gains from certain commodity-linked instruments do not constitute qualifying income to a RIC for purposes of the 90% gross income test described above. The tax treatment of some other commodity-linked instruments in which a Fund might invest is not certain, in particular with respect to whether income or gains from such instruments constitute qualifying income to a RIC. If a Fund were to treat income or gain from a particular instrument as qualifying income and the income or gain were later determined not to constitute qualifying income and, together with any other nonqualifying income, caused the Fund’s nonqualifying income to exceed 10% of its gross income in any taxable year, the Fund would fail to qualify as a RIC unless it is eligible to and does pay a tax at the Fund level.
86

Exchange-Traded Notes, Structured Notes. The tax rules are uncertain with respect to the treatment of income or gains arising in respect of commodity-linked ETNs and certain commodity-linked structured notes; also, the timing and character of income or gains arising from ETNs can be uncertain. An adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect a Fund’s ability to qualify for treatment as a RIC and to avoid a fund-level tax.
Book-Tax Differences. Certain of a Fund’s investments in derivative instruments and foreign currency-denominated instruments, and any of the Fund's transactions in foreign currencies and hedging activities, are likely to produce a difference between its book income and the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any). If such a difference arises, and the Fund’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income, the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment and to avoid an entity-level tax. In the alternative, if the Fund’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income (including realized capital gains) and net tax-exempt income, the distribution (if any) of such excess generally will be treated as: (i) a dividend to the extent of the Fund’s remaining earnings and profits (including earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income); (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its shares; and (iii) thereafter as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset.
Funds of Funds. Because each Fund will invest all or substantially all of its assets in shares of other mutual funds, ETFs or other companies that are RICs (collectively, “underlying funds”), its distributable income and gains will normally consist substantially or entirely of distributions from underlying funds and gains and losses on the disposition of shares of underlying funds. To the extent that an underlying fund realizes net losses on its investments for a given taxable year, a Fund will not be able to benefit from those losses until and only to the extent that: (i) the underlying fund realizes gains that it can reduce by those losses; or (ii) the Fund recognizes its share of those losses (so as to offset distributions of net income or capital gains from other underlying funds) when it disposes of shares of the underlying fund in a transaction qualifying for sale or exchange treatment. Moreover, even when a Fund does make such a disposition, a portion of its loss may be recognized as a long-term capital loss, which will not be treated as favorably for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a short-term capital loss or an ordinary deduction. In particular, a Fund will not be able to offset any capital losses from its dispositions of underlying fund shares against its ordinary income (including distributions of any net short-term capital gains realized by an underlying fund).
In addition, in certain circumstances, the “wash sale” rules under Section 1091 of the Code may apply to a Fund’s sales of underlying fund shares that have generated losses. A wash sale occurs if shares of an underlying fund are sold by a Fund at a loss and the Fund acquires additional shares of that same underlying fund 30 days before or after the date of the sale. The wash-sale rules could defer losses in the Fund’s hands on sales of underlying fund shares (to the extent such sales are wash sales) for extended (and, in certain cases, potentially indefinite) periods of time.
As a result of the foregoing rules, and certain other special rules, it is possible that the amounts of net investment income and net capital gain that a Fund will be required to distribute to shareholders will be greater than such amounts would have been had the Fund invested directly in the securities held by the underlying funds, rather than investing in shares of the underlying funds. For similar reasons, the amount or timing of distributions from a Fund qualifying for treatment as a particular character (e.g., long-term capital gain, eligibility for dividends-received deduction, etc.) will not necessarily be the same as it would have been had the Fund invested directly in the securities held by the underlying funds.
If a Fund were to own 20% or more of the voting interests of an underlying fund, subject to a safe harbor in respect of certain fund of funds arrangements, the Fund would be required to “look through” the underlying fund to its holdings and combine the appropriate percentage (as determined pursuant to the applicable Treasury Regulations) of the investment company’s assets with the Fund’s assets for purposes of satisfying the 25% diversification test described above.
Depending on a Fund’s percentage ownership in an underlying fund before and after a redemption of underlying fund shares, the Fund’s redemption of shares of such underlying fund may cause the Fund to be treated as receiving a dividend on the full amount of the distribution instead of being treated as realizing a capital gain or loss on the shares of the underlying fund. This could be the case where a Fund holds a significant interest in an underlying fund that is not a “publicly offered” RIC within the meaning of the Code – where true, most likely because the underlying fund is offered only to upper-tier funds — and redeems only a small portion of such interest. Dividend treatment of a redemption by a Fund would affect the amount and character of income required to be distributed by both the Fund and the underlying fund for the year in which the redemption occurred. It is possible that such a dividend would qualify as “qualified dividend income”; otherwise, it would be taxable as ordinary income and could cause shareholders of the Fund to recognize higher amounts of ordinary income than if the shareholders had held shares of the underlying funds directly.
If a Fund receives dividends from an underlying fund, and the underlying fund reports such dividends as qualified dividend income, then the Fund is permitted, in turn, to report a portion of its distributions as “qualified dividend income,” provided the Fund meets the holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the underlying fund.
If a Fund receives dividends from an underlying fund, and the underlying fund reports such dividends as eligible for the dividends-received deduction, then the fund is permitted, in turn, to report a portion of its distributions as eligible for the dividends-received deduction, provided the Fund meets the holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the underlying fund.
If an underlying fund in which a Fund invests elects to pass through tax credit bond credits to its shareholders, then the Fund is permitted in turn to elect to pass through its proportionate share of those tax credits to its shareholders, provided that the Fund meets the shareholder notice and other requirements.
87

If at the close of each quarter of a Fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of its total assets consist of interests in other RICs, the Fund will be a “qualified fund of funds.” In that case, the Fund is permitted to elect to pass through to its shareholders foreign income and other similar taxes paid by the Fund in respect of foreign securities held directly by the Fund or by an underlying fund in which it invests that itself elected to pass such taxes through to shareholders, so that shareholders of the Fund will be eligible to claim a tax credit or deduction for such taxes. However, even if the Fund qualifies to make such election for any year, it may determine not to do so. See “Foreign Taxation” below for more information.
Additionally, if a Fund is a qualified fund of funds, the Fund is permitted to distribute exempt-interest dividends and thereby pass through to its shareholders the tax-exempt character of any exempt-interest dividends it receives from underlying funds in which it invests, or interest on any tax-exempt obligations in which it directly invests, if any.
Investments in Master Limited Partnerships and Certain Non-U.S. Entities. A Fund’s ability to make direct and indirect investments in MLPs and certain non-U.S. entities is limited by the Fund’s intention to qualify as a RIC, and if the Fund does not appropriately limit such investments or if such investments are recharacterized for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Fund’s status as a RIC may be jeopardized. Among other limitations, the Fund is permitted to have no more than 25% of the value of its total assets invested in qualified publicly traded partnerships, including MLPs.
Subject to any future regulatory guidance to the contrary, any distribution of income attributable to qualified publicly traded partnership income from a Fund’s investment in a MLP will ostensibly not qualify for the deduction that would be available to a non-corporate shareholder were the shareholder to own such MLP directly.
Tax-Exempt Shareholders
Income of a RIC that would be UBTI if earned directly by a tax-exempt entity generally will not constitute UBTI when distributed to a tax-exempt shareholder of the RIC. Notwithstanding this “blocking” effect, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in a Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b).
A tax-exempt shareholder may also recognize UBTI if a Fund recognizes “excess inclusion income” derived from direct or indirect investments in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs as described above, if the amount of such income recognized by the Fund exceeds the Fund’s investment company taxable income (after taking into account deductions for dividends paid by the Fund).
In addition, special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (“CRTs”) that invest in RICs that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Under legislation enacted in December 2006, a CRT (as defined in section 664 of the Code) that realizes any UBTI for a taxable year must pay an excise tax annually of an amount equal to such UBTI. Under IRS guidance issued in October 2006, a CRT will not recognize UBTI as a result of investing in a Fund that recognizes “excess inclusion income.” Rather, if at any time during any taxable year a CRT (or one of certain other tax-exempt shareholders, such as the United States, a state or political subdivision, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, and certain energy cooperatives) is a record holder of a share in a Fund that recognizes “excess inclusion income,” then the Fund will be subject to a tax on that portion of its “excess inclusion income” for the taxable year that is allocable to such shareholders at the highest federal corporate income tax rate. The extent to which this IRS guidance remains applicable in light of the December 2006 legislation is unclear. To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, each Fund may elect to specially allocate any such tax to the applicable CRT, or other shareholder, and thus reduce such shareholder’s distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such shareholder’s interest in the Fund.
CRTs and other tax-exempt investors are urged to consult their tax advisers concerning the consequences of investing in a Fund.
Sale, Exchange or Redemption of Shares
The sale, exchange or redemption of Fund shares may give rise to a gain or loss.
In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than 12 months. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable disposition of Fund shares will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares held by a shareholder for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any Capital Gain Dividends received (or deemed received) by the shareholder with respect to the shares.
Further, all or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares will be disallowed under the Code’s “wash-sale” rule if other substantially identical shares are purchased, including by means of dividend reinvestment, within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations
Under U.S. Treasury Regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult with their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
Foreign Taxation
88

Income, proceeds and gains received by a Fund (or RICs in which the Fund has invested) from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax treaties between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. This will decrease the Fund’s yield on securities subject to such taxes. If more than 50% of a Fund’s assets at taxable year end consists of the securities of foreign corporations, the Fund may elect to permit shareholders to claim a credit or deduction on their income tax returns for their pro rata portions of qualified taxes paid by the Fund to foreign countries in respect of foreign securities that the Fund has held for at least the minimum period specified in the Code. In such a case, shareholders will include in gross income from foreign sources their pro rata shares of such taxes paid by the Fund. A shareholder’s ability to claim an offsetting foreign tax credit or deduction in respect of foreign taxes paid by a Fund is subject to certain limitations imposed by the Code, which may result in the shareholder’s not receiving a full credit or deduction (if any) for the amount of such taxes. Shareholders who do not itemize on their U.S. federal income tax returns may claim a credit (but not a deduction) for such foreign taxes.
Even if a Fund were eligible to make such an election for a given year, it may determine not to do so. Shareholders that are not subject to U.S. federal income tax, and those who invest in a Fund through tax-advantaged accounts (including those who invest through individual retirement accounts or other tax-advantaged retirement plans), generally will receive no benefit from any tax credit or deduction passed through by the Fund.
If a Fund is a qualified fund of funds, it also may elect to pass through to its shareholders foreign taxes it has paid or foreign taxes passed through to it by any underlying fund that itself elected to pass through such taxes to shareholders.
Foreign Shareholders
Distributions by a Fund to shareholders that are not “U.S. persons” within the meaning of the Code (“foreign shareholders”) properly reported by the Fund as: (1) Capital Gain Dividends; (2) short-term capital gain dividends; and (3) interest-related dividends, each as defined below and subject to certain conditions described below, generally are not subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax.
In general, the Code defines (1) “short-term capital gain dividends” as distributions of net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses and (2) “interest-related dividends” as distributions from U.S. source interest income of types similar to those not subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by an individual foreign shareholder, in each case to the extent such distributions are properly reported as such by the Fund in a written notice to shareholders. The exceptions to withholding for Capital Gain Dividends and short-term capital gain dividends do not apply to (A) distributions to an individual foreign shareholder who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the distribution and (B) distributions attributable to gain that is treated as effectively connected with the conduct by the foreign shareholder of a trade or business within the United States under special rules regarding the disposition of U.S. real property interests as described below. The exception to withholding for interest-related dividends does not apply to distributions to a foreign shareholder (A) that has not provided a satisfactory statement that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. person, (B) to the extent that the dividend is attributable to certain interest on an obligation if the foreign shareholder is the issuer or is a 10% shareholder of the issuer, (C) that is within certain foreign countries that have inadequate information exchange with the United States, or (D) to the extent the dividend is attributable to interest paid by a person that is a related person of the foreign shareholder and the foreign shareholder is a controlled foreign corporation. If a Fund invests in a RIC that pays such distributions to the Fund, such distributions retain their character as not subject to withholding if properly reported when paid by the Fund to foreign shareholders. The Fund may report such part of its dividends as interest-related and/or short-term capital gain dividends as are eligible, but is not required to do so. In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund reports all or a portion of a payment as an interest-related or short-term capital gain dividend to shareholders.
Foreign shareholders should contact their intermediaries regarding the application of these rules to their accounts.
Distributions by a Fund to foreign shareholders other than Capital Gain Dividends, short-term capital gain dividends and interest-related dividends (e.g., dividends attributable to dividend and foreign-source interest income or to short-term capital gains or U.S. source interest income to which the exception from withholding described above does not apply) are generally subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate).
A foreign shareholder is not, in general, subject to U.S. federal income tax on gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares of a Fund unless: (i) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the foreign shareholder of a trade or business within the United States; (ii) in the case of a foreign shareholder that is an individual, the shareholder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) the special rules relating to gain attributable to the sale or exchange of “U.S. real property interests” (“USRPIs”) apply to the foreign shareholder's sale of shares of the Fund (as described below).
Subject to certain exceptions (e.g., for a Fund that is a “United States real property holding corporation” as described below), a Fund is generally not required (and does not expect) to withhold on the amount of a non-dividend distribution (i.e., a distribution that is not paid out of the Fund’s current earnings and profits for the applicable taxable year or accumulated earnings and profits) when paid to its foreign shareholders.
Special rules would apply if a Fund were a qualified investment entity (“QIE”) because it is either a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (“USRPHC”) or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of certain exceptions to the definition of USRPIs described below. Very generally, a USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds USRPIs the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporation’s USRPIs, interests in real property located outside the United States, and other trade or business assets. USRPIs generally are defined as any interest in U.S. real property and any interest (other than solely as a creditor) in a USRPHC or, very generally, an entity that has been a USRPHC in the last five years. A Fund that holds, directly or indirectly, significant interests in REITs
89

may be a USRPHC. Interests in domestically controlled QIEs, including REITs and RICs that are QIEs, not-greater-than-10% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in REITs and not-greater-than-5% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in RICs generally are not USRPIs, but these exceptions do not apply for purposes of determining whether a Fund is a QIE.
If an interest in a Fund were a USRPI, the Fund would be required to withhold U.S. tax on the proceeds of a share redemption by a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder, in which case such foreign shareholder generally would also be required to file U.S. tax returns and pay any additional taxes due in connection with the redemption.
Moreover, if a Fund were a USRPHC or, very generally, had been one in the last five years, it would be required to withhold on amounts distributed to a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder to the extent such amounts would not be treated as a dividend, i.e., are in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated “earnings and profits” for the applicable taxable year. Such withholding generally is not required if the Fund is a domestically controlled QIE.
If a Fund were a QIE, under a special “look-through” rule, any distributions by the Fund to a foreign shareholder (including, in certain cases, distributions made by the Fund in redemption of its shares) attributable directly or indirectly to: (i) distributions received by the Fund from a lower-tier RIC or REIT that the Fund is required to treat as USRPI gain in its hands; and (ii) gains realized on the disposition of USRPIs by the Fund would retain their character as gains realized from USRPIs in the hands of the Fund’s foreign shareholders and would be subject to U.S. tax withholding. In addition, such distributions could result in the foreign shareholder being required to file a U.S. tax return and pay tax on the distributions at regular U.S. federal income tax rates. The consequences to a foreign shareholder, including the rate of such withholding and character of such distributions (e.g., as ordinary income or USRPI gain), would vary depending upon the extent of the foreign shareholder’s current and past ownership of the Fund.
Foreign shareholders of each Fund also may be subject to “wash sale” rules to prevent the avoidance of the tax-filing and -payment obligations discussed above through the sale and repurchase of Fund shares.
Foreign shareholders should consult their tax advisers and, if holding shares through intermediaries, their intermediaries, concerning the application of these rules to their investment in a Fund.
Foreign shareholders with respect to whom income from a Fund is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the foreign shareholder within the United States will in general be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the income derived from the Fund at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents or domestic corporations, whether such income is received in cash or reinvested in shares of the Fund and, in the case of a foreign corporation, may also be subject to a branch profits tax. If a foreign shareholder is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty, any effectively connected income or gain will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the shareholder in the United States. More generally, foreign shareholders who are residents in a country with an income tax treaty with the United States may obtain different tax results than those described herein, and are urged to consult their tax advisers.
In order to qualify for any exemptions from withholding described above or for lower withholding tax rates under income tax treaties, or to establish an exemption from backup withholding, a foreign shareholder must comply with special certification and filing requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or substitute form). Foreign shareholders should consult their tax advisers in this regard.
Special rules (including withholding and reporting requirements) apply to foreign partnerships and those holding Fund shares through foreign partnerships. Additional considerations may apply to foreign trusts and estates. Investors holding Fund shares through foreign entities should consult their tax advisers about their particular situation.
A foreign shareholder may be subject to state and local tax and to the U.S. federal estate tax in addition to the U.S. federal income tax referred to above.
Backup Withholding
Each Fund generally is required to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury a percentage of the taxable distributions and redemption proceeds paid to any individual shareholder who fails to properly furnish the Fund with a correct taxpayer identification number, who has under-reported dividend or interest income, or who fails to certify to the Fund that he or she is not subject to such withholding.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS.
Shareholder Reporting Obligations With Respect to Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts
Shareholders that are U.S. persons and own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of a Fund could be required to report annually their “financial interest” in the Fund’s “foreign financial accounts,” if any, on FinCEN Form 114, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts (“FBAR”). Shareholders should consult a tax adviser, and persons investing in the Fund through an intermediary should contact their intermediary, regarding the applicability to them of this reporting requirement.
Other Reporting and Withholding Requirements
Sections 1471-1474 of the Code and the U.S. Treasury and IRS guidance issued thereunder (collectively, “FATCA”) generally require each Fund to obtain information sufficient to identify the status of each of its shareholders under FATCA or under an applicable intergovernmental agreement (an “IGA”) between the United States and a foreign government. If a shareholder fails to provide the requested information or otherwise fails to comply with FATCA or an IGA, a Fund may be required to withhold under FATCA at a rate of 30% with respect to that
90

shareholder on ordinary dividends it pays. The IRS and the Department of the Treasury have issued proposed regulations providing that these withholding rules will not apply to the gross proceeds of share redemptions or Capital Gain Dividends a Fund pays. If a payment by a Fund is subject to FATCA withholding, the Fund is required to withhold even if such payment would otherwise be exempt from withholding under the rules applicable to foreign shareholders described above (e.g., interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends).
Each prospective investor is urged to consult its tax adviser regarding the applicability of FATCA and any other reporting requirements with respect to the prospective investor’s own situation, including investments through an intermediary.
General Considerations
The U.S. federal income tax discussion set forth above is for general information only. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the specific federal tax consequences of purchasing, holding, and disposing of shares of a Fund, as well as the effects of state, local, foreign, and other tax law and any proposed tax law changes.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The audited financial statements, and the independent registered accounting firm’s report thereon, are included in each Fund’s annual report to shareholders for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2022 and are incorporated herein by reference.
Paper copies of each Fund’s annual and semi-annual shareholder reports are not sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports. Instead, the reports are available on the Voya funds’ website (https://individuals.voya.com/literature), and you will be notified by mail each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report. You may elect to receive shareholder reports and other communications from a fund electronically anytime by contacting your financial intermediary (such as a broker-dealer or bank) or, if you are a direct investor, by calling 1-800-992-0180 or by sending an e-mail request to [email protected].
91

APPENDIX A – DESCRIPTION OF CREDIT RATINGS
A Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s (“Moody’s”) Global Rating Scales
Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default.
Description of Moody’s Long-Term Obligation Ratings
Aaa — Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.
Aa — Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A — Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa — Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba — Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B — Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa — Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca — Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C — Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
Hybrid Indicator (hyb)
The hybrid indicator (hyb) is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms. By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.
Description of Short-Term Obligation Ratings
Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
P-1 — Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2 — Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-3 — Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
NP — Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
Description of Moody’s US Municipal Short-Term Obligation Ratings
The Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) scale is used to rate US municipal bond anticipation notes of up to three years maturity. Municipal notes rated on the MIG scale may be secured by either pledged revenues or proceeds of a take-out financing received prior to note maturity. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation, and the issuer’s long-term rating is only one consideration in assigning the MIG rating. MIG ratings are divided into three levels — MIG 1 through MIG 3 — while speculative grade short-term obligations are designated SG.
MIG 1 — This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG 2 — This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
MIG 3 — This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
SG — This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.
A-1

Description of Moody’s Demand Obligation Ratings
In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned: a long or short term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”). The second element uses a rating from a variation of the MIG scale called the Variable Municipal Investment Grade (“VMIG”) scale.
VMIG 1 — This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG 2 — This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG 3 — This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
SG — This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
Description of S&P Global Ratings’ (“S&P’s”) Issue Credit Ratings
A S&P’s issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.
Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days — including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P’s analysis of the following considerations:
Likelihood of payment — capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
Nature of and provisions of the obligation and the promise we impute;
Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.
Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings*
AAA — An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA — An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A — An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
BBB — An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
BB, B, CCC, CC, C — Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
BB — An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
A-2

B — An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC — An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC — An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ’CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred, but S&P’s expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.
C — An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared to obligations that are rated higher.
D — An obligation rated ’D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ’D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P’s believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ’D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ’D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.
NR — This indicates that no rating has been requested, or that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that S&P’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.
* The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (–) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings
A-1 — A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by S&P’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
A-2 — A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
A-3 — A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B — A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.
C — A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
D — A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P’s believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.
Description of S&P’s Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings
A S&P’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P’s analysis will review the following considerations:
Amortization schedule — the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and
Source of payment — the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.
S&P’s municipal short-term note rating symbols are as follows:
SP-1 — Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.
SP-2 — Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
SP-3 — Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
A-3

Description of Fitch Ratings’ (“Fitch’s”) Credit Ratings Scales
Fitch’s credit ratings provide an opinion on the relative ability of an entity to meet financial commitments, such as interest, preferred dividends, repayment of principal, insurance claims or counterparty obligations. Credit ratings are used by investors as indications of the likelihood of receiving the money owed to them in accordance with the terms on which they invested.
The terms “investment grade” and “speculative grade” have established themselves over time as shorthand to describe the categories ‘AAA’ to ‘BBB’ (investment grade) and ‘BB’ to ‘D’ (speculative grade). The terms “investment grade” and “speculative grade” are market conventions, and do not imply any recommendation or endorsement of a specific security for investment purposes. “Investment grade” categories indicate relatively low to moderate credit risk, while ratings in the “speculative” categories either signal a higher level of credit risk or that a default has already occurred.
Fitch’s credit ratings do not directly address any risk other than credit risk. In particular, ratings do not deal with the risk of a market value loss on a rated security due to changes in interest rates, liquidity and other market considerations. However, in terms of payment obligation on the rated liability, market risk may be considered to the extent that it influences the ability of an issuer to pay upon a commitment. Ratings nonetheless do not reflect market risk to the extent that they influence the size or other conditionality of the obligation to pay upon a commitment (for example, in the case of index-linked bonds).
In the default components of ratings assigned to individual obligations or instruments, the agency typically rates to the likelihood of non-payment or default in accordance with the terms of that instrument’s documentation. In limited cases, Fitch may include additional considerations (i.e., rate to a higher or lower standard than that implied in the obligation’s documentation). In such cases, the agency will make clear the assumptions underlying the agency’s opinion in the accompanying rating commentary.
Description of Fitch’s Long-Term Corporate Finance Obligations Rating Scales
Fitch long-term obligations rating scales are as follows:
AAA — Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA — Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A — High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB — Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
BB — Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.
B — Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.
CCC — ‘CCC’ ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.
CC —’CC’ ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.
C — ‘C’ ratings indicate exceptionally high levels of credit risk.
Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned ‘RD’ or ‘D’ ratings, but are instead rated in the ‘B’ to ‘C’ rating categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. This approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.
Note: The modifiers “+” or “–” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below ‘CCC’.
The subscript ‘emr’ is appended to a rating to denote embedded market risk which is beyond the scope of the rating. The designation is intended to make clear that the rating solely addresses the counterparty risk of the issuing bank. It is not meant to indicate any limitation in the analysis of the counterparty risk, which in all other respects follows published Fitch criteria for analyzing the issuing financial institution. Fitch does not rate these instruments where the principal is to any degree subject to market risk.
Description of Fitch’s Short-Term Ratings
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.
Fitch short-term ratings are as follows:
F1 — Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
A-4

F2 — Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
F3 — Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
B — Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C — High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.
RD — Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.
D — Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.
A-5

APPENDIX B – PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES
B-1

  
PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES
VOYA FUNDS
VOYA INVESTMENTS, LLC
     
Date Last Revised: May 25, 2022

Introduction
These Proxy Voting Procedures and Guidelines (the “Procedures”, the “Guidelines”) set forth the procedures and guidelines to be followed by Voya Investments, LLC (referred to as the “Advisor”) for the voting of proxies of the Voya funds for which the Advisor serves as the investment manager (the “Funds”). These Procedures and Guidelines have been approved by the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the Funds (the “Board”).
The Board may determine to delegate proxy voting to a sub-advisor of one or more Funds (rather than to the Advisor), in which case, the sub-advisor’s proxy policies and procedures for implementation on behalf of such Voya fund (a “Sub-Advisor-Voted Fund”) shall be subject to approval by the Board. A Sub-Advisor-Voted Fund is not covered under these Procedures and Guidelines, except as described in the Reporting and Record Retention section below with respect to vote reporting requirements. However, Sub-Advisor-Voted Funds are covered by those sub-advisor’s proxy policies, provided that the Board has approved them.
These Procedures and Guidelines incorporate principles and guidance set forth in relevant pronouncements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and its staff on the Advisor’s fiduciary duty to ensure that proxies are voted in a timely manner and that voting decisions are in the Funds’ best interest.
Pursuant to these Procedures and Guidelines, the Advisor’s Active Ownership team (the “AO Team”) is hereby delegated the responsibility to vote the Funds’ proxies in accordance with these Procedures and Guidelines on behalf of the Funds.
The engagement of a Proxy Advisory Firm (as defined in the Proxy Advisory Firm section below) shall be subject to the initial approval, and to the annual review and approval, of the Board. The AO Team is responsible for overseeing the Proxy Advisory Firm and shall direct the Proxy Advisory Firm to vote proxies in accordance with the Guidelines.
These Procedures and Guidelines will be reviewed by the Board’s Compliance Committee at least annually and will be updated when appropriate. No change to these Procedures and Guidelines will be made except pursuant to Board approval. Non-material amendments, however, may be approved for immediate implementation by the Board’s Compliance Committee, subject to ratification by the full Board at its next regularly scheduled meeting.
Advisor’s Roles and Responsibilities
AO Team
The AO Team shall direct the Proxy Advisory Firm to vote proxies on behalf of the Funds and the Advisor in connection with annual and special meetings of shareholders (except those regarding bankruptcy matters and/or related plans of reorganization).
The AO Team is responsible for overseeing the Proxy Advisory Firm and voting the Funds’ proxies in accordance with the Procedures and Guidelines on behalf of the Funds and the Advisor.
The AO Team is authorized to direct the Proxy Advisory Firm to vote a Fund’s proxy in accordance with the Procedures and Guidelines. Responsibilities assigned to the AO Team, or activities that support it, may be performed by such members of the Proxy Committee (as defined in the Proxy Committee section below) or employees of the Advisor’s affiliates as the Proxy Committee deems appropriate.
The AO Team is also responsible for identifying potential conflicts between the proxy issuer and the Proxy Advisory Firm, the Advisor, the Funds’ principal underwriters, or an affiliated person of the Funds. The AO Team will identify such potential conflicts of interest based on information the Proxy Advisory Firm periodically provides; analyses of Voya’s clients, distributors, broker-dealers, and vendors; as well as information derived from other sources, including public filings.
Proxy Advisory Firm
The Proxy Advisory Firm is responsible for coordinating with the Funds’ custodians to ensure that all proxy materials received by the custodians relating to the portfolio securities are processed in a timely manner. To the extent applicable, the Proxy Advisory Firm is required to provide research, analysis, and vote recommendations under its Proxy Voting guidelines. Additionally, the Proxy Advisory Firm is required to produce custom vote recommendations in accordance with the Guidelines and their vote recommendations.
Proxy Committee
The Proxy Committee is responsible for ensuring proxies are voted consistent with the Procedures and Guidelines. Accordingly, the Proxy Committee reviews and evaluates the Guidelines, oversees the development and implementation of the Guidelines, and resolves ad hoc issues that may arise. The Proxy Committee is comprised of members of the Advisor and the investment, ESG research and AO teams. The Proxy Committee may include employees of the Advisor’s affiliates and may be amended from time to time at the Advisor’s discretion.
Investment Professionals
The Funds’ sub-advisors and/or portfolio managers are each referred to herein as an “Investment Professional” and collectively, “Investment Professionals”. Investment Professionals are encouraged to submit a recommendation to the AO Team regarding any proxy-voting-related proposal pertaining to the portfolio securities over which they have day-to-day portfolio management responsibility, including proxy contests, proposals related to companies with dual class shares with superior voting rights, or mergers and acquisitions involving the portfolio securities over which they have day-to-day portfolio management responsibility.
B-2

Proxy Voting Procedures
Vote Classification
These Procedures and Guidelines specify how the Funds generally will vote with respect to the proposals indicated.
Within-Guidelines Votes: Votes in Accordance with the Guidelines
A vote is considered Within-Guidelines if it is cast in accordance with the Guidelines. I
Out-of-Guidelines Votes: Votes Contrary to the Guidelines
A vote would be considered Out-of-Guidelines if the:
A vote is contrary to the Guidelines based on the AO Team or Proxy Committee’s determination that the application of the Guidelines is inappropriate under the circumstances; such votes include but are not limited to votes cast based on the recommendation of an Investment Professional.
A vote is contrary to the Guidelines unless the Guidelines stipulate CASE-BY-CASE consideration or that primary consideration will be given to input from an Investment Professional, notwithstanding that the vote appears contrary to these Procedures and Guidelines and/or the Proxy Advisory Firm’s recommendation.
Matters Requiring CASE-BY-CASE Consideration
The Proxy Advisory Firm will refer proxy proposals to the AO Team when these Procedures and Guidelines indicate CASE-BY-CASE.” Additionally, the Proxy Advisory Firm will refer any proxy proposal under circumstances where the application of these Procedures and Guidelines is unclear, appears to involve unusual or controversial issues, or is silent regarding the proposal.
Upon receipt of a referral from the Proxy Advisory Firm, the AO Team may solicit additional research or clarification from the Proxy Advisory Firm, Investment Professional(s), or other sources.
The AO Team will review matters requiring CASE-BY-CASE consideration to determine if a proposal requires input and a vote determination from the Proxy Committee and/or an Investment Professional.
Non-Votes: Votes in which No Action is Taken
The AO Team will make reasonable efforts to secure and vote all proxies for the Funds. Nevertheless, t a Fund may refrain from voting under certain circumstances, including, but not limited to:
The economic effect on shareholders’ interests or the value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant, e.g., proxies in connection with fractional shares, securities no longer held in the portfolio of a Voya fund or proxies being considered on behalf of a Fund that is no longer in existence.
The cost of voting a proxy outweighs the benefits, e.g., certain international proxies, particularly in cases when share blocking practices may impose trading restrictions on the relevant portfolio security.
Conflicts of Interest
The Advisor shall act in the Funds’ best interests and strive to avoid conflicts of interest.
Conflicts of interest can arise, for example, in situations where:
The issuer is a vendor whose products or services are material to the Voya Funds, the Advisor or their affiliates;
The issuer is an entity participating to a material extent in the distribution of the Voya Funds;
The issuer is a significant executing broker- dealer for the Funds and/or the Advisor;
Any individual that participates in the voting process for the Funds, including an Investment Professional, a member of the Proxy Committee, an employee of the Advisor, or Director/Trustee of the Board, serves as a director or officer of the issuer; or
The issuer is Voya Financial.
Investment Professionals, the Proxy Advisory Firm, the Proxy Committee, and the AO Team are required to disclose any potential conflicts of interest and/or confirm they do not have a conflict of interest in connection with their participation in the voting process for portfolio securities.
Potential Conflicts with a Proxy Issuer
The AO Team is responsible for identifying potential conflicts with the proxy issuer. In addition to obtaining potential conflict of interest information described in the Roles and Responsibilities section above, members of the Proxy Committee are required to disclose to the AO Team any potential conflicts of interests prior to discussing the Proxy Advisory Firms’ recommendation.
B-3

A Proxy Committee member will advise the AO Team in the event he/she believes that a potential or perceived conflict of interest exists that may preclude him/her from making a vote determination in the best interests of the Funds. The Proxy Committee member may elect to recuse himself/herself from consideration of the relevant proxy. Should members of the Proxy Committee verbally disclose a potential conflict of interest, they are required to complete a Conflict of Interest Report.
Investment Professionals are also required to confirm that they do not have any potential conflicts of interests when submitting a vote recommendation to the AO Team.
The AO Team gathers and analyzes the information provided by the Proxy Advisory Firm, the Advisor, the Funds’ principal underwriters, affiliates of the Funds, Proxy Committee members, Investment Professionals, and the Directors and Officers of the Funds.
Assessment of the Proxy Advisory Firm
The AO Team, on behalf of the Board and the Advisor, will assess if the Proxy Advisory Firm:
Is independent from the Advisor
Has resources that indicate it can competently provide analysis of proxy issues
Can make recommendations in an impartial manner and in the best interests of the Funds and their beneficial owners
Has adequate compliance policies and procedures to:
o Ensure that its proxy voting recommendations are based on current and accurate information
o Identify and address conflicts of interest.
The AO Team will utilize, and the Proxy Advisory Firm will comply with, such methods for completing the assessment as the AO Team may deem reasonably appropriate. The Proxy Advisory Firm will also promptly notify the AO Team in writing of any material change to information previously provided to the AO Team in connection with establishing the Proxy Advisory Firm’s independence, competence, or impartiality.
Voting Funds of Funds, Investing Funds and Feeder Funds
Funds that are “Funds-of-Funds” will “echo” vote their interests in underlying mutual funds, which may include mutual funds other than the Voya funds indicated on Voya’s website (www.voyainvestments.com). Meaning that, if the Fund-of-Funds must vote on a proposal with respect to an underlying investment company, the Fund-of-Funds will vote its interest in that underlying fund in the same proportion as all other shareholders in the underlying investment company voted their interests.
However, if the underlying fund has no other shareholders, the Fund-of-Funds will vote as follows:
If the Fund-of-Funds and the underlying fund are being solicited to vote on the same proposal (e.g., the election of fund directors/trustees), the Fund-of-Funds will vote the shares it holds in the underlying fund in the same proportion as all votes received from the holders of the Fund-of-Funds’ shares with respect to that proposal.
If the Fund-of-Funds is being solicited to vote on a proposal for an underlying fund (e.g., a new Sub-Advisor to the underlying fund), and there is no corresponding proposal at the Fund-of-Funds level, the Board will determine the most appropriate method of voting with respect to the underlying fund proposal.
An Investing Fund (e.g., any Voya fund), while not a Fund-of-Funds will have the foregoing Fund-of-Funds procedure applied to any Investing Fund that invests in one or more underlying funds. Accordingly:
Each Investing Fund will “echo” vote its interests in an underlying fund, if the underlying fund has shareholders other than the Investing Fund.
In the event an underlying fund has no other shareholders, and the Investing Fund and the underlying fund are being solicited to vote on the same proposal, the Investing Fund will vote its interests in the underlying fund in the same proportion as all votes received from the holders of its own shares on that proposal.
In the event an underlying fund has no other shareholders, and there is no corresponding proposal at the Investing Fund level, the Board will determine the most appropriate method of voting with respect to the underlying fund proposal.
A fund that is a “Feeder Fund” in a master-feeder structure passes votes requested by the underlying master fund to its shareholders. Meaning that, if the master fund solicits the Feeder Fund, the Feeder Fund will request instructions from its own shareholders, either directly or, in the case of an insurance-dedicated Fund, through an insurance product or retirement plan, as to how it should vote its interest in an underlying master fund.
When a Voya fund is a feeder in a master-feeder structure, proxies for the portfolio securities owned by the master fund will be voted pursuant to the master fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures. As such, except as described in the Reporting and Record Retention section below, Feeder Funds will not be subject to these Procedures and Guidelines.
B-4

Securities Lending
Many of the Funds participate in securities lending arrangements to generate additional revenue for the Fund. Accordingly, the Fund will not be able to vote securities that are on loan under these arrangements. However, under certain circumstances, for voting issues that may have a significant impact on the investment, the Proxy Committee or AO Team may request to recall securities that are on loan if they determine that the benefit of voting outweighs the costs and lost revenue to the Fund and the administrative burden of retrieving the securities.
Investment Professionals may also deem a vote to be “material” in the context of the portfolio(s) they manage. Therefore, they may request that lending activity on behalf of their portfolio(s) with respect to the relevant security be reviewed by the Proxy Committee and considered for recall and/or restriction. The Proxy Committee will give primary consideration to relevant Investment Professional input in its determination of whether a given proxy vote is material and the associated security accordingly restricted from lending. The determination that a vote is material in the context of a Fund’s portfolio will not mean that such vote is considered material across all Funds voting at that meeting. In order to recall or restrict shares on a timely basis for material voting purposes, the AO Team will use best efforts to consider, and when appropriate, to act upon, such requests on a timely basis. Requests to review lending activity in connection with a potentially material vote may be initiated by any relevant Investment Professional and submitted for the Proxy Committee’s consideration at any time.
Reporting and Record Retention
Reporting by the Funds
Annually, as required, each Fund and each Sub-Advisor-Voted Fund will post its proxy voting record, or a link to the prior one-year period ending on June 30th on the Voya Funds’ website. The proxy voting record for each Fund and each Sub-Advisor-Voted Fund will also be available on Form N-PX in the EDGAR database on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). For any Voya fund that is a feeder in a master/feeder structure, no proxy voting record related to the portfolio securities owned by the master fund will be posted on the Voya funds’ website or included in the Fund’s Form N-PX; however, a cross-reference to the master fund’s proxy voting record as filed in the SEC’s EDGAR database will be included in the Fund’s Form N-PX and posted on the Voya funds’ website. If an underlying master fund solicited any Feeder Fund for a vote during the reporting period, a record of the votes cast by means of the pass-through process described above will be included on the Voya funds’ website and in the Feeder Fund’s Form N-PX.
Reporting to the Compliance Committee
At each regularly scheduled quarterly Compliance Committee meeting, the Compliance Committee will receive a report from the AO Team indicating each proxy proposal, or a summary of such proposals, that was:
1.
Voted Out-of-Guidelines, including any proposals voted Out-of-Guidelines as a result of special circumstances raised by an Investment Professional;
2.
Voted Within-Guidelines in cases when the Proxy Committee did not agree with an Investment Professional’s recommendation.
The report will indicate the name of the company, the substance of the proposal, a summary of the Investment Professional’s recommendation, where applicable, and the reasons for voting, or recommending, an Out-of-Guidelines Vote or, in the case of (2) above, a Within-Guidelines Vote.
Reporting by the AO Team on behalf of the Advisor
The Advisor will maintain the records required by Rule 204-2(c)(2), as may be amended from time to time, including the following:
A copy of each proxy statement received regarding a Fund’s portfolio securities. Such proxy statements the issuers send are available either in the SEC’s EDGAR database or upon request from the Proxy Advisory Firm.
A record of each vote cast on behalf of a Fund.
A copy of any Advisor-created document that was material to making a proxy vote decision, or that memorializes the basis for that decision.
A copy of written requests for Fund proxy voting information and any written response thereto or to any oral request for information on how the Advisor voted proxies on behalf of a Fund.
A record of all recommendations from Investment Professionals to vote contrary to the Guidelines.
All proxy questions/recommendations that have been referred to the Compliance Committee, and all applicable recommendations, analyses, research, Conflict Reports, and vote determinations.
All proxy voting materials and supporting documentation will be retained for a minimum of six years, the first two years in the Advisor’s office.
B-5

Records Maintained by the Proxy Advisory Firm
The Proxy Advisory Firm will retain a record of all proxy votes handled by the Proxy Advisory Firm. Such record must reflect all the information required to be disclosed in a Fund’s Form N-PX pursuant to Rule 30b1-4 under the Investment Company Act. In addition, the Proxy Advisory Firm is responsible for maintaining copies of all proxy statements received by issuers and to promptly provide such materials to the Advisor upon request.
PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
Introduction
Proxies must be voted in the best interest of the Funds.. The Guidelines summarize the Funds’ positions on various issues of concern to investors, and give an indication of how the Funds’ ballots will be voted on proposals dealing with particular issues. Nevertheless, the Guidelines are not exhaustive, do not include all potential voting issues, and proposals may be addressed, as necessary, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis rather than according to the Guidelines, factoring in the merits of the rationale and disclosure provided.
These Guidelines apply to securities of publicly traded companies and to those of privately held companies if publicly available disclosure permits such application. All matters for which such disclosure is not available will be considered CASE-BY-CASE.
Investment Professionals are encouraged to submit a recommendation to the AO Team regarding proxy voting related to the portfolio securities over which they have day-to-day portfolio management responsibility. Recommendations from the Investment Professionals may be submitted or requested in connection with any proposal and are likely to be requested with respect to proxies for private equity or fixed income securities and/or proposals related to merger transactions/corporate restructurings, proxy contests, or unusual or controversial issues.
These policies may be overridden in any case as provided for in the Procedures. Similarly, the Procedures provide those proposals whose Guidelines prescribe a firm voting position may instead be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when unusual or controversial circumstances so dictate.
Interpretation and application of these Guidelines is not intended to supersede any law, regulation, binding agreement, or other legal requirement to which an issuer may be or become subject. No proposal will be supported whose implementation would contravene such requirements.
General Policies
The Funds’ policy is generally to support the recommendation of the relevant company’s management when the Proxy Advisory Firm’s recommendation also aligns with such recommendation and to vote in accordance with the Proxy Advisory Firm’s recommendation when management has made no recommendation. However, this policy will not apply to CASE-BY-CASE proposals for which a contrary recommendation from the relevant Investment Professional(s) is being utilized.
The rationale and vote recommendation from Investment Professionals will be given primary consideration with respect to CASE-BY-CASE proposals being considered on behalf of the relevant Fund.
The Fund’s policy is to not support proposals that would negatively impact the existing rights of the Funds’ beneficial owners. Further, shareholder proposals will generally not be supported if they impose excessive costs and/or are overly restrictive or prescriptive. Depending on the relevant market, appropriate opposition may be expressed as an ABSTAIN, AGAINST, or WITHHOLD vote.
In the event competing shareholder and board proposals appear on the same agenda at uncontested proxies, the shareholder proposal will generally not by supported and the management proposal supported when the management proposal meets the factors for support under the relevant topic/policy (e.g., Allocation of Income and Dividends), otherwise consider the competing proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
International Policies
Companies incorporated outside the U.S. are subject to the foregoing U.S. Guidelines if they are listed on a U.S. exchange and treated as a U.S. domestic issuer by the SEC. Where applicable, certain U.S. guidelines may also be applied to companies incorporated outside the U.S., e.g., companies with a significant base of U.S. operations and employees.
However, given the differing regulatory and legal requirements, market practices, and political and economic systems existing in various international markets, the Funds will:
Vote AGAINST international proxy proposals when the Proxy Advisory Firm recommends voting AGAINST such proposal because relevant disclosure by the company, or the time provided for consideration of such disclosure, is inadequate;
Consider proposals that are associated with a firm AGAINST vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the Proxy Advisory Firm recommends their support when:
The company or market transitions to better practices (e.g., having committed to new regulations or governance codes);
The market standard is stricter than the Fund’s guidelines; or
B-6

It is the more favorable choice when shareholders must choose between alternate proposals.
Proposal Specific Policies
As mentioned above, these policies may be overridden in any case as provided for in the Procedures. Similarly, the Procedures provide those proposals whose Guidelines prescribe a firm voting position may instead be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when unusual or controversial circumstances so dictate.
Proxy Contests:
Consider votes in contested elections on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with primary consideration given to input from the relevant Investment Professional(s).
Uncontested Proxies:
1- The Board of Directors
Overview
The Funds may lodge disagreement with a company’s policies or practices by WITHHOLDing support from the relevant proposal rather than from the director nominee(s) to which the Proxy Advisory Firm assigns a correlation.
In cases where the lodging of disagreement by the Funds is assigned to the board of directors, support will be withheld from the director(s) deemed responsible. Responsibility may be attributed to the entire board, a committee, or an individual, and the Funds will apply a vote accountability guideline (“Vote Accountability Guideline”) specific to the concerns under review. For example:
Relevant committee chair
Relevant committee member(s)
Board chair.
If director(s) to whom responsibility has been attributed is not standing for election (e.g., the board is classified), support will typically not be withheld from other directors in their stead. Additionally, the Funds will typically vote FOR a director in connection with issues raised by the Proxy Advisory Firm if the director did not serve on the board or relevant committee during the majority of the time period relevant to the concerns cited by the Proxy Advisory Firm.
Vote with the Proxy Advisory Firm’s recommendation when more candidates are presented than available seats and no other provisions under these Guidelines apply.
In cases where a director holds more than one board seat and corresponding votes, manifested as one seat as a physical person plus an additional seat as a representative of a legal entity, generally vote with the Proxy Advisory Firm’s recommendation to WITHHOLD support from the legal entity and vote on the physical person.
Bundled Director Slates
WITHHOLD support from directors or slates of directors when they are presented in a manner not aligned with market best practice and/or regulation, irrespective of complying with independence requirements, such as:
Bundled slates of directors (e.g., Canada, France, Hong Kong, or Spain);
In markets with term lengths capped by regulation or market practice, directors whose terms exceed the caps or are not disclosed; or
Directors whose names are not disclosed in advance of the meeting or far enough in advance relative to voting deadlines to make an informed voting decision.
For companies with multiple slates in Italy, follow the Proxy Advisory Firm’s standards for assessing which slate is best suited to represent shareholder interests.
Independence
Director and Board/Committee Independence
The Funds expect boards to have an appropriate level of independence at both the board and key committee level. Audit, compensation/remuneration, nominating and/or governance committees are considered key committees. A director would be deemed non-independent if the individual had/has a relationship with the company that could potentially influence the individual’s objectivity causing the inability to satisfy fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders. The Funds will consider the relevant country or market listing exchange, the country’s corporate governance code, the Proxy Advisory Firm’s standards, and generally accepted best practice (collectively “Independence Expectations”) with respect to determining director independence and Board/Committee independence levels. Note: Non-voting directors (e.g., director emeritus or advisory director) shall be excluded from calculations with respect to board independence.
The Funds will consider non-independent directors standing for election on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when the full board or committee does not meet Independence Expectations.
B-7

WITHHOLD support from the non-independent nominating committee chair or non-independent board chair, and if necessary, fewest non-independent directors, including the Founder, Chairman or CEO if their removal would achieve the independence requirements across the remaining board or key committee, except that support may be withheld from additional directors whose relative level of independence cannot be differentiated, or the number required to achieve the independence requirements is equal to or greater than the number of non-independent directors standing for election.
WITHHOLD support from slates of directors if the board’s independence cannot be ascertained due to inadequate disclosure or when the board’s independence does not meet Independence Expectations.
WITHHOLD support from key committee slates if they contain non-independent directors.
WITHHOLD support from non-independent nominating committee chair, board chair, and/or directors if the full board serves or appears to serve as a key committee, the board has not established a key committee, or the board and/or a key committee(s) does not meet the Independence Expectations.
Self-Nominated/Shareholder-Nominated Director Candidates
Consider self-nominated or shareholder-nominated director candidates on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. WITHHOLD support from the candidate when:
Adequate disclosure has not been provided (e.g., rationale for candidacy and candidate’s qualifications relative to the company);
The candidate’s agenda is not in line with the long-term best interests of the company; or
Multiple self-nominated candidates are being considered as a proxy contest if similar issues are raised (e.g., potential change in control).
Management Proposals Seeking Non-Board Member Service on Key Committees
Vote AGAINST proposals that permit non-board members to serve on the audit, remuneration (compensation), nominating and/or governance committee, provided that bundled slates may be supported if no slate nominee serves on the relevant committee(s) except where best market practice otherwise dictates.
Consider other concerns regarding committee members on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Shareholder Proposals Regarding Board/Key Committee Independence
Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals asking that the independence be greater than that required by the country or market listing exchange or asking to redefine director independence.
Board Member Roles and Responsibilities
Attendance
WITHHOLD support from a director who, during both of the most recent two years, has served on the board during the two-year period but attended less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid reason for the absences or if the two-year attendance record cannot be ascertained from available disclosure (e.g., the company did not disclose which director(s) attended less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings during the director’s period of service without a valid reason for the absences).
WITHHOLD support on nominating committee members according to the Vote Accountability Guideline if a director has three or more years of poor attendance without a valid reason for the absences.
The two-year attendance policy shall be applied to attendance of statutory auditors at Japanese companies.
Over-boarding
Vote AGAINST directors who serve on:
Three or more public boards and is a named executive officer at a public company, WITHHOLD support only at their outside boards.
Six or more public company boards, or
Four or more public company boards and is the Board Chair at two or more public companies, WITHHOLD support on the boards which they are not the chair.
Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals limiting the number of public company boards on which a director may serve.
Combined Chairman / CEO Role
Vote FOR directors without regard to recommendations that the position of chairman should be separate from that of CEO, or should otherwise require to be independent, unless other concerns requiring CASE-BY-CASE consideration are raised (e.g., former CEOs proposed as board chairmen in markets, such as the United Kingdom, for which best practice recommends against such practice).
B-8

Consider shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis that require the positions of chairman and CEO be held separately.
Cumulative/Net Voting Markets (e.g., Russia)
When cumulative or net voting applies, generally follow the Proxy Advisory Firm’s approach to vote FOR nominees, such as when asserted by the issuer to be independent, irrespective of key committee membership, even if independence disclosure or criteria fall short of the Proxy Advisory Firm’s standards.
Board Accountability
Diversity
Vote AGAINST directors according to the Vote Accountability Guideline if there is an absence of diversity on the board; consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if diversity was present prior to the most recent annual meeting.
Vote FOR shareholder proposals that request the company to improve / promote diversity and/or diversity-related disclosure.
Return on Equity
Vote FOR the top executive at companies in Japan if the only reason the Proxy Advisory Firm’s WITHHOLD recommendation is due to the company underperforming in terms of capital efficiency or company performance, e.g. net losses or low return on equity (ROE).
Compensation Practices
Support may be withheld from compensation committee members whose actions or disclosure do not appear to support compensation practices aligned with the best interests of the company and its shareholders.
Where applicable, votes on compensation committee members in connection with compensation practices should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:
Say on Pay responsiveness. Consider compensation committee members on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for failure to sufficiently address compensation concerns prompting significant opposition to the most recent say on pay vote or continuing to maintain problematic pay practices, factoring in considerations such as level of shareholder opposition, subsequent actions taken by the compensation committee, and level of responsiveness disclosure.
Say on Pay frequency. WITHHOLD support according to the Vote Accountability Guideline if the Proxy Advisory Firm opposes directors because the company failed to include a Say on Pay proposal and/or a Frequency of Say on Pay proposal when required under SEC or market regulatory provisions; or implemented a say on pay schedule that is less frequent than the frequency most recently preferred by at least a plurality of shareholders; or is an externally-managed issuer (EMI) or externally-managed REIT (EMR) and has failed to include a Say on Pay proposal or adequate disclosure of the compensation structure.
Commitments. Vote FOR compensation committee members receiving an adverse recommendation by the Proxy Advisory Firm due to problematic pay practices or thresholds (e.g. burn rate) if the company makes a public commitment (e.g., via a Form 8-K filing) to rectify the practice on a going-forward basis. However, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the company does not rectify the practice by the following year’s annual general meeting.
For markets in which the issuer has not followed market practice by submitting a resolution on executive compensation, consider remuneration committee members on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Accounting Practices
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis audit committee members, the company’s CEO or CFO, if nominated as directors, or the board chair or lead director, if poor accounting practice concerns are raised, factoring in considerations such as if the:
Audit committee failed to remediate known on-going material weaknesses in the company’s internal controls for more than a year.
Company has not yet had a full year to remediate the concerns since the time they were identified.
Company has taken adequate steps to remediate the concerns cited, which would typically include removing or replacing the responsible executives, and if the concerns are not re-occurring.
Vote FOR audit committee members, or the company’s CEO or CFO if nominated as directors, who did not serve on the committee or did not have responsibility over the relevant financial function, during the majority of the time period relevant to the concerns cited.
WITHHOLD support on audit committee members according to the Vote Accountability Guideline if the company has failed to disclose auditors’ fees and has not provided an auditor ratification or remuneration proposal for shareholder vote.
B-9

Problematic Actions
Consider directors on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when the Proxy Advisory Firm cites them for problematic actions including a lack of due diligence in relation to a major transaction (e.g., a merger or an acquisition), material failures, lack of risk oversight, scandals, malfeasance, or negligent internal controls at the company or that of an affiliate, factoring in the merits of the director’s performance, rationale, and disclosure when:
Culpability can be attributed to the director (e.g., director manages or is responsible for the relevant function); or
The director has been directly implicated, resulting in arrest, criminal charge, or regulatory sanction.
Consider members of the nominating committee on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when a director with the above concerns is being nominated to serve on the board.
Vote AGAINST applicable directors due to share pledging concerns, factoring in the pledged amount, unwind time, and any historical concerns being raised. Responsibility will be assigned to the pledgor, where the pledged amount and unwind time are deemed significant and, therefore, an unnecessary risk to the company.
WITHHOLD support from (a) all members of the governance committee, or nominating committee if a formal governance committee has not been established, and (b) directors holding shares with superior voting rights if the company is controlled by means of a dual class share with superior / exclusive voting rights and does not have a reasonable sunset provision; i.e., fewer than five years.
WITHHOLD support from incumbent directors (tenure being greater than one year) if (a) no governance or nominating committee directors are under consideration or the company does not have governance or nominating committees, and (b) no director holding the shares with superior voting rights is under consideration; otherwise, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis all directors. Investment Professionals that have day-to-day portfolio management responsibility for such companies may be requested to submit a recommendation to the AO Team.
WITHHOLD support from directors according to the Vote Accountability Guideline when the Proxy Advisory Firm recommends WITHHOLDing support due to the board (a) unilaterally adopting by-law amendments that have a negative impact on existing shareholder rights or functions as a diminution of shareholder rights, and which are not specifically addressed under the Guidelines, or (b) failing to remove or subject to a reasonable sunset provision such by-laws.
Anti-Takeover Measures
WITHHOLD support according to the Vote Accountability Guideline if the company implements excessive anti-takeover measures.
WITHHOLD support according to the Vote Accountability Guideline if the company fails to remove restrictive poison pill features, ensure a pill’s expiration, or submit the poison pill in a timely manner to shareholders for vote, unless a company has implemented a policy that should reasonably prevent abusive use of its poison pill.
Board Responsiveness
Vote FOR if the majority-supported shareholder proposal has been reasonably addressed.
o
Proposals seeking shareholder ratification of a poison pill may be deemed reasonably addressed if the company has implemented a policy that should reasonably prevent abusive use of the pill.
WITHHOLD support according to the Vote Accountability Guideline if a shareholder proposal received majority support and the board has not disclosed a credible rationale for not implementing the proposal.
WITHHOLD support on a director if the board has not acted upon the director who did not receive shareholder support representing a majority of the votes cast at the previous annual meeting; consider such directors on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the company has a controlling shareholder(s).
Vote FOR when the issue relevant to the majority negative vote has been adequately addressed or cured, which may include sufficient disclosure of the board’s rationale.
Board–Related Proposals
Classified/Declassified Board Structure
Vote AGAINST proposals to classify the board unless the proposal represents an increased frequency of a director’s election in the staggered cycle (e.g., seeking to move from a three-year cycle to a two-year cycle).
Vote FOR proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.
Board Structure
Vote FOR management proposals to adopt or amend board structures.
Vote AGAINST if the resulting change(s) would mean the board would not meet Independence Expectations.
For companies in Japan, generally vote FOR proposals seeking a board structure that would provide greater independent oversight.
B-10

Board Size
Vote FOR proposals seeking a board range if the range is reasonable in the context of market practice and anti-takeover considerations; however, vote AGAINST if seeking to remove shareholder approval rights or the board fails to meet market independence requirements.
Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals on director and officer indemnification and liability protection, using Delaware law as the standard.
Vote AGAINST proposals to limit or eliminate entirely directors’ and officers’ liability in connection with monetary damages for violating the duty of care.
Vote AGAINST indemnification proposals that would expand coverage beyond legal expenses to acts that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligation, such as negligence.
Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection
Vote in accordance with the Proxy Advisory Firm’s standards (e.g. overly broad provisions).
Discharge of Management/Supervisory Board Members
Vote FOR management proposals seeking the discharge of management and supervisory board members (including when the proposal is bundled), unless concerns are raised about the past actions of the company’s auditors or directors, or legal or regulatory action is being taken against the board by other shareholders.
Vote FOR such proposals in connection with remuneration practices otherwise supported under these Guidelines or as a means of expressing disapproval of broader practices of the company or its board.
Establish Board Committee
Vote FOR shareholder proposals that seek creation of a key committee of the board.
Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requesting creation of additional board committees or offices, except as otherwise provided for herein.
Filling Board Vacancies / Removal of Directors
Vote AGAINST proposals that allow directors to be removed only for cause.
Vote FOR proposals to restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause.
Vote AGAINST proposals that allow only continuing directors to elect replacements to fill board vacancies.
Vote FOR proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.
Stock Ownership Requirements
Vote AGAINST such shareholder proposals.
Term Limits / Retirement Age
Vote FOR management proposals and AGAINST shareholder proposals limiting the tenure of outside directors or imposing a mandatory retirement age for outside directors, unless the proposal seeks to relax existing standards.
2- Compensation
Frequency of Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation
Vote FOR proposals seeking an annual say on pay, and AGAINST those seeking less frequent.
Proposals to Provide an Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Canada)
Vote FOR if it is an ANNUAL vote, unless the company already provides shareholders with an annual vote.
Executive Pay Evaluation
Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Say on Pay) and Remuneration Reports or Committee Members in Absence of Such Proposals
Vote FOR management proposals seeking ratification of the company’s executive compensation structure, unless the program includes practices or features not supported under these Guidelines and the proposal receives a negative recommendation from the Proxy Advisory Firm.
Listed below are examples of compensation practices and provisions, and respective consideration and treatment under the Guidelines, factoring in whether the company has provided reasonable rationale/disclosure for such factors or the proposal as a whole.
B-11

Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:
Short-Term Investment Plans where the board has exercised discretion to exclude extraordinary items.
Retesting in connection with achievement of performance hurdles.
Long-Term Incentive Plans where executives already hold significant equity positions.
Long-Term Incentive Plans where the vesting or performance period is too short or stringency of the performance criteria is called into question.
Pay Practices (or combination of practices) that appear to have created a misalignment between CEO pay and performance with regard to shareholder value.
Long-Term Incentive Plans that lack an appropriate equity component (e.g., “cash-based only”).
Excessive levels of discretionary bonuses, recruitment awards, retention awards, non-compete payments, severance/termination payments, perquisites (unreasonable levels in context of total compensation or purpose of the incentive awards or payouts).
Vote AGAINST:
Provisions that permit or give the Board sole discretion for repricing, replacement, buy back, exchange, or any other form of alternative options. (Note: cancellation of options would not be considered an exchange unless the cancelled options were re-granted or expressly returned to the plan reserve for reissuance.)
Single Trigger Severance Provisions in new or materially amended plans, contracts, or payments that do not require an actual change in control in order to be triggered.
Plans that allow named executive officers to have material input into setting their pay.
Short-Term Incentive Plans where treatment of payout factors has been inconsistent (e.g., exclusion of losses but not gains).
Company plans in international markets that provide for contract or notice periods or severance/termination payments that exceed market practices, e.g., relative to multiple of annual compensation.
Compensation structures at externally-managed issuers (EMI) or externally-managed REITs (EMR) that lack adequate disclosure, based on the Proxy Advisory Firm’s assessment.
Legacy single trigger severance provisions in plans, contracts, or payments that do not require an actual change in control in order to be triggered.
Golden Parachutes
Vote to ABSTAIN on golden parachutes if it is determined that the Funds would not have an economic interest, such as the case in an all-cash transaction, regardless of payout terms, amounts, thresholds, etc.
However, if an economic interest exists, vote AGAINST due to:
Single or modified-single trigger severance provisions
Total NEO payout as a percentage of the total equity value.
Aggregate of all single-triggered components (cash and equity) as a percentage of the total NEO payout.
Excessive payout.
Recent material amendments or new agreements that incorporate problematic features.
Equity-Based and Other Incentive Plans Including OBRA
Equity Compensation
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis compensation and employee benefit plans, including those in connection with OBRA, or the issuance of shares in connection with such plans. Vote the plan or issuance based on factors and related vote treatment under the Executive Pay Evaluation section above or based on circumstances specific to such equity plans as follows:
Vote FOR the plan, if:
Board independence is the only concern.
Amendment places a cap on annual grants.
Amendment adopts or changes administrative features to comply with Section 162(m) of OBRA.
Amendment adds performance-based goals to comply with Section 162(m) of OBRA.
Cash or cash-and-stock bonus components are being approved for exemption from taxes under Section 162(m) of OBRA.
o
Give primary consideration to management’s assessment that such plan meets the requirements for exemption of performance-based compensation.
Vote AGAINST if the plan:
B-12

Exceeds recommended costs (U.S. or Canada).
Incorporates share allocation disclosure methods that prevent a cost or dilution assessment.
Exceeds recommended burn rates and/or dilution limits, including cases in which dilution cannot be fully assessed (e.g., due to inadequate disclosure).
Allows deep or near-term discounts (or the equivalent, such as dividend equivalents on unexercised options) to executives or directors.
Provides for retirement benefits or equity incentive awards to outside directors if not in line with market practice.
Allows financial assistance to executives, directors, subsidiaries, affiliates, or related parties that is not in line with market practice.
Allows plan administrators to benefit from the plan as potential recipients.
Allows for an overly liberal change in control definition. (This refers to plans that would reward recipients even if the event does not result in an actual change in control or results in a change in control but does not terminate the employment relationship.)
Allows for post-employment vesting or exercise of options if deemed inappropriate.
Allows plan administrators to make material amendments without shareholder approval.
Allows procedure amendments that do not preserve shareholder approval rights.
Amendment Procedures for Equity Compensation Plans and Employee Stock Purchase Plans (ESPPs) (Toronto Stock Exchange Issuers)
Vote AGAINST if the amendment procedures do not preserve shareholder approval rights.
Stock Option Plans for Independent Internal Statutory Auditors (Japan)
Vote AGAINST.
Matching Share Plans
Vote AGAINST if the matching share plan does not meet recommended standards, considering holding period, discounts, dilution, participation, purchase price, or performance criteria.
Employee Stock Purchase Plans or Capital Issuance in Support Thereof
Voting decisions are generally based on the Proxy Advisory Firm’s approach to evaluating such proposals.
Director Compensation
Non-Executive Director Compensation
Vote FOR cash-based proposals.
Vote AGAINST performance-based equity-based proposals and patterns of excessive pay.
Bonus Payments (Japan)
Vote FOR if all payments are for directors or auditors who have served as executives of the company, and AGAINST if any payments are for outsiders.
Bonus Payments – Scandals
Vote AGAINST bonus proposals for a retiring director or continuing director or auditor when culpability can be attributed to the nominee.
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis bundled bonus proposals for retiring directors or continuing directors or auditors when culpability cannot be attributed to all nominees.
Severance Agreements
Vesting of Equity Awards upon Change in Control
Vote FOR management proposals seeking a specific treatment (e.g., double trigger or pro-rata) of equity that vests upon change in control, unless evidence exists of abuse in historical compensation practices.
Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals regarding the treatment of equity if the change in control severance provisions are double-triggered. Vote FOR the proposal if such provisions are not double-triggered.
Executive Severance or Termination Arrangements, including those Related to Executive Recruitment or Retention
Vote FOR such compensation arrangements if:
The primary concerns raised would not result in a negative vote, under these Guidelines, on a management say on pay proposal, or the relevant board or committee member(s);
B-13

The company has provided adequate rationale and/or disclosure; or
Support is recommended as a condition to a major transaction such as a merger.
Treatment of Severance Provisions
Vote AGAINST new or materially amended plans, contracts, or payments that include single trigger change in control severance provisions or do not require an actual change in control in order to be triggered.
Vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking double triggers on change in control severance provisions.
Compensation-Related Shareholder Proposals
Executive and Director Compensation
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals that seek to impose new compensation structures or policies.
Holding Periods
Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring mandatory periods for officers and directors to hold company stock.
Submit Severance and Termination Payments for Shareholder Ratification
Vote FOR shareholder proposals to submit executive severance agreements for shareholder ratification, if such proposals specify change in control events, supplemental executive retirement plans, or deferred executive compensation plans, or if ratification is required by the listing exchange.
3- Audit-Related
Auditor Ratification and/or Remuneration
Vote FOR management proposals except in such cases as indicated below.
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if:
The Proxy Advisory Firm raises questions of disclosure or auditor independence; or
Total fees for non-audit services exceed 50 percent of the total auditor fees (including audit-related fees, and tax compliance and preparation fees if applicable).
There is evidence of excessive compensation relative to the size and nature of the company.
Vote AGAINST if the company has failed to disclose auditors’ fees.
Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking the company to present its auditor annually for ratification.
Auditor Independence
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services (or capping the level of non-audit services).
Audit Firm Rotation
Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals asking for mandatory audit firm rotation.
Indemnification of Auditors
Vote AGAINST the indemnification of auditors.
Independent Statutory Auditors (Japan)
Vote AGAINST if the candidate is or was affiliated with the company, its main bank, or one of its top shareholders.
Vote AGAINST incumbent directors at companies implicated in scandals or exhibiting poor internal controls.
Vote FOR remuneration as long as the amount is not excessive (e.g., significant increases should be supported by adequate rationale and disclosure), there is no evidence of abuse, the recipient’s overall compensation appears reasonable, and the board and/or responsible committee meet exchange or market standards for independence.
4- Shareholder Rights and Defenses
Advance Notice for Shareholder Proposals
Vote FOR management proposals related to advance notice period requirements, provided that the period requested is in accordance with applicable law and no material governance concerns have been identified in connection with the company.
B-14

Corporate Documents / Article and Bylaw Amendments or Related Director Actions
Vote FOR if the change or policy is editorial in nature or if shareholder rights are protected.
Vote AGAINST if it seeks to impose a negative impact on shareholder rights or diminishes accountability to shareholders, including where the company failed to opt out of a law that affects shareholder rights (e.g., staggered board).
With respect to article amendments for Japanese companies:
Vote FOR management proposals to amend a company’s articles to expand its business lines in line with its current industry.
Vote FOR management proposals to amend a company’s articles to provide for an expansion or reduction in the size of the board, unless the expansion/reduction is clearly disproportionate to the growth/decrease in the scale of the business or raises anti-takeover concerns.
If anti-takeover concerns exist, vote AGAINST management proposals, including bundled proposals, to amend a company’s articles to authorize the Board to vary the annual meeting record date or to otherwise align them with provisions of a takeover defense.
Follow the Proxy Advisory Firm’s guidelines with respect to management proposals regarding amendments to authorize share repurchases at the board’s discretion, voting AGAINST proposals unless there is little to no likelihood of a creeping takeover or constraints on liquidity (free float of shares is low), and where the company is trading at below book value or is facing a real likelihood of substantial share sales; or where this amendment is bundled with other amendments which are clearly in shareholders’ interest.
Majority Voting Standard
Vote FOR proposals seeking election of directors by the affirmative vote of the majority of votes cast in connection with a meeting of shareholders, provided they contain a plurality carve-out for contested elections, and provided such standard does not conflict with applicable law in the country in which the company is incorporated.
Vote FOR amendments to corporate documents or other actions promoting a majority standard.
Cumulative Voting
Vote FOR shareholder proposals to restore or permit cumulative voting.
Vote AGAINST management proposals to eliminate cumulative voting if the company:
Is controlled;
Maintains a classified board of directors; or
Maintains a dual class voting structure.
Proposals may be supported irrespective of classified board status if a company plans to declassify its board or adopt a majority voting standard.
Confidential Voting
Vote FOR management proposals to adopt confidential voting.
Vote FOR shareholder proposals that request companies to adopt confidential voting, use independent tabulators, and use independent inspectors of election as long as the proposals include clauses for proxy contests as follows:
In the case of a contested election, management should be permitted to request that the dissident group honors its confidential voting policy.
If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place.
If the dissidents do not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived.
Fair Price Provisions
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to adopt fair price provisions.
Vote AGAINST fair price provisions with shareholder vote requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.
Poison Pills
Vote AGAINST management proposals in connection with poison pills or anti-takeover activities (e.g., disclosure requirements or issuances, transfers, or repurchases) that can be reasonably construed as an anti-takeover measure, based on the Proxy Advisory Firm’s approach to evaluating such proposals.
DO NOT VOTE AGAINST director remuneration in connection with poison pill considerations.
Vote FOR shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification, or to redeem its pill in lieu thereof, unless:
B-15

Shareholders have approved adoption of the plan;
A policy has already been implemented by the company that should reasonably prevent abusive use of the pill; or
The board had determined that it was in the best interest of shareholders to adopt a pill without delay, provided that such plan would be put to shareholder vote within twelve months of adoption or expire, and if not approved by a majority of the votes cast, would immediately terminate.
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals to redeem a company’s poison pill.
Proxy Access
Vote FOR proposals to allow shareholders to nominate directors and have those nominees listed in the company’s proxy statement and on the company’s proxy card, provided that the criteria meet the Funds’ internal thresholds, provided such standard does not conflict with applicable law in the country in which the company is incorporated. However, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder and management proposals that appear on the same agenda.
Vote FOR management proposals also supported by the Proxy Advisory Firm.
Quorum Requirements
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to lower quorum requirements for shareholder meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding.
Exclusive Forum
Vote FOR management proposals to designate Delaware or New York as the exclusive forum for certain legal actions as defined by the company (“Exclusive Forum”) if the company’s state of incorporation is the same as its proposed Exclusive Forum, otherwise consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Reincorporation Proposals
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation.
Vote FOR management proposals not assessed as:
A potential takeover defense; or
A significant reduction of minority shareholder rights that outweigh the aggregate positive impact, but if so assessed, weighing management’s rationale for the change.
Vote FOR management reincorporation proposals upon which another key proposal, such as a merger transaction, is contingent if the other key proposal is also supported.
Vote AGAINST shareholder reincorporation proposals not also supported by the company.
Shareholder Advisory Committees
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to establish a shareholder advisory committee.
Right to Call Special Meetings
Vote FOR management proposals to permit shareholders to call special meetings.
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis management proposals to adjust the thresholds applicable to call a special meeting.
Vote FOR shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings when any of the following applies:
Company does not currently permit shareholders to do so;
Existing ownership threshold is greater than 25 percent; or
Sole concern relates to a net-long position requirement.
Written Consent
Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking the right to act by written consent if the company:
Permits shareholders to call special meetings;
Does not impose supermajority vote requirements on business combinations/actions (e.g., a merger or acquisition) and on bylaw or charter amendments; and
Has otherwise demonstrated its accountability to shareholders (e.g., the company has reasonably addressed majority-supported shareholder proposals).
Vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking the right to act by written consent if the above conditions are not present.
Vote AGAINST management proposals to eliminate the right to act by written consent.
B-16

State Takeover Statutes
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to opt-in or out of state takeover statutes (including control share acquisition statutes, control share cash-out statutes, freeze-out provisions, fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, anti-greenmail provisions, and disgorgement provisions).
Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement
Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote and FOR proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements; except,
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the company has shareholder(s) with significant ownership levels and the retention of existing supermajority requirements would protect minority shareholder interests.
Time-Phased Voting
Vote AGAINST proposals to implement, and FOR proposals to eliminate, time-phased or other forms of voting that do not promote a one share, one vote standard.
5- Capital and Restructuring
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis management proposals to make changes to the capital structure not otherwise addressed under these Guidelines, voting with the Proxy Advisory Firm’s recommendation, unless a contrary recommendation from the relevant Investment Professional(s) is utilized.
Vote AGAINST proposals authorizing excessive discretion to a board.
Capital
Common Stock Authorization
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. The Proxy Advisory Firm’s proprietary approach of determining appropriate thresholds will be utilized in evaluating such proposals. In cases where the requests are above the allowable threshold, a company-specific qualitative review (e.g., considering rationale and prudent historical usage) will be utilized.
Vote FOR proposals within the Proxy Advisory Firm’s allowable thresholds, or those in excess but meeting Proxy Advisory Firm’s qualitative standards, to authorize capital increases, unless the company states that the stock may be used as a takeover defense.
Vote FOR proposals to authorize capital increases exceeding the Proxy Advisory Firm’s thresholds when a company’s shares are in danger of being delisted.
Notwithstanding the above, vote AGAINST:
Proposals to increase the number of authorized shares of a class of stock if the issuance which the increase is intended to service is not supported under these Guidelines (e.g., merger or acquisition proposals).
Dual Class Capital Structures
Vote AGAINST:
Proposals to create or perpetuate dual class capital structures with unequal voting rights (e.g., exchange offers, conversions, and recapitalizations) unless supported by the Proxy Advisory Firm (e.g., utilize a one share, one vote standard, contains a sunset provision of five years or fewer, to avert bankruptcy or generate non-dilutive financing, or not designed to increase the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder).
Proposals to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of stock that has superior voting rights in companies that have dual class capital structures.
Vote FOR proposals to eliminate dual class capital structures.
General Share Issuances / Increases in Authorized Capital
Consider specific issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis based on the proposed use and the company’s rationale.
Voting decisions to determine support for requests for general issuances (with or without preemptive rights), authorized capital increases, convertible bonds issuances, warrants issuances, or related requests to repurchase and reissue shares, will be based on the Proxy Advisory Firm’s assessment.
Preemptive Rights
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals that seek preemptive rights or management proposals that seek to eliminate them. In evaluating proposals on preemptive rights, consider the size of a company and the characteristics of its shareholder base.
B-17

Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock
Vote FOR management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock, unless doing so raises other concerns not otherwise supported under these Guidelines.
Preferred Stock
Utilize the Proxy Advisory Firm's approach for evaluating issuances or authorizations of preferred stock, taking into account the Proxy Advisory Firm's support of special circumstances, such as mergers or acquisitions, as well as the following criteria:
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to increase the number of shares of blank check preferred shares or preferred stock authorized for issuance. This approach incorporates both qualitative and quantitative measures, including a review of:
Past performance (e.g., board governance, shareholder returns, and historical share usage); and
The current request (e.g., rationale, whether shares are blank check and declawed, and dilutive impact as determined through the Proxy Advisory Firm’s model for assessing appropriate thresholds).
Vote AGAINST proposals authorizing the issuance of preferred stock or creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights (“blank check” preferred stock).
Vote FOR proposals to issue or create blank check preferred stock in cases when the company expressly states that the stock will not be used as a takeover defense or not utilize a disparate voting rights structure.
Vote AGAINST where the company expressly states that, or fails to disclose whether, the stock may be used as a takeover defense.
Vote FOR proposals to authorize or issue preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.
Preferred Stock (International)
Voting decisions should generally be based on the Proxy Advisory Firm’s approach, including:
Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.
Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets the Proxy Advisory Firm’s guidelines on equity issuance requests.
Vote AGAINST the creation of:
(1) A new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares, or
(2) Blank check preferred stock, unless the board states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.
Shareholder Proposals Regarding Blank Check Preferred Stock
Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting to have shareholder ratification of blank check preferred stock placements, other than those shares issued for the purpose of raising capital or making acquisitions in the normal course of business.
Share Repurchase Programs
Vote FOR management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms but vote AGAINST plans with terms favoring selected parties.
Vote FOR management proposals to cancel repurchased shares.
Vote AGAINST proposals for share repurchase methods lacking adequate risk mitigation or exceeding appropriate volume or duration parameters for the market.
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals seeking share repurchase programs, giving primary consideration to input from the relevant Investment Professional(s).
Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends
Vote FOR management proposals to increase common share authorization for a stock split, provided that the increase in authorized shares falls within the Proxy Advisory Firm’s allowable thresholds.
Reverse Stock Splits
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis management proposals to implement a reverse stock split, taking into account management’s rationale and/or disclosure if the split constitutes a capital increase effectively exceeding the Proxy Advisory Firm’s allowable threshold due to the lack of a proportionate reduction in the number of shares authorized.
B-18

Allocation of Income and Dividends
With respect to Japanese and South Korean companies, consider management proposals concerning allocation of income and the distribution of dividends, including adjustments to reserves to make capital available for such purposes, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, voting with the Proxy Advisory Firm’s recommendations to oppose such proposals when:
The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or
The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.
Vote FOR such management proposals by companies in other markets.
Vote AGAINST proposals where companies are seeking to establish or maintain disparate dividend distributions between stockholders of the same share class (e.g., long-term stockholders receiving a higher dividend ratio (“Loyalty Dividends”)).
In any market, in the event multiple proposals regarding dividends are on the same agenda, vote FOR the management proposal if the proposal meets the support conditions described above and vote AGAINST the shareholder proposal; otherwise, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternatives
Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals but vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.
Tracking Stock
Consider the creation of tracking stock on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, giving primary consideration to the input from the relevant Investment Professional(s).
Capitalization of Reserves
Vote FOR proposals to capitalize the company’s reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase the par value of shares, unless concerns not otherwise supported under these Guidelines are raised by the Proxy Advisory Firm.
Debt Instruments and Issuance Requests (International)
Vote AGAINST proposals authorizing excessive discretion to a board to issue or set terms for debt instruments (e.g., commercial paper).
Vote FOR debt issuances for companies when the gearing level (current debt-to-equity ratio) is not excessive as defined by the Proxy Advisory Firm’s thresholds.
Vote AGAINST proposals where the issuance of debt will result in an excessive gearing level as defined by the Proxy Advisory Firm’s thresholds, or for which inadequate disclosure precludes calculation of the gearing level, unless the Proxy Advisory Firm’s approach to evaluating such requests results in support of the proposal.
Acceptance of Deposits (India)
Voting decisions generally are based on the Proxy Advisory Firm’s approach to evaluating such proposals.
Debt Restructurings
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan.
Financing Plans
Vote FOR the adoption of financing plans if they are in the best economic interests of shareholders.
Investment of Company Reserves (International)
Consider proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Restructuring
Mergers and Acquisitions, Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs) and Corporate Restructurings
Vote FOR a proposal not typically supported under these Guidelines if a key proposal, such as a merger transaction, is contingent upon its support and a vote FOR is recommended by the Proxy Advisory Firm or relevant Investment Professional(s).
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis based on the Proxy Advisory Firm’s approach to evaluating such proposals if no input is provided by the relevant Investment Professional(s).
B-19

Waiver on Tender-Bid Requirement
Consider proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if seeking a waiver for a major shareholder or concert party from the requirement to make a buyout offer to minority shareholders, voting FOR when little concern of a creeping takeover exists and the company has provided a reasonable rationale for the request.
Related Party Transactions
Vote FOR approval of such transactions, unless the agreement requests a strategic move outside the company’s charter, contains unfavorable or high-risk terms (e.g., deposits without security interest or guaranty), or is deemed likely to have a negative impact on director or related party independence.
6- Environmental and Social Issues
Environmental and Social Proposals
Institutional shareholders are scrutinizing an increasing number of shareholder proposals regarding environmental and social matters. Accordingly, in addition to the company’s governance risks and opportunities, companies should also assess their environmental and social risks and opportunities as it pertains to its stakeholders including its employees, shareholders, communities, suppliers, and customers.
Companies should adequately disclose how they evaluate and mitigate such material risks in order to allow shareholders to assess how well the companies are mitigating and leveraging their social and environmental risks and opportunities Ideally, companies should adopt disclosure methodologies taking into account recommendations from the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB), Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), or Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) to foster uniform disclosure and to allow shareholders to assess risks across issuers.
Accordingly, vote FOR proposals related to environmental, sustainability and corporate social responsibility if the company’s disclosure and/or its management of the issue(s) appears inadequate relative to its peers and if the proposal:
is applicable to the company’s business,
enhances long-term shareholder value,
requests more transparency and commitment to improve the company’s environmental and/or social risks,
aims to benefit the company’s stakeholders,
is reasonable and not unduly onerous or costly, or
is not requesting data that is primarily duplicative to data the company already publicly provides.
Environmental
Generally, vote FOR proposals relating to environmental impact that reasonably:
aim to reduce negative environmental impact, including the reduction of GHG emissions and other contributing factors to global climate change,
request disclosure of how the company is addressing its impact on the climate.
Social
Generally, vote FOR proposals relating to corporate social responsibility that request disclosure of how the company is managing its:
employee and board diversity
human capital management, human rights, and supply chain risks.
Approval of Donations
Vote FOR proposals if they are for single- or multi-year authorities and prior disclosure of amounts is provided. Otherwise, vote AGAINST such proposals.
7- Routine/Miscellaneous
Routine Management Proposals
Consider proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when the Proxy Advisory Firm recommends voting AGAINST.
Authority to Call Shareholder Meetings on Less than 21 Days’ Notice
For companies in the United Kingdom, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, factoring in whether the company has provided clear disclosure of its compliance with any hurdle conditions for the authority imposed by applicable law and has historically limited its use of such authority to time-sensitive matters.
B-20

Approval of Financial Statements and Director and Auditor Reports
Vote AGAINST if there are concerns regarding inadequate disclosure, remuneration arrangements (including severance/termination payments exceeding local standards for multiples of annual compensation), or consulting agreements with non-executive directors.
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if there are other concerns regarding severance/termination payments.
Vote AGAINST if there is concern about the company’s financial accounts and reporting, including related party transactions.
Vote AGAINST board-issued reports receiving a negative recommendation from the Proxy Advisory Firm due to concerns regarding independence of the board or the presence of non-independent directors on the audit committee.
Vote FOR if the only reason for a negative recommendation by the Proxy Advisory Firm is to express disapproval of broader practices of the company or its board.
Other Business
Vote AGAINST proposals for Other Business.
Adjournment
Vote FOR when presented with a primary proposal such as a merger or corporate restructuring that is also supported.
Vote AGAINST when not presented with a primary proposal, such as a merger, and a proposal on the ballot is being opposed.
Consider other circumstances on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Changing Corporate Name
Vote FOR management proposals requesting a change in corporate name.
Multiple Proposals
Multiple proposals of a similar nature presented as options to the course of action favored by management may all be voted FOR, provided that:
Support for a single proposal is not operationally required;
No one proposal is deemed superior in the interest of the Fund(s); and
Each proposal would otherwise be supported under these Guidelines.
Vote AGAINST any proposals that would otherwise be opposed under these Guidelines.
Bundled Proposals
Vote FOR if all of the bundled items are supported by these Guidelines.
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if one or more items are not supported by these Guidelines and/or the Proxy Advisory Firm deems the negative impact, on balance, to outweigh any positive impact.
Moot Proposals
This instruction is in regard to items for which support has become moot (e.g., a director for whom support has become moot since the time the individual was nominated (e.g., due to death, disqualification, or determination not to accept appointment)); WITHHOLD support if recommended by the Proxy Advisory Firm.
8- Mutual Fund Proxies
Approving New Classes or Series of Shares
Vote FOR the establishment of new classes or series of shares.
Hire and Terminate Sub-Advisors
Vote FOR management proposals that authorize the board to hire and terminate sub-advisors.
Master-Feeder Structure
Vote FOR the establishment of a master-feeder structure.
Establish Director Ownership Requirement
Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals for the establishment of a director ownership requirement. All other matters should be examined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
B-21